Udemy 3 Flashcards

1
Q

Question 1:
You are reviewing your project where PV=5000 & AC=4000 & EV=3000. What is the project situation?
Project should be terminated as no solution to fix it.
Project is going normal and it will be managed and closed normally.
Project is under budget but ahead of schedule.
Project is going slower than planned.

A

Project should be terminated as no solution to fix it.
Project is going normal and it will be managed and closed normally.
Project is under budget but ahead of schedule.
Correct answerProject is going slower than planned.
Overall explanationEV< AC&PV , SO the Project is Behind Schedule & Over Budget = Project is going slower than planned

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

Question 2:
A project is contracted on a Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee (CPFF) basis with a fee of 10 percent of estimated costs. The estimated cost is US$50,000. If the project comes in at US$60,000 with no changes in project scope, what would be the total cost of the contract?
US$55,000
US$75,000
US$65,000.
US$125,000

A

US$55,000US$75,000Correct answerUS$65,000.
US$125,000Overall explanationFee is calculated as 10% of 50,000 = (10/100)*50,000 = 5,000, So total cost of the contract is 60,000 + 5,000 = US$65,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

Question 3:
In your project, SPI is 0.8, CPI 1.2. You analyzed the baseline and decided to return the schedule back to meet customer plan. You will:
Check with team task can be automated and save time
Check option of crashing the project
Check with your sponsor
Check tasks which can be removed from baseline

A

Check with team task can be automated and save time
Correct answer Check option of crashing the project
Check with your sponsor
Check tasks which can be removed from baseline
Overall explanationSince the CPI is over one and SPI is less than one, it means that the project is currently not over budget, but is behind schedule.so you need to ​Check option of crashing the project.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Question 4:
You are working on a project with 10 stakeholders. The number of communication channels on this project is:
55
40
61
65

A

Correct answer55406165Overall explanationN(N-1)/2, You + 10 stakeholders = 11 so 11*10/2 = 55 , This equation is not available anymore in BMBOK Guide 6, but still you may find a question in the real exam based on it.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

Question 5:
You are a Project manager in construction Project. If an pessimistic estimate (P) = $12, optimistic estimate for an activity (O) = $8, Most likely (M) =$10. What is the Cost estimate activity?
$ 9.5
$ 9
$ 11
$ 10

A

$ 9.5$ 9$ 11Correct answer$ 10Overall explanationP+4M+O/6 12+4*10+8/6 =10

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

Question 6:
The CV= -$2000 and the SV=$1300. How is your project doing?
Behind schedule, under budget
Ahead of schedule, over budget
Behind schedule, over budget
Ahead of schedule, under budget

A

Behind schedule, under budget
Correct answerAhead of schedule, over budget
Behind schedule, over budget
Ahead of schedule, under budget

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Question 7:
As part of earned value management (EVM), The budget at completion for the project is $10,000 and the estimate at completion is $12,000. What is the CPI that he will get?
Zero
Equal 1
CPI less than 1.2
CPI more than 1.2

A

ZeroEqual 1
Correct answerCPI less than 1.2CPI more than 1.2
Overall explanationEAC= BAC/CPI, CPI=10,000/12,000=0.83 , So the CPI Less than 1.2

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

Question 8:
A project consists of 5 activities, A, B, C, D and E. B & C can’t start until A has finished, D can’t start until C has finished, and E can’t start until B and D have finished. The duration of A is 5, B is 8, C is 10, D is 19 and E is 15. How many days can activity B be delayed, without delaying the whole project?
21
29
37
35

A

Correct answer21293735Overall explanation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Question 9:
A project team had planned to accomplish $25,000 worth of work to date. It has spent $23,000 to date, and accomplished $20,000 worth of work. Which of the following statements is true about the project?
The project is $5,000 under budget
The project is $5,000 Over budget
The project is $3,000 Over budget
The project is $2,000 under budget

A

The project is $5,000 under budget The project is $5,000 Over budget Correct answerThe project is $3,000 Over budget
The project is $2,000 under budget
Overall explanationEV=$20,000 AC=$23,000 CV= EV-AC = -3,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

Question 10:
As part of earned value management (EVM), a project manager is calculating the to- complete performance index (TCPI) based on EAC. The data he has is as follows: The budget at completion for the project is $100,000. The earned value for the project is $25,000. The actual costs to date are $40,000, and the estimate at completion is $115,000. What is the TCPI that he will get?
0
1.1
1
0.9

A

01.1Correct answer10.9Overall explanationBAC-EV/EAC-AC, 100,000-25,000/115,000-40,000 = 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

Question 11:
Based on the following diagram, what is the total duration of the project?
15
17
22
21

A

15Correct answer172221Overall explanationPath1) A-B-C-F-H= 14 Days, Path2) A-D-E-F-H= 16 Days, Path3) A-D-E-G-H= 17 Days

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

Question 12:
As a result of a brainstorming session, your team determines that the most likely Duration of an activity will be 8 days, the optimistic duration is 6 days, and the pessimistic duration is 16 days. What it the expected activity duration by Triangular distribution?
12 days
9 days
11 days
10 days

A

12 days9 days11 daysCorrect answer10 days
Overall explanationP+M+O/3 = 16+8+6/3 = 10 Days

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Question 13:
For the week of July 15, you will report to management that your project has an EV of $7700 and a PV of $9600. What is the status of your project?
Ahead of schedule
Behind schedule
On schedule
Not enough information provided

A

Ahead of schedule
Correct answerBehind scheduleOn schedule
Not enough information provided
Overall explanationEV

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Question 14:
You are working on a project to set up a call centre for your client. The duration of the project is two years. One year has passed, however, only 40% of the work has been completed against the schedule, which says that by now 50% of the work should have been completed. To date, you have spent 60% of the budget. What is the cost performance index of the project?
0.8
0.67
1.5
1.25

A

0.8Correct answer0.671.51.25Overall explanationIn the question, you have not been provided with the budget, therefore, let us assume that the project budget is “x”. Earned Value = 40% of the budget = 0.4x, Actual Cost = 60% of the budget = 0.6x, We know that the cost performance index = (Earned Value) / (Actual Cost) = 0.4x / 0.6x = 0.67

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Question 15:
Your vice president asked you what the Estimate at Completion (EAC) will be for a small project you are working on. You were given a budget of $30,000, and to date you have spent $20,000 but only completed $10,000 worth of work. You are sure the future work will be accomplished at the planned rate. What is the EAC?
$60,000
$10,000
$30,000
$40,000

A

$60,000 $10,000 $30,000
Correct answer$40,000Overall explanationEAC=AC+BAC-EV =20,000+30,000-10,000 =40,000

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Question 16:
You are starting with your team to map the schedule required for each task. You analyzed few tasks where: Task A had 5 days to complete, Task B had 3 days and follow task A Tack C had 2 days and follow task B, Task D had 4 days and follow tasks (A & B), Task E had 3 days and follow tasks (C & D), While having all tasks as FS relation you counted the float for task D which was:
1 Day
0 Days
3 Days
2 Days

A

1 Day
Correct answer0 Days
3 Days
2 Days
Overall explanationThe float of activity D is Zero, since this activity is on the Critical Path is : A - B - D - E

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Question 1:
Halfway through the current iteration, the progress report reveals that the agile project is off track. The project manager didn’t expect that since he carefully sequenced and assigned all project work to meet the iteration goal. What should the project manager have done differently to avoid this issue?
Train the team on how to implement the agile approach
Encourage the team to record their progress using the reporting system
Set up a contingency reserve
Encourage the team to self-organize to ensure their buy-in

A

Train the team on how to implement the agile approachEncourage the team to record their progress using the reporting system Set up a contingency reserveCorrect answerEncourage the team to self-organize to ensure their buy-inOverall explanationSince he’s leading an agile project, the project manager should have empowered his team to be self-organized through handling iteration tasks selection and prioritization, rather than solely taking care of work sequencing and assignment. This ensures a high level of buy-in from the team. Encouraging the team to self-organize typically results in a highly motivated staff since it allows them to gain the autonomy to choose the most efficient way to accomplish their work (PMBOK 7th edition, page 249).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

Question 2:
During a meeting with the sponsor, the project manager gets feedback on the latest prototype and commits to creating a revised version accordingly within three weeks. Which of the following development approaches is the project manager using?
Predictive
Incremental
Agile
Iterative

A

PredictiveIncrementalAgileCorrect answerIterativeOverall explanationThe iterative approach uses successive prototypes or Proofs of Concept (PoC). Activities are repeated in cycles to produce more information and ideas to improve the product. In this scenario, the project involves a single delivery rather than a series of smaller deliveries. For this reason, incremental and agile development approaches should be eliminated (Agile Practice Guide, page 18).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

Question 3:
A PMO is shifting from a predictive to an adaptive approach for delivering the organization’s projects. For this purpose, concerned employees are undergoing agile training. During one of the training sessions, a participant wonders how many people a project team should include. What is the appropriate answer to the participant’s question?
1 to 5
3 to 9
10 to 15
There is no standard number

A

1 to 5Correct answer3 to 910 to 15There is no standard numberOverall explanationIt’s recommended that an agile team should include 3 to 9 members. Since the level of communication deteriorates as the team size increases, Agile organizations favor smaller teams. For instance, it’s better to have two teams of five people than one team of ten.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Question 4:
No matter what type of project they are managing or what type of challenges they might face, an agile project manager should make sure that the cross-functional team is always focused on:
Delivering frequently
Planning accurately
Improving quality
Delivering value

A

Delivering frequentlyPlanning accuratelyImproving qualityCorrect answerDelivering valueOverall explanationDelivering value should always be the agile team’s top priority as it represents one of the agile manifesto principles: “working software over comprehensive documentation”. From the client’s perspective, value represents the benefit derived from using a product or a service.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Question 5:
An organization hires an external agile coach as part of its transformation project. In their final report, the agile coach mentions that measures should be taken to enable agile teams to be cross-functional. What does a cross-functional team mean?
Individuals who collectively determine the best way to accomplish the goal of the sprint
Individuals who take part in guiding the product direction
Individuals who possess the necessary skills to produce a functioning product
Individuals who are in charge of authorizing and releasing work assignments

A

Individuals who collectively determine the best way to accomplish the goal of the sprintIndividuals who take part in guiding the product directionCorrect answerIndividuals who possess the necessary skills to produce a functioning productIndividuals who are in charge of authorizing and releasing work assignmentsOverall explanationA cross-functional team must possess the necessary competencies for creating a product or a service independently, without relying on other members outside of the team. On the other hand, a self-organizing team is when individuals collectively determine the best way to accomplish the sprint goal.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Question 6:
A project manager is leading an Agile project where the team works in a continuous flow rather than using iterations. This approach proved to be less prescriptive and disruptive to the team. Which Agile framework is the project manager using?
Scrum
Adaptive
Incremental
Kanban

A

ScrumAdaptiveIncrementalCorrect answerKanbanOverall explanationThe Kanban method involves pulling work into the system only when the team is capable of handling it. The Kanban method prioritizes productivity and efficiency through its workflow approach. Unlike the Scrum team, a Kanban team does not have predefined roles.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Question 7:
A project manager is in the stage of selecting a development approach for a new project. Which of the following reasons will encourage the project manager to choose an adaptive approach over a predictive one?
Change requests go through the organization’s change control process
Change requests are used for frequent planning
Change requests are automatically approved
Change requests are implemented as soon as they have been received

A

Change requests go through the organization’s change control processCorrect answerChange requests are used for frequent planningChange requests are automatically approvedChange requests are implemented as soon as they have been receivedOverall explanationUnlike the predictive approach which requires change requests to go through the organization’s change control process, the adaptive approach welcomes changes and uses them for frequent planning. During each iteration, the team focuses on producing a subset of the product’s features, while continuously refining and reprioritizing the product backlog items to meet new or modified requirements. This means that change requests are not automatically approved; instead, they are discussed with the product owner first, and then they get prioritized in subsequent iterations as per their recommendations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

Question 8:
For their new outdoor fitness park project, the project manager uses an approach that yields frequent smaller deliverables throughout the span of the project. What type of project development approach are they using?
Predictive
Incremental
Iterative
Agile

A

PredictiveCorrect answerIncrementalIterativeAgileOverall explanationThe incremental approach focuses on the speed of delivery, i.e., fast delivery. In this type of development approach, the project is divided into increments which are successively delivered to avoid waiting for everything to be completed in order to create a solution (PMBOK 7th edition, page 241). In this scenario, the project manager didn’t ask for feedback to adjust deliverables. Hence, the iterative approach can’t be the correct answer. Since Agile = incremental + iterative, then Agile can’t be the right answer either.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

Question 9:
By the end of the third iteration, a project manager delivered the website to the customer and signed a maintenance contract to fix any issues that might occur. On the first day of the maintenance contract period, the customer reported an error on the contact page when using a smartphone. After verifying the issue with the project team, the project manager realizes that testing the contact feature on mobile was omitted. What is this defect called?
Primary defect
Escaped defect
Secondary defect
Undetected defect

A

Primary defectCorrect answerEscaped defectSecondary defectUndetected defectOverall explanationAs the name indicates, an escaped defect is one that was not detected by the project team but rather discovered by the customer or end-user after the product is released. All of the other options are made-up terms.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

Question 10:
The following chart was presented during a retrospective meeting. Which of the following statements is true regarding this chart?
This burnup chart shows that there is work left at the end of the sprint
This burnup chart shows that the planned work is completed before the end of the sprint
This burndown chart shows that there is work left at the end of the sprint
This burndown chart shows that the planned work is completed before the end of the sprint

A

This burnup chart shows that there is work left at the end of the sprintThis burnup chart shows that the planned work is completed before the end of the sprintCorrect answerThis burndown chart shows that there is work left at the end of the sprintThis burndown chart shows that the planned work is completed before the end of the sprintOverall explanationThis chart is a burndown chart that shows that there is work left at the end of the sprint (PMBOK 7th edition, page 108). In fact, 3 story points are left to be completed in order to finalize all the planned work for the exhibited 7-day sprint.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

Question 11:
A scrum master works on a project for a pet training mobile app. During the last retrospective meeting, several topics were evoked. Which of the following topics can be discussed in such a meeting?
The feature of tracking a pet’s activities
Which tasks should be prioritized in the next sprint
How to fix the regression of the chat feature
Whether the standup timing is suitable for all team members

A

The feature of tracking a pet’s activitiesWhich tasks should be prioritized in the next sprintHow to fix the regression of the chat featureCorrect answerWhether the standup timing is suitable for all team membersOverall explanationDuring the sprint retrospective, the scrum master should identify what went well during the sprint and what can be done differently in the next sprint. A possible topic is the timing of the standup. If team members are showing dissatisfaction with the current schedule, then the retrospective meeting is the right event to discuss the issue. Backlog refinement meetings should address topics like the feature of tracking a pet’s activities or how to fix the regression of the chat feature. On the other hand, the sprint planning meeting is the right meeting for discussing which tasks should be prioritized in the next sprint.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

Question 12:
This is the first time the project manager adopts the scrum framework for the project execution. One of the team members asks the project manager when a Sprint is considered completed. What should be the project manager’s response?
When all product backlog items are completed
When all the tasks in the sprint are completed
When the sprint’s defined timebox ends
When all product backlog items meet the Definition of Done (DoD)

A

When all product backlog items are completedWhen all the tasks in the sprint are completedCorrect answerWhen the sprint’s defined timebox endsWhen all product backlog items meet the Definition of Done (DoD)Overall explanationA sprint is considered complete only when it reaches the end of its duration/timebox, which is usually 1 to 4 weeks. In some cases, the sprint ends without finishing all of the assigned tasks, so this can’t be the criteria for sprint completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

Question 13:
A project manager is facing some challenges because of a key stakeholder. The project manager collaborated with this stakeholder in previous projects where the latter frequently changed her requirements and created trouble whenever those requirements were not met. How should the project manager deal with this issue?
Adopt an Agile approach
Involve the concerned stakeholder right from the start
Ask the concerned stakeholder to mend her ways
Inform management about the issue

A

Adopt an Agile approachCorrect answerInvolve the concerned stakeholder right from the startAsk the concerned stakeholder to mend her waysInform management about the issueOverall explanationThe project manager should involve the key stakeholder from the very beginning of the project to help reduce and uncover risks, as well as increase her “buy-in.” While implementing an agile approach may benefit the project, it does not address the issue of stakeholder management. If the question were “what’s the appropriate approach for the project?”, then adopting an agile approach would be the right answer taking into consideration the frequently changing requirements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

Question 14:
A team, with no defined roles, uses a board and cards to categorize tasks into “To do”, “Doing”, and “Done”. Without too many restrictions, team members grab a card from the “To do” list and begin to work. What agile framework is being described?
Scrum
Kanban
Lean
Kaizen

A

ScrumCorrect answerKanbanLeanKaizenOverall explanationKanban is an agile method that employs a pull-based work system where tasks are assigned only when resources are available. Unlike Scrum, the Kanban team has no formal roles. Additionally, Kanban practice has fewer restrictions than Scrum. Lean is not an agile framework. In contrast, agile and kanban are subsets of lean (Agile Practice Guide, page 11). Kaizen is a quality and resource management philosophy of applying continuous small improvements to increase productivity and reduce costs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

Question 15:
A project manager is leading a rebranding project using a predictive approach for the planning phase and an Agile approach for work execution. The project manager receives an email from a key stakeholder requesting an estimation of the project completion date. In order to estimate the completion date, the project manager takes into consideration the team’s average velocity, which is 20 story points, and the fact that the project still has 205 remaining user story points to complete. How many iterations will it take to finish the project work?
10 iterations
11 iterations
12 iterations
Cannot be determined

A

10 iterationsCorrect answer11 iterations12 iterationsCannot be determinedOverall explanationIf the team maintains an average velocity of 20 story points per iteration, it would take 11 iterations to complete the remaining 205 story points. (205 story points / 20 story points = 10.25 iterations). Since the timebox of an iteration should not be changed, the project team will need 11 iterations to complete the rest of the work.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

Question 16:
A project manager is managing a software development project. In order to ensure that the project’s agile team is cross-functional, the project manager hires an experienced designer. A few days later, the designer informs the project manager that he’s unable to do his work properly because the subscription plan of the design application he’s using doesn’t include all of the functionalities he needs. Therefore, the designer asks for an upgraded subscription plan. What should the project manager do next?
Ask the designer to raise the issue during the next retrospective meeting
Tell the designer to be self-reliant by dealing with the situation and finding turnarounds
Explain to the designer that his current subscription plan is sufficient for fulfilling his assigned tasks
Reach out to the appropriate stakeholder to upgrade the designer’s subscription plan

A

Ask the designer to raise the issue during the next retrospective meetingTell the designer to be self-reliant by dealing with the situation and finding turnaroundsExplain to the designer that his current subscription plan is sufficient for fulfilling his assigned tasksCorrect answerReach out to the appropriate stakeholder to upgrade the designer’s subscription planOverall explanationAs a servant leader, the project manager should reach out to the appropriate stakeholder in order to upgrade the designer’s subscription plan. In an agile work environment, the project manager should listen to the impediments faced by their team members and act to solve them. If the designer’s subscription plan cannot be upgraded, then the project manager should explain this, asking the designer to try finding turnarounds, such as using other complementary applications that offer the functionalities that he needs to perform his work. Agile teams are self-organized, i.e they decide how they should perform their work. Thus, forcing the designer to use a limited subscription plan is inappropriate. Furthermore, since the designer is experienced, he’s able to clearly identify his needs, therefore the scrum master or the project manager should cater to the designer’s job requirements rather than argue with the latter. Retrospective meetings are set up to improve processes and not to remove impediments.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

Question 17:
Using an Agile approach, where should product requirements be documented?
In the requirements log
In the product backlog
In the team charter
In the WBS

A

In the requirements logCorrect answerIn the product backlogIn the team charterIn the WBSOverall explanationProduct requirements are documented under the backlog as user stories. The backlog user stories are then continuously prioritized and refined. The WBS is only used in the predictive approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Question 18:
At a trade show, a prospect stops at the stand of a company that specializes in selling and installing network security appliances. The prospect asks the representative if their company can provide and set up 10 firewall hardware devices in 5 weeks, recommending an incremental approach to deliver 2 firewalls per week. The prospect adds that an external security expert will be conducting a penetration test, and that final acceptance will be granted only after all performed cyber attacks are detected and prevented. What is the prospect defining in the above scenario? (Select two)
Definition of Done
Quality Assurance
Technical Requirements
Quality Control

A

Correct selectionDefinition of DoneQuality AssuranceTechnical RequirementsCorrect selectionQuality ControlOverall explanationA Definition of Done (DoD) is a checklist of the required criteria for considering a product ready for delivery (PMBOK 7th edition, page 81). The prospect is also describing the quality control process that will be focusing on defect identification. Quality assurance, on the other hand, focuses on defect prevention. Technical requirements cover the product requirements, such as WiFi support, storage, number of LANs, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

Question 19:
To guide the development team on what they intend to achieve, a product owner of an HR solution shares the following table depicting the key deliverables of each quarter of the 9-month project. What agile artifact does this table represent?
Product vision statement
Product wireframe
Product roadmap
Product backlog

A

Product vision statementProduct wireframeCorrect answerProduct roadmapProduct backlogOverall explanationThe product roadmap is built by the product owner to demonstrate the anticipated sequence of deliverables over the project duration (Agile Practice Guide, page 52). As an Agile artifact, the product roadmap sets the product’s strategic view, indicating where the product is headed in both the short and long terms. In agile organizations, the product roadmap serves as a guide rather than a project plan. The product roadmap is different from the product backlog in that the product roadmap provides the big picture while the product backlog tackles the practical and feasible steps required to tangibly create the product. The Product wireframe is a mockup or a sketch of the user interface, high-level functionality, page layout, etc. A product vision statement outlines what a product would look like to ultimately achieve its vision and give purpose to its existence. A vision statement should be short, simple, and specific.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

Question 20:
An experienced scrum master is often asked “How long should a sprint be?” to which they always respond by saying “It depends, you should initially find a balance that works for the team, but typically an agile scrum sprint is ____________ long.”
3-5 days
1 week
2-4 weeks
5-8 weeks

A

3-5 days1 weekCorrect answer2-4 weeks5-8 weeksOverall explanationA Sprint has to be long enough for the team to finish all included stories. As per a Scrum rule, a Sprint should never exceed one month. The duration of a sprint depends on the project size and complexity as well as the team’s capacities. It takes 2 to 4 weeks on average to complete a sprint with a team of 3-9 members working on a single project.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

Question 21:
A project manager is leading a project of gaming equipment development. The project team holds a monthly status review meeting with the product owner to review post-iteration deliverables. What’s the best communication type to use in a status review meeting?
Push
Pull
Interactive
Formal

A

PushPullCorrect answerInteractiveFormalOverall explanationWhen an immediate response is required and the information you’re communicating is sensitive and could be misinterpreted, you should use interactive communication. It involves one or more people sharing thoughts and ideas, with participants responding in real time. Interactive communication can take place through teleconferences or face-to-face contact. When using communication media such as emails, the project manager can’t pick up on stakeholders’ facial expressions and body language.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Question 22:
During the standup meeting, a team member invokes an impediment they’re facing. In order to address this impediment, the project manager suggests that two other members sit with the team member facing the issue and collaborate to find the appropriate solution. What technique is the project manager suggesting? (Select two)
Pairing
Swarming
Mobbing
Brainstorming

A

PairingCorrect selectionSwarmingCorrect selectionMobbingBrainstormingOverall explanationSwarming and mobbing imply that multiple team members or the entire team focus collectively on resolving a specific impediment. Although pairing, swarming, and mobbing all represent collaboration techniques used by the Agile team (Agile Practice Guide, page 39), the situation doesn’t describe pairing since this technique requires only two team members to work together to resolve an issue. Brainstorming, on the other hand, is used to generate ideas, rather than to resolve issues.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

Question 23:
All of the following are either Agile or Lean frameworks except:
Scrumban
eXtreme Programming
Waterfall
Crystal Methods

A

ScrumbaneXtreme ProgrammingCorrect answerWaterfallCrystal MethodsOverall explanationWaterfall is a predictive methodology that was deemed too rigid to handle the changing requirements brought on by new technology or a demanding client. Even though there are numerous Agile and Lean frameworks, the Agile Practice Guide only addresses Scrum, Kanban Method, Scrumban, eXtreme Programming (XP), Crystal Methods, Dynamic Systems Development Method (DSDM), Feature-Driven Development (FDD), and Agile Unified Process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

Question 24:
The Agile scrum framework simplifies the project management process by decomposing it into cycles, aka Sprints. With the increase of the Agile approach adoption, more terminologies, tools, and techniques are introduced and used. For instance, the term “Zero Sprint” refers to:
The preparation step for the first sprint
The first sprint of a project
A sprint that doesn’t have any user stories
A sprint where none of the tasks is completed

A

Correct answerThe preparation step for the first sprintThe first sprint of a projectA sprint that doesn’t have any user storiesA sprint where none of the tasks is completedOverall explanationThe term “Zero sprint” refers to a step in the process of preparing the initial sprint. Before initiating a project, various activities must be completed, which are all referred to as the Zero sprint. Doing preliminary research, deciding on technical choices, and preparing for backlogs are all examples of activities performed prior to project launch. Mike Cohn illustrated the usage of Sprint 0 in his book “Succeeding with Agile Software Development Using Scrum” (Page 152).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

Question 25:
A project manager got assigned to lead a new project. Wondering about the project completion date, the product owner asks the project manager: “How many story points do you expect to complete per sprint?”. In order to provide the product owner with an accurate response, the project manager should:
Estimate the sprint velocity based on the team members’ input
Complete multiple sprints in order to be able to answer the product owner’s question
Rely on their own judgment as an experienced project manager to estimate the team velocity
Engage the team in estimating their velocity based on their previous agile projects

A

Estimate the sprint velocity based on the team members’ inputComplete multiple sprints in order to be able to answer the product owner’s questionRely on their own judgment as an experienced project manager to estimate the team velocityCorrect answerEngage the team in estimating their velocity based on their previous agile projectsOverall explanationTypically, the project manager should rely on the available historical data of their team velocity in order to set a reasonable and achievable number of story points per sprint, depending entirely on your team’s capacities and how much they can accomplish. When a new team has no historical data, the sprint forecast can be done based on your experience with similar projects along with collaborative estimations from the entire team, to determine how many story points they can potentially deliver in the first sprint.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

Question 26:
Throughout his long career, a project manager has always followed a servant leadership style, particularly with agile teams. What does servant leadership imply?
One individual in charge of directing and guiding the team
Carrying out work through iterations, with one prominent leader
Naming a team leader, while team members serve as followers
Understanding and addressing the needs of team members

A

One individual in charge of directing and guiding the teamCarrying out work through iterations, with one prominent leaderNaming a team leader, while team members serve as followersCorrect answerUnderstanding and addressing the needs of team membersOverall explanationAccording to the Agile Practice Guide, servant leadership implies leading your team by focusing on understanding and addressing their needs to yield the best performance possible (PMBOK 7th edition, page 17).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Question 27:
In order to handle high levels of change and ensure the active participation of all interested parties, a project manager adopts a change-driven project development approach, which is also known as:
Adaptive approach
Predictive approach
Waterfall approach
Hybrid approach

A

Correct answerAdaptive approachPredictive approachWaterfall approachHybrid approachOverall explanationA change-driven approach is also referred to as an adaptive, Agile, flexible, or change-focused approach. This development approach is characterized by the ability to react and adapt to high levels of change as well as the constant involvement and participation of different parties. On the other hand, a waterfall or predictive approach is sequential and rigid. Hybrid is a combination of predictive and adaptive approaches.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Question 28:
In projects following the Scrum framework, which of the following questions won’t be asked to team members during daily stand-ups?
What have you completed since the last stand-up?
What will you complete until the next stand-up?
What do we need to finish as a team?
Are there any impediments?

A

What have you completed since the last stand-up?What will you complete until the next stand-up?Correct answerWhat do we need to finish as a team?Are there any impediments?Overall explanationIn contrast with flow-based Agile which focuses on the team’s throughput, iteration-based Agile focuses on accountability through three standard questions: - What was completed yesterday? - What will be completed today? - Are there any blockers or impediments?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

Question 29:
A project manager realized that her team’s velocity is fluctuating when she reviewed their burn-up chart. While searching for the root cause, the project manager notices that a certain team member has a very slow performance compared to the other members, which is negatively impacting the whole team’s performance. How should the project manager address this issue?
Plan training sessions for the concerned team member
Acquire a more competent resource
Mentor the concerned team member
Reassign the concerned team member to another project

A

Plan training sessions​ for the concerned team memberAcquire a more competent resourceCorrect answerMentor the concerned team memberReassign the concerned team member to another projectOverall explanationWhen a team member’s performance is negatively impacting the overall progress of the project, the project manager should immediately interfere. Since training the team member would take time, mentoring them would be a more suitable option for this urgent issue. Mentoring can help the team member enhance their performance. It’s among the project manager’s responsibilities to serve as a guide in identifying and assisting her team members with their learning needs to ensure better productivity and performance (PMBOK 7th edition, page 18). By offering enough support and attention, the team member will respond positively by working harder, which will naturally result in better performance. A mentor should however continue to observe the team member’s performance and provide feedback to help them refine and improve their work.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

Question 30:
An agile team is working on the project of an e-commerce website. After a slow start and a lot of disputes, team members are starting to get along and support each other’s needs. In which area of the Tuckman ladder does this team currently exist?
Area A
Area B
Area C
Area D

A

Area A ​Area BCorrect answerArea CArea DOverall explanationGetting over the storming stage (area B) means that the team has managed to resolve their conflicts and that a sense of unity is starting to shape. During the norming phase (area C), a sense of cohesion and unity emerges, a common consensus is developed, and personal differences start to diminish. Team performance is improved at this point as members get more goal-oriented (PMBOK 7th edition, page 166). However, if disagreements resurface, the team can slide back into the storming phase. Please note that on the real PMP exam you may be asked to answer this type of question by clicking on the correct area in the image.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

Question 31:
In an Agile software development project involving the creation of a mobile application for a ride-sharing service, the project manager has implemented a practice where team members take turns facilitating daily stand-up meetings to promote collaboration and ownership. Each team member is assigned a rotating role to facilitate the stand-up meeting for a designated period, typically one week. However, one team member consistently fails to properly facilitate stand-up meetings, acting flustered, failing to engage other team members, and doing most of the talking.
What should the project manager do next?
Assign the responsibility of facilitating stand-up meetings to another more reliable team member.
Provide immediate feedback at the end of each stand-up meeting so all team members can learn from their colleague’s mistakes.
Organize coaching sessions with the team member to discuss the importance of their role in facilitating stand-up meetings and provide guidance on how to improve.
Remove the team member from the project team as their failure to facilitate meetings is hindering progress.

A

Assign the responsibility of facilitating stand-up meetings to another more reliable team member.Provide immediate feedback at the end of each stand-up meeting so all team members can learn from their colleague’s mistakes.Correct answerOrganize coaching sessions with the team member to discuss the importance of their role in facilitating stand-up meetings and provide guidance on how to improve.Remove the team member from the project team as their failure to facilitate meetings is hindering progress.Overall explanationOrganizing coaching sessions with the team member is the most appropriate course of action. Coaching allows the project manager to provide support, guidance, and feedback to help the team member overcome any hardships they’re having playing the role of a facilitator. Servant leaders should support the team through mentoring, encouragement, and support. Sometimes team members may not have knowledge or experience in roles or functions. Servant leaders who may have more exposure or training in techniques can support the team by providing training (Agile Practice Guide, page 37). The coaching session should focus on identifying any obstacles or challenges the team member is facing and collaboratively developing strategies to overcome them. Assigning the responsibility of facilitating stand-up meetings to another team member does not address the root cause of the problem. It could also lead to resentment among team members and disrupt team dynamics. Providing immediate feedback at the end of each stand-up meeting so all team members can learn from their colleague’s mistakes can create tension and negatively impact the team member’s morale. Removing the team member from the project team is extreme for the described issue and could disrupt project continuity and negatively impact the team.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Question 32:
During the sprint planning meeting, the product owner and the cross-functional team members agreed on which backlog items would be executed in the next sprint. Who commits to delivering a potentially shippable increment by the end of the sprint?
The cross-functional team
The scrum master
The product owner
The entire Scrum team

A

Correct answerThe cross-functional teamThe scrum masterThe product ownerThe entire Scrum teamOverall explanationWhen the sprint planning is complete, the cross-functional team members acknowledge their commitment to the business value that will be delivered by the end of the sprint. The sprint goal and the sprint backlog embody this commitment (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 346). The product owner doesn’t deliver business value by the end of the sprint but rather owns the product backlog; the product owner manages, maintains, and prioritizes the product backlog items. Keep in mind that the Product backlog represents work that needs to be done to create the entire product, while the Sprint backlog is a subset that represents the work that needs to be executed in the current sprint. The scrum master helps in maintaining the scrum processes and intervenes neither in the selection nor the execution of the sprint backlog items.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

Question 33:
A project manager has been assigned to an agile project that is already mid-execution. Which of the following should the project manager check to examine the high-level description of the project scope?
Project charter
User stories
Epics
Work breakdown structure

A

Correct answerProject charterUser storiesEpicsWork breakdown structureOverall explanationThe project manager should refer to the project charter to find the ‘high-level description‘ of the project. The project charter is a formal document that describes the project in its entirety, including its objectives, work processes, and stakeholders. This project planning document can be used throughout the whole project lifecycle (PMBOK 7th edition, page 184). User stories and epics only represent the detailed requirements, not the entire high-level description of the project scope. The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) also outlines the detailed requirements of projects that follow a predictive approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

Question 34:
A project manager works in an organization that uses Agile practices. In order to evaluate their project performance, the project manager uses (Select two):
Cost performance index
Value-based measurements
Empirical measurements
Schedule performance index

A

Cost performance indexCorrect selectionValue-based measurementsCorrect selectionEmpirical measurementsSchedule performance indexOverall explanationAgile favors empirical and value-based measurements instead of predictive measurements (Agile Practice Guide, page 61). Agile teams focus on measuring value and implementing an empirical process in which progress is based on observations of reality, facts, experiences, and evidence. The Agile approach consists of a fixed cost and schedule, hence the project manager can’t use the Cost Performance Index (CPI) & the Schedule Performance Index (SPI) couldn’t be used.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

Question 35:
A project manager is leading a web project using an adaptive approach. The project consists of creating an automatic notification system that alerts users when their cloud expenses exceed a predefined threshold. The project manager and the project team are currently preparing and updating user stories for the next iterations. What activity does this depict?
Backlog refinement
Schedule management
Project management
Sprint Review

A

Correct answerBacklog refinementSchedule managementProject managementSprint ReviewOverall explanationBacklog refinement involves preparing the next iteration’s stories. In order to make sure the backlog contains the right items for the next iteration, the project manager, along with the team, should review and prioritize backlog items, ensuring that top items are ready to be delivered (PMBOK 7th edition, page 235). This activity can take place as a formal planned meeting or as a regular ongoing task.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Question 36:
A project manager is assigned to an organic skincare branding project. After checking the sprint performance, the project manager is not satisfied with the current progress. During a meeting with the team to discuss the matter, the project manager learns that some issues were not accurately estimated due to missing key information during the sprint planning. Knowing that the team uses story points to estimate issues and user stories, how should the project manager address this problem?
Re-estimate all of the sprint’s issues and user stories
Re-estimate the velocity of the sprint
Do nothing and raise the problem in the sprint retrospective
Collaborate with the team to review the remaining issues in the sprint backlog

A

Re-estimate all of the sprint’s issues and user storiesRe-estimate the velocity of the sprintDo nothing and raise the problem in the sprint retrospectiveCorrect answerCollaborate with the team to review the remaining issues in the sprint backlogOverall explanationA team should ideally prepare all of the sprint issues and user stories before it starts. However, this is not always the case for a number of reasons. Inaccurate estimations of user stories can result in unsatisfying progress and unfinished tasks in the Sprint Backlog. In this case, the project manager should collaborate with the team to review and complete the remaining Sprint issues. The project manager should first identify the issues that the team didn’t finish, document them, and determine the needed effort for completing them. In a second step, the project manager should redefine priorities, re-estimate issues, and reflect on what happened in the sprint retrospective.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

Question 37:
The role of the product owner in an Agile project is:
Coordinating the work of the sprint and running the team
Having a vested interest in the project and its outcomes and interfacing with stakeholders
Representing the business unit, customer, or end-user
Completing the backlog items and signing up tasks based on established priorities

A

Coordinating the work of the sprint and running the teamHaving a vested interest in the project and its outcomes and interfacing with stakeholdersCorrect answerRepresenting the business unit, customer, or end-userCompleting the backlog items and signing up tasks based on established prioritiesOverall explanationThe product owner represents the business unit, customer, or end-user as they’re regarded as the voice of the customer. The Product Owner is responsible for maximizing the value produced by the team and ensuring that the stories meet the user’s needs and comply with the Definition of Done (DoD) (PMBOK 7th edition, page 245). Apart from the project team, the product owner has significant relationships and obligations, including working with upper management, end-users, and other stakeholders.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

Question 38:
For their new project, a project manager decided to create a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), define and sequence all activities, and then execute tasks in month-long cycles. The sponsor can change 30% of the subsequent cycle’s scope of work with no need for a change request. Which of the following approaches is being adopted?
Adaptive
Hybrid
Predictive
Iterative

A

AdaptiveCorrect answerHybridPredictiveIterativeOverall explanationA hybrid approach incorporates different components from various approaches (PMBOK 7th edition, page 36). In the described scenario, the project manager is combining the characteristics and practices of predictive (planning everything at the beginning of the project), iterative (executing work in cycles), and adaptive approaches (by allowing a 30% change without going through a formal process).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

Question 39:
Among the challenges that an organization faces when shifting to Agile, is the need to build teams made of “T-shaped” members. A “T” shaped team member is:
A generalist who is able to tackle any task within the backlog, regardless of the required skills
A person who had freshly started their career and needs coaching by the scrum master
An individual who specializes in a single field and rarely contributes to another field
An individual who supplements their competence in one area with less-developed skills in associated areas and has an aptitude for collaboration

A

A generalist who is able to tackle any task within the backlog, regardless of the required skillsA person who had freshly started their career and needs coaching by the scrum masterAn individual who specializes in a single field and rarely contributes to another fieldCorrect answerAn individual who supplements their competence in one area with less-developed skills in associated areas and has an aptitude for collaborationOverall explanationA “T” shaped team member typically has encompassing expertise in one field with supporting but less-developed skills in related areas. T-shaped people also have an aptitude for collaboration. “I” shaped people, on the other hand, have a profound specialization in one domain and only seldom participate in work outside of that domain (Agile Practice Guide, Page 42).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

Question 40:
A medium-sized IT company that has been using the predictive approach assigns an agile consultant to assist in their transition to the Agile approach. Which of the following aspects should the Agile consultant take into consideration when assisting in this transition?
The organization’s familiarity with the predictive approach
The organization’s culture
The existence of a Scrum master
The organization’s size

A

The organization’s familiarity with the predictive approachCorrect answerThe organization’s cultureThe existence of a Scrum masterThe organization’s size Overall explanationAn organization’s culture influences the type of project management approaches adopted by project teams. The familiarity with the existing approaches, the size of the organization, and the competency of the team are all factors that contribute to the culture.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

Question 41:
A project manager works for a company that is undergoing a reorganization. During a staff meeting, the project manager learns that management has decided to shift technology to use the cloud. The project manager uses an Agile approach to lead their project, and since they know that this shift will have a direct impact on the project, they decide to:
Assess the impact of the shift with the sponsor before moving forward with the change management procedure
Assess the impact of this shift with the team and refine the backlog
Close the project and start over to properly adapt to the new technological transition
Send a formal request to the sponsor asking for an exception from using the cloud

A

Assess the impact of the shift with the sponsor before moving forward with the change management procedureCorrect answerAssess the impact of this shift with the team and refine the backlogClose the project and start over to properly adapt to the new technological transitionSend a formal request to the sponsor asking for an exception from using the cloudOverall explanationAgile practices provide the ability to quickly adapt to new conditions. In this case, shifting to a new technology imposes assessing and refining the backlog with the team’s assistance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

Question 42:
A project manager uses the scrum framework to manage a graphic design project. Which of the following events will not be used by the project team?
Sprint planning
Weekly scrum
Sprint review
Sprint retrospective

A

Sprint planningCorrect answerWeekly scrumSprint reviewSprint retrospectiveOverall explanationScrum teams use four main events: sprint planning, daily scrum, sprint review, and sprint retrospective.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

Question 43:
A project manager is using the Agile approach to manage a software development project. During a meeting with the team, the project manager presents the _____________ to showcase how much work still needs to be done during the current iteration.
Schedule
Burnup chart
Milestone chart
Burndown chart

A

ScheduleBurnup chartMilestone chartCorrect answerBurndown chartOverall explanationUnlike the burnup chart which shows the completed work, a burndown chart is a graphical depiction of the work that still needs to be completed (PMBOK 7th edition, pages 108).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

Question 44:
Which of the below statements represents the most accurate definition of backlog refinement? (Select three)
The process of creating the initial list of product requirements, formerly known as backlog grooming.
When the product owner or team members review the backlog to make sure it has the proper items
The continuous elaboration of project requirements to satisfy the stakeholders’ needs
The continuous activity of writing, updating, and prioritizing requirements

A

The process of creating the initial list of product requirements, formerly known as backlog grooming.Correct selectionWhen the product owner or team members review the backlog to make sure it has the proper itemsCorrect selectionThe continuous elaboration of project requirements to satisfy the stakeholders’ needsCorrect selectionThe continuous activity of writing, updating, and prioritizing requirementsOverall explanationBacklog refinement (formerly referred to as backlog grooming) occurs when the product owner along with some, or all of the team members checks the backlog to make sure it contains the proper items, that these items are prioritized, and that the ones at the top are ready to be delivered (PMBOK 7th edition, page 235). This activity is carried out regularly and can be either an officially scheduled meeting or an ongoing activity. The process of developing the initial list of product requirements represents backlog elaboration or creation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

Question 45:
A project manager is leading an internal accounting software development project. During a sprint planning meeting, the project manager tackles a task that involves setting an automatic email as a reminder when an unpaid invoice misses its due date. The Agile team agrees to assign the task a total of 8 Story Points, based on the developers’ estimate of 5 story points and the testers’ estimate of 3 points. Which of the following statements is correct regarding this situation?
The project manager should be the one estimating the task, not the team
The task should be estimated as a whole and not per segment
Story points should never be estimated, they should be calculated
The team should involve relevant stakeholders in the task estimate

A

The project manager should be the one estimating the task, not the teamCorrect answerThe task should be estimated as a whole and not per segmentStory points should never be estimated, they should be calculatedThe team should involve relevant stakeholders in the task estimateOverall explanationStory points are assigned to each user story to estimate the total effort needed to bring a feature or functionality to life. Thus, they shouldn’t be assigned partially. The team has to carefully consider how much work and effort each story requires in order to ensure that they can deliver the work they’ve committed to.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

Question 46:
A project manager is managing a two-year project that involves a high level of uncertainty and unforeseen complexity. The team expects adjustments as the scope of work gradually becomes more clear over time. To manage stakeholder expectations, what should the project manager clear up concerning their choice of using an iterative approach to manage the project?
That work will be subject to short feedback loops with the backlog being reprioritized in each iteration
That work will be developed progressively based on monthly feedback loops
That all tasks will be prioritized up front, and that work will be gradually decomposed
That the team will start executing the backlog work from the bottom up

A

Correct answerThat work will be subject to short feedback loops with the backlog being reprioritized in each iterationThat work will be developed progressively based on monthly feedback loopsThat all tasks will be prioritized up front, and that work will be gradually decomposedThat the team will start executing the backlog work from the bottom upOverall explanationShort feedback loops and backlog reprioritization are common in projects that use an iterative approach. Frequent delivery and feedback allow the team to prioritize work and respond to changes more efficiently. The duration of the iteration should be determined according to the project’s characteristics. For example, a monthly feedback loop could not be appropriate for a two-month-long project. Weekly or fortnightly feedback would be more convenient in this case.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

Question 47:
A project manager needs to choose the suitable project management approach for the project they’re leading. There are a variety of approaches to choose from, each ideally suited for a specific project type. Agile and Scrum are two of the most common and often conflated terms. Given their similarities, they can get confusing sometimes, but they are, in fact, two distinct concepts. What is the primary distinction between Scrum and Agile?
Agile is a set of values and principles, while Scrum only presents a set of values.
Agile is a set of values, principles, and practices, while Scrum only involves a set of values and principles.
Agile is a set of values and principles, while Scrum represents a set of values, principles, and practices.
Agile is a framework, while Scrum is a philosophy.

A

Agile is a set of values and principles, while Scrum only presents a set of values.Agile is a set of values, principles, and practices, while Scrum only involves a set of values and principles.Correct answerAgile is a set of values and principles, while Scrum represents a set of values, principles, and practices.Agile is a framework, while Scrum is a philosophy.Overall explanationOn the surface, Agile and Scrum look similar as they both rely on an iterative process, frequent client interaction, and collaborative decision-making. The primary distinction between Agile and Scrum is that Agile is a project management philosophy that utilizes a core set of values or principles, while Scrum is a specific Agile practice used to facilitate a project. Although Scrum is an approach within Agile, Agile does not necessarily imply Scrum since Agile encompasses a wide range of approaches. Scrum is based on a small set of core values, principles, and practices (collectively forming the Scrum framework). References: Agile Alliance & Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S (Preface).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

Question 48:
The traditional format of a daily stand-up meeting consists of gathering in a circle near a task board where each member takes their turn to answer a number of questions. Which of the following statements best describes the daily stand-up in agile?
It is a meeting during which the upcoming work schedule is discussed
It is a meeting during which the team is asked about what they did on the previous day and their plan for the current day along with any problems they might have faced during the execution of their tasks
It is a daily brainstorming session
It is a daily lessons-learned session

A

It is a meeting during which the upcoming work schedule is discussedCorrect answerIt is a meeting during which the team is asked about what they did on the previous day and their plan for the current day along with any problems they might have faced during the execution of their tasksIt is a daily brainstorming sessionIt is a daily lessons-learned sessionOverall explanationThe daily standup is a meeting held by members of the project team. This meeting brings the team together for a status update, to ensure that everyone is on the same page and has insight into what is going on, whether it’s good or bad. Such a meeting usually takes up to 15 minutes during which every team member is asked three questions: What did you do yesterday that helped your team meet the Sprint goal? What will you do today to help your team meet the Sprint goal? And, Did you face any impediments that prevented you or your team from meeting the Sprint goal? (PMBOK 7th edition, page 179)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

Question 49:
Agile is not fit for all projects, despite all the advantages it can bring forth. Therefore, it’s important to understand the drawbacks of this approach. Which of the options below represent the disadvantages of the Agile approach? (Select three)
Poor resource planning
Limited documentation
Self-organized teams
Fragmented output

A

Correct selectionPoor resource planningCorrect selectionLimited documentationSelf-organized teamsCorrect selectionFragmented outputOverall explanationPoor resource planning, limited documentation, and fragmented output are three key downsides of the agile approach. Since Agile is built on the fact that teams don’t know what their final result will look like earlier in the project, it’s difficult to anticipate project costs, time, and resources at the start, and this difficulty becomes more pronounced as projects become larger and more complex. Moreover, in Agile, documentation occurs during the project, and it is often done “just in time”, rather than at the beginning of the project. As a consequence, documentation becomes less informative. Additionally, while incremental delivery can help launch goods faster, it’s often regarded as one of the Agile approach’s major disadvantages: when teams work on each component at different time periods, the end result often becomes fragmented instead of being one coherent deliverable. On the other hand, Agile teams are self-organizing which is proven to contribute to a higher velocity, increased quality, and less need for team management.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

Question 50:
The Sprint goals were not met by the Scrum team. A key team member took two days off at the start of the four-week Sprint due to a family emergency. What is the most likely reason for the team’s failure to achieve the Sprint goals?
The project manager didn’t assign a replacement for the OOTO (Out Of The Office) member
The team is inexperienced
The team did not plan the sprint effectively
The team is overworked

A

The project manager didn’t assign a replacement for the OOTO (Out Of The Office) memberThe team is inexperiencedCorrect answerThe team did not plan the sprint effectivelyThe team is overworkedOverall explanationWhen a team struggles to achieve the sprint goals, it’s mainly due to poor sprint planning. A team that fails to reach its sprint target is a team that can’t properly plan its work, does not have a clear understanding of its own capabilities, or does not have a good sense of how to forecast stories and/or tasks. A team member’s two days off should not be an excuse for missing the sprint goals.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

Question 51:
An associate project manager is working for a digital design agency specializing in branding and packaging. In their current project, the project manager uses an approach that implies sharing partially completed work with the client in order to obtain early feedback and modify the product accordingly. The project manager is using a(n)____________ approach.
Incremental
Predictive
Agile
Iterative

A

IncrementalPredictiveAgileCorrect answerIterativeOverall explanationThe iterative development approach focuses on developing the product through a series of repeated cycles that successively improve or add functionalities to the product by incorporating stakeholders’ feedback. The iterative approach differs from the incremental approach in that change is expected. In fact, change is a necessary part of the iterative approach. (Source: Effective Project Management Traditional, Agile, Extreme, Hybrid by Robert K. Wysocki, page 49). An adaptive or agile approach is also change-driven like the iterative approach. Yet, it requires ongoing stakeholder/client engagement and the use of backlogs (including product requirements and user stories) to reflect their current needs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

Question 52:
A project manager depends on time-boxing to help team members avoid wasting time on shallow work and stay focused on the main deliverables. Which of the following statements best describes time-boxing?
Duration of intense activity within a specific release
A time frame for executing specific activities
Tight planning to reduce the time required for an activity completion
Setting a deadline for product delivery

A

Duration of intense activity within a specific releaseCorrect answerA time frame for executing specific activitiesTight planning to reduce the time required for an activity completionSetting a deadline for product deliveryOverall explanationA timebox is a fixed period of time in which work has to be completed. The timebox duration could be a few hours, days, or weeks depending on the work complexity or size (PMBOK 7th edition, page 181).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

Question 53:
A project manager works for a mobile app development company. One of his latest projects involves the creation of an exercise app that syncs with another nutrition app to combine and analyze the data. As a result of a recent regulatory change, the project team is working on refining the backlog. The process of backlog refinement involves:
The identification of the work items to be accomplished during the next sprint
A board to keep track of the product and sprint backlogs
A prioritized list of product requirements which is maintained by the project team
The gradual development of product specifications to meet the needs of the product owner

A

The identification of the work items to be accomplished during the next sprintA board to keep track of the product and sprint backlogsA prioritized list of product requirements which is maintained by the project teamCorrect answerThe gradual development of product specifications to meet the needs of the product ownerOverall explanationBacklog refinement refers to the progressive elaboration of project requirements where the Agile team collaboratively integrates reviews and updates with the sole purpose of satisfying the customer and product owner’s needs (PMBOK 7th edition, page 235). The identification of the work items to be accomplished during the next sprint is carried out during the sprint planning. The backlog is a prioritized list of product requirements that is maintained by the team. An information radiator or a Kanban board helps to keep track of the product and sprint backlogs.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

Question 54:
Velocity generally enables project managers to make predictions that are accurate, but not totally precise, concerning project planning. The term “Velocity” in scrum refers to?
A team’s sprint-by-sprint progress rate
Project execution speed
Team members’ average capacity
All of the above

A

A team’s sprint-by-sprint progress rateProject execution speedCorrect answerTeam members’ average capacityAll of the aboveOverall explanationVelocity refers to a Scrum development team’s rate of delivering business value. An agile team’s velocity is calculated by simply adding up the estimates or story points of all the features, user stories, requirements, or tasks successfully delivered by all team members during an iteration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

Question 55:
“Impediments” are usually evoked during daily standups, and in some cases, they are thoroughly discussed during the sprint retrospective. “Impediments” refer to:
Issues that hinder the Agile team’s project completion
Change requests
External risks
Problems caused by the product owner

A

Correct answerIssues that hinder the Agile team’s project completionChange requestsExternal risksProblems caused by the product ownerOverall explanationThe term “impediment” refers to problems and issues that stop the project team’s progress. Impediments should be constantly and regularly identified as they can hinder a project’s completion. Identifying, tracking, and helping remove impediments is one of the main responsibilities of the Project Manager or Scrum Master. Often, team members are able to remove their own impediments, as in the case of technical issues or risks. However, some impediments involving external issues or risks can be beyond the team’s ability to remove them. In this case, opting for support from outside of the Team is needed to overcome impediments.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

Question 56:
8 tasks of an Agile project release have the following story points: 3, 2, 5, 5, 8, 1, 3, 5. Given that the team’s velocity is 10, how many iterations will they need to complete all of the 8 tasks?
3
4
5
7

A

3Correct answer457Overall explanationThe sum of all tasks is 32 story points. Therefore, after calculation, you’ll find that it will take 3.2 iterations for the team to complete the tasks of the given release: (32 story points / 10 story points = 3.2 iterations). However, since the timebox of an iteration should not be changed, 4 iterations are needed to complete the release tasks.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

Question 57:
In order to explain to the client the meaning of a story point in the agile methodology, a project manager states that a story point can be defined as:
The equivalence of WBS in the predictive approach
An estimate of project duration
An estimate of the required efforts to complete a particular task
A score that is given to measure the clarity of a particular task

A

The equivalence of WBS in the predictive approachAn estimate of project durationCorrect answerAn estimate of the required efforts to complete a particular taskA score that is given to measure the clarity of a particular taskOverall explanationA story point is a metric used to estimate the difficulty of carrying out a given user story in an agile project. In other words, it is an abstract measure of the effort required to implement a user story. A story point is simply a number that indicates the difficulty level of the story. The difficulty varies depending on the complexities, risks, and efforts involved (PMBOK 7th edition, page 178).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

Question 58:
A Scrum Master attends or facilitates the different Scrum events including the Sprint, Sprint planning, Daily standup, Sprint review, and Sprint retrospective. Which of the following options describes the sprint retrospective meeting?
A meeting for refining product backlog items
A meeting for discussing the negative and positive aspects of a sprint as well as any possible improvements
A meeting for defining and evaluating the work of the next sprint
A meeting held at the end of the project’s last sprint

A

A meeting for refining product backlog itemsCorrect answerA meeting for discussing the negative and positive aspects of a sprint as well as any possible improvementsA meeting for defining and evaluating the work of the next sprintA meeting held at the end of the project’s last sprintOverall explanationDuring the sprint retrospective meeting, all the good and bad aspects of the sprint are discussed. The retrospective meeting is considered a meeting for improvements, as it is mainly held to find the proper ways and means of identifying potential pitfalls and past errors, and to seek out new ways to avoid those mistakes. This meeting isn’t held at the end of the project’s last sprint; it recurrently takes place after the Sprint Review and before the following Sprint Planning. A backlog refinement meeting is used to refine product backlog items. The sprint planning meeting is used to define and evaluate the work of the next sprint.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

Question 59:
A project manager is leading a project using an adaptive development approach. How should the project manager plan the project activities?
Plan all of the iterations work before the start of the project
Progressively elaborate the scope based on continuous feedback
Develop a high-level plan as the project progresses
Execute the project activities described in the Statement Of Work (SOW)

A

Plan all of the iterations work before the start of the projectCorrect answerProgressively elaborate the scope based on continuous feedbackDevelop a high-level plan as the project progressesExecute the project activities described in the Statement Of Work (SOW)Overall explanationPlanning activities in an adaptive approach entails progressively elaborating the work scope based on the stakeholders’ continuous feedback. The project is split into iterations, and at the end of each iteration, the customer reviews the accomplished work on the product. Then, the customer’s feedback is used to define the detailed scope of the next iteration. Defining all iterations’ work before the start of the project depicts an iterative development approach while implementing activities described in the statement of work depicts a predictive development approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

Question 60:
After discussing the matter with stakeholders, the project manager decided to go with a hybrid approach for the new project in order to take full advantage of both predictive and adaptive approaches. When the project manager documented and estimated all activities, one of the stakeholders complained that the project seemed to follow the predictive approach instead. What should the project manager do next in order to demonstrate that they are actually following a hybrid approach?
Sequence activities
Develop schedule
Plan iterations
Estimate costs

A

Sequence activitiesDevelop scheduleCorrect answerPlan iterationsEstimate costsOverall explanationThe project manager can demonstrate that they are following the hybrid approach by adopting iterative practices along with predictive methods. All of the other options represent processes within the predictive approach, therefore they will not demonstrate to the stakeholder that the project manager is following a hybrid approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

Question 61:
An organization selected a pilot project to experiment with the Agile approach. They hired an agile coach to help the project manager since they have been only using the predictive method in the past. During the fourth sprint retrospective, the project team complained that many organizational processes are hindering their work progress, resulting in project delays and rework. What should the project manager do?
Start dedicating part of daily standup meetings to resolving impediments
Conduct a root cause analysis in the following sprint retrospective
Identify the organizational processes that are causing issues and work on removing, changing, or alleviating them
Encourage the project team to be self-organizing by dealing with any problem that gets in their way

A

Start dedicating part of daily standup meetings to resolving impedimentsConduct a root cause analysis in the following sprint retrospectiveCorrect answerIdentify the organizational processes that are causing issues and work on removing, changing, or alleviating themEncourage the project team to be self-organizing by dealing with any problem that gets in their wayOverall explanationTransitioning to Agile does not mean that the approach with all its components will work for the organization, project, or team. Therefore, when issues with the new processes arise, the best practice would be customizing, tailoring, and adapting them to the team’s needs for optimum efficiency. This involves removing any processes that don’t seem to bring any value to the way the team is conducting work, changing to other more suitable processes, or altering the existing processes to fix any issues and make them more compatible with requirements. Daily standups are meant for learning the current progress of each team member’s work as well as detecting impediments rather than dedicating part of the meeting to resolving them, which is neither convenient nor practical since the meeting duration is time-boxed to 15 minutes. Besides, the impediments were already detected by the development team, which means that the project manager should work on removing them as their role entails, beyond the standup meetings.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

Question 62:
At the time they joined the organization, the scrum master was leading a team of 6 members. But, the number has doubled since then, making collaboration complicated. Plus, team members expressed their discontent with standups lately, as they tend to repetitively exceed their allotted time. What could the scrum master do to deal with this situation?
Be more vigilant to standups’ duration so they do not exceed 15 minutes
Increase the standup meeting timebox to 20 minutes
Split the team into two Scrum teams and apply the Scrum of Scrums technique to facilitate coordination between them
Switch to a predictive approach since scrum is not suitable for teams counting more than 9 members

A

Be more vigilant to standups’ duration so they do not exceed 15 minutesIncrease the standup meeting timebox to 20 minutesCorrect answerSplit the team into two Scrum teams and apply the Scrum of Scrums technique to facilitate coordination between themSwitch to a predictive approach since scrum is not suitable for teams counting more than 9 membersOverall explanationScrum of Scrums (SoS), aka meta Scrum, is used to coordinate the work of two or more Scrum teams (Agile Practice Guide, page 111). The main aim of implementing the Scrum of Scrums approach is to create smaller, more coordinated independent teams. Since your team exceeds the maximum number of 9 team members per Scrum team, the logical alternative is to split the team in order to benefit from the efficiency of Scrum processes. The consequences of increasing resources should not be tackled by switching to a predictive approach. Instead, Scrum can evolve to “Scrum of Scrums” or even “Scrum of Scrum of Scrums” in such a case. Monitoring the standup duration, on the other hand, will not fix the problem since a very large team naturally results in longer standup meetings. Deciding to increase the meeting duration is not right either since it goes against Scrum principles.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

Question 63:
The figure below presents the Agile triangle of constraints. Which terms correspond to A, B, C, and D respectively?
Flexible, Fixed, Cost, Scope
Flexible, Fixed, Scope, Cost
Fixed, Flexible, Cost, Scope
Fixed, Flexible, Scope, Cost

A

Flexible, Fixed, Cost, ScopeFlexible, Fixed, Scope, CostCorrect answerFixed, Flexible, Cost, ScopeFixed, Flexible, Scope, CostOverall explanationUnlike predictive approaches, projects that follow adaptive approaches have a fixed cost and schedule and flexible scope. A. Fixed, B. Flexible, C. Cost, and D. Scope.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

Question 64:
An organization decided to use the agile approach for its new project. What should they get at the end of the first sprint?
A plan for the subsequent sprint
A potentially releasable product increment
A Minimum Viable Product (MVP)
A Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)

A

A plan for the subsequent sprintCorrect answerA potentially releasable product incrementA Minimum Viable Product (MVP)A Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)Overall explanationAgile uses iterations, also known as sprints, in each, a potentially shippable increment of the product is produced (Agile Practice Guide, page 101). The plan for the subsequent sprint is the output of the sprint planning event. A Minimum Viable Product (MVP) is a primary version of the product with just the basic functionalities with the purpose of collecting feedback or validating the product idea. It could take several sprints for the product to reach the MVP stage. Finally, a WBS is a planning technique used in the predictive approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Question 65:
An organization is making a progressive transition from the predictive to the adaptive approach. What can the project manager do to prepare their team for the transition? (Select two)
Provide training for the team on agile values and practices
Apply the “learning-by-doing” philosophy by immediately switching to agile approaches
Plan a gradual transition by introducing a few iterative or incremental techniques to their current project
Suggest a full transition since agile practices cannot be combined with predictive ones

A

Correct selectionProvide training for the team on agile values and practicesApply the “learning-by-doing” philosophy by immediately switching to agile approachesCorrect selectionPlan a gradual transition by introducing a few iterative or incremental techniques to their current projectSuggest a full transition since agile practices cannot be combined with predictive onesOverall explanationThe project manager should provide their team with relevant training in order to enable them to adopt the new agile practices with more confidence. They should also gradually introduce certain iterative or incremental techniques to make the transition smoother. This will improve the team learning process and accelerate delivering value to sponsors. Many teams can’t make a full immediate switch to the agile approach. It is preferable and even recommended to make a gradual transition by combining adaptive and predictive practices, which is known as a hybrid approach (Agile Practice Guide, page 30).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

Question 66:
An organization intends to launch a project where team members are going to employ a pull system while aiming to limit work in progress. The pull system functions as follows: when a work item is done, it triggers a pull to bring in the next item on the to-do list. Which Agile framework does this describe?
Scrum
Kanban
Pull
Lean

A

ScrumCorrect answerKanbanPullLeanOverall explanationKanban is a workflow project management approach that uses a board to display and manage work items in columns, e.g., To do, In progress, Testing, and Done. Kanban is built around four key principles: Visualizing workflow, Limiting work in progress (WIP), Focusing on flow, and Continuous improvement. Scrum doesn’t rely on a pull work system, it relies on sprints to execute a selection of predetermined work items. Lean is not an Agile Framework, it’s rather a philosophy that promotes removing waste within work processes. Pull is a made-up term.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

Question 67:
A project manager was assigned to a large project that has unclear requirements and deliverables. After choosing an agile approach to deal with the situation, what should the project manager do next?
Acquire an agile coach to clarify the project scope
Facilitate the identification and prioritization of current work items, then ensure their execution in an iterative and incremental way
Set up a cross-functional team to help define all the needed iterations for completing the project
Have a meeting with the product owner or sponsor to discuss project baselines

A

Acquire an agile coach to clarify the project scopeCorrect answerFacilitate the identification and prioritization of current work items, then ensure their execution in an iterative and incremental waySet up a cross-functional team to help define all the needed iterations for completing the projectHave a meeting with the product owner or sponsor to discuss project baselinesOverall explanationThe project manager should start by facilitating the identification and prioritization of evident requirements, hence helping with the elaboration of the product backlog. Next, and since the project is following an agile approach, the project manager should execute work iteratively and incrementally. Since the project is large and deliverables are vague, it might not be possible to make the project scope clearer and remove ambiguity before starting implementation. In that case, the predictive approach would be more suitable than agile. Needless to say that the agile coach’s role does not involve clarifying the scope of work, it rather entails helping the project team embrace an agile mindset. Defining all of the iterations needed for completing the project refers to predictive planning. Likewise, project baselines are only specified in predictive projects.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

Question 68:
In the graph below, what concepts or approaches correspond respectively to positions A, B, C, and D?
Agile, Scrum, Kanban, Lean
Agile, Scrum, Lean, Kanban
Lean, Scrum, Agile, Kanban
Lean, Kanban, Agile, Scrum

A

Agile, Scrum, Kanban, LeanAgile, Scrum, Lean, KanbanLean, Scrum, Agile, KanbanCorrect answerLean, Kanban, Agile, ScrumOverall explanationA. Lean: a set of concepts that includes eliminating waste, amplifying learning, and delivering as fast as possible.
B. Kanban: a subset of lean which also refers to a framework within agile.
C. Agile: a subset of lean and an umbrella for several frameworks.
D. Scrum: one of the agile frameworks.
Please note that in the real exam such a question usually comes in the form of “drag & drop”.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

Question 69:
In a meeting with the product owner, the agile project manager has been informed that many other functionalities should be added to the product, without the possibility of extending the project’s deadline. What should the project manager do?
Use the smoothing technique and allude that delays are possible in such cases
Inform the product owner that lower priority work items will have to be dropped from the project
Create a separate backlog for the new functionalities and work on it when time allows
Inform the product owner that the new functionalities should be first authorized through an official change request

A

Use the smoothing technique and allude that delays are possible in such casesCorrect answerInform the product owner that lower priority work items will have to be dropped from the projectCreate a separate backlog for the new functionalities and work on it when time allowsInform the product owner that the new functionalities should be first authorized through an official change requestOverall explanationThe agile project manager should inform the product owner that, consequently, they have to drop lower priority work items from the project. Unlike the predictive approach, agile projects do not require formal change requests to change the scope. However, when new functionalities with higher priority are added, lower priority functionalities might have to be dropped in case the project timeframe can’t be extended. The project manager should not have a pretext for delays. Plus, they should discuss what’s in their mind directly with the product owner without any implicit hints. On the other hand, it’s not appropriate to have two backlogs. The new requirements should be prioritized within the existing backlog. The new functionalities’ priority is high, thus they should not be tackled “when time allows”.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

Question 70:
An organization assigned a Product Owner to a new agile project and asked them to work on creating value and generating Return on Investment (ROI) as early as possible. How can the product owner achieve the organization’s demands?
Share these priorities with the project team
Support and serve the project team
Prioritize product backlog items
Improve work processes

A

Share these priorities with the project teamSupport and serve the project teamCorrect answerPrioritize product backlog itemsImprove work processesOverall explanationIn order to get the most value as early as possible, the product owner should focus on prioritizing product backlog items. Sharing the organization’s priorities with the project team is important to help them understand the product owner’s choices. Still, the product owner is the one responsible for the product, not the project team. Improving work processes and supporting and serving the project team are the main focus of the scrum master rather than the product owner.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

Question 1:
Network diagrams are a visual display of project work as they show the connection between work activities and how they progress from the project’s start to its completion. The longest path in a network diagram is known as:
Critical Path
Critical Chain
Float
Free Float

A

Correct answerCritical PathCritical ChainFloatFree FloatOverall explanationIn a network diagram, the critical path is the path with the longest series of tasks (PMBOK 7th edition, page 238). Activities that are not on the critical path have some float (also called slack) that allows some margin for delay without causing the delay or change of the project end date. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without delaying the early start of the immediate subsequent activity. The critical chain is also the longest path in the network diagram, but unlike the critical path, it takes into consideration resource availability in addition to technical dependencies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

Question 2:
In an interior design project for a library, the client asks the team to increase the number of bookshelves beyond what was agreed on. Since the project is on schedule and adding additional shelves will make no difference, the project manager consents to the client’s request. This is an example of:
Gold Plating
Customer Obsession
Scope Creep
Successful Project

A

Gold PlatingCustomer ObsessionCorrect answerScope CreepSuccessful ProjectOverall explanationScope creep (also known as “feature creep” or “requirement creep”) refers to the uncontrolled expansion of the project’s scope (PMBOK 7th edition, page 249). Customer obsession consists of an excessive focus on providing a better customer experience by meeting and even exceeding your client’s needs. However, customer obsession shouldn’t mean delivering beyond scope since the latter can increase the project schedule and cost, thus decreasing the success rate of the project. The tackled situation is not considered gold plating since the client is the one who brought up the change request; it was neither the project manager nor team members who added changes without the client’s approval, as gold plating implies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

Question 3:
A project manager is managing a software development project using the predictive approach. A day prior to the release deadline, a quality engineer on their team discovers a bug that may result in a one-week delay. What should the project manager do next?
Inform the stakeholders that there is a bug that requires 2 to 3 days to fix and put more pressure on the engineers to fix it on time
Meet with stakeholders and inform them about the situation and that it may take a week to resolve the bug
Update the lessons learned and add them to the organizational process assets
Create and send a change request document to the change control board

A

Inform the stakeholders that there is a bug that requires 2 to 3 days to fix and put more pressure on the engineers to fix it on timeCorrect answerMeet with stakeholders and inform them about the situation and that it may take a week to resolve the bugUpdate the lessons learned and add them to the organizational process assetsCreate and send a change request document to the change control boardOverall explanationAs soon as it becomes obvious that the project will be delayed, the project manager should notify the client and present them with new alternatives. They should be honest and transparent about delays. The question includes the term “next”, so the first thing that the project manager should do before creating a change request or updating lessons learned is meet with stakeholders to inform them about the situation. Under the RESPONSIBILITY section of the PMI’s Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, page 3: When the project manager discovers errors or omissions caused by others, they should communicate them to the appropriate body as soon as they are discovered. Under the HONESTY section, page 6: the project manager should provide accurate information in a timely manner.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

Question 4:
A project manager works for Massive Fun, a company specializing in eco-friendly kids’ toys. Two months into the project, they launch the second phase consisting in developing biodegradable playing dough. Hence, the project manager meets with the sponsor to check if any potential players were left out in the first phase and to discuss these new stakeholders’ influence. The activity that the project manager is carrying out with the sponsor can be identified as:
Planning stakeholder engagement
Identifying stakeholders
Planning resource management
Identifying risks

A

Planning stakeholder engagementCorrect answerIdentifying stakeholdersPlanning resource managementIdentifying risksOverall explanationThe project manager is identifying stakeholders and analyzing their level of influence. Although the project has been active for two months, it is recommended to perform this activity on a regular basis, especially when the project gets into a new phase.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

Question 5:
A project manager is leading a project to implement a new ERP system for a local customer. The project manager guides the team to define the project requirements in detail before moving to execution. The project will be delivered after 4 months, but the customer will pay the organization in monthly installments. Which of the following project development approaches is the project manager adopting?
Predictive
Adaptive
Iterative
Incremental

A

Correct answerPredictiveAdaptiveIterativeIncrementalOverall explanationSince requirements are fixed and deliverables will only be shipped at the end of the project, then the project manager is using a predictive approach. The iterative approach is also characterized by a single delivery (Agile Practice Guide, page 18), but it has dynamic requirements. Adaptive and incremental approaches involve frequent small deliveries. In the described scenario, payment installments are not linked to deliverables or iterations; it’s just a payment option that has no influence or connection to the project development approach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

Question 6:
A project manager is assigned to a 12-month project that has a $100,000 budget. Six months have passed and $60,000 has been spent. On closer inspection, the project manager finds out that so far, only 40% of the work has been completed. The value of the completed 40% work is referred to as:
Planned value
Earned value
Actual cost
Cost variance

A

Planned valueCorrect answerEarned valueActual costCost varianceOverall explanationEarned Value refers to the value of the work accomplished to date (PMBOK 7th edition, page 239). If the project gets terminated at this point, Earned Value will show you the value that the project has produced. In this case, the project’s Earned Value (EV) is $40,000 = 40% of the value of total work. The amount of $60,000 represents the Actual Cost (AC). The planned value is $50,000 (50% of the budget), while the cost variance is -$20,000 (EV - AC).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

Question 7:
A project manager is carrying out the initial planning activities for a gas pipeline construction project using a predictive approach. When estimating the pipeline installation activity, one team member states that they ran the same length of pipes in 14 hours on a previous similar project. Another team member claims that they can run 100 meters of gas pipes per hour. The team will need to run a total of 1000 meters of pipes. Using the analogous estimating technique, how many hours will it take the team to run the gas pipeline?
10
11
12
14

A

101112Correct answer14Overall explanationUnlike parametric estimating, the analogous estimating technique uses expert judgment by comparing a particular activity to a similarly completed one on a previous project in order to determine its duration or cost. This means that the project manager should rely on expert feedback, i.e., completing a similar task in 14 hours.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

Question 8:
During project execution, a team member reaches out to the project manager to inquire about the work they need to accomplish in this phase of the project. Which of these documents comprises thorough descriptions of work packages?
WBS
WBS Dictionary
Activity List
Scope management plan

A

WBSCorrect answerWBS DictionaryActivity ListScope management planOverall explanationThe planned work is included in the lowest level of the WBS components, known as work packages. Detailed information on work packages, such as descriptions, owners, prerequisites, successors, due dates, etc. is included in the Work Breakdown Structure Dictionary (PMBOK 7th edition, page 253).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

Question 9:
An activity has an Early Start (ES) of day 5, a Late Start (LS) of day 12, an Early Finish (EF) of day 10, and a Late Finish (LF) of day 17. Which of the following statements are correct regarding this activity? (Select two)
The activity is on the critical path
The activity is not on the critical path
The activity has a float
The activity has a lag

A

The activity is on the critical pathCorrect selectionThe activity is not on the critical pathCorrect selectionThe activity has a floatThe activity has a lagOverall explanationSince it has a 7-day float, this activity is not on the critical path. The float of this activity can be calculated by subtracting the Early Start (day 5) from the Late Start (day 12) or by subtracting the Early Finish (day 10) from the Late Finish (day 17). Since the float of the activity is greater than zero, then it’s not on the critical path. Remember that critical path activities have zero float.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

Question 10:
A project manager is leading a construction project. Throughout its execution, the project was influenced by Organizational Process Assets (OPAs). Which of the following statements are considered as OPAs? (Select two)
Construction work requires a building permit from City council
Workers who don’t obey safety rules will be penalized
Only authorized personnel are allowed on site
Workers have expertise in infrastructure construction

A

Construction work requires a building permit from City councilCorrect selectionWorkers who don’t obey safety rules will be penalizedCorrect selectionOnly authorized personnel are allowed on siteWorkers have expertise in infrastructure constructionOverall explanation“Workers who don’t obey safety rules will be penalized” and “only authorized personnel are allowed on site” are considered Organizational Process Assets (OPAs) since they represent the organization’s internal procedures. “Workers have expertise in infrastructure construction” is an internal Enterprise Environmental Factor, while “Construction work requires a building permit from the City council” is an external Enterprise Environmental Factor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

Question 11:
The project team cannot plan for risks that are believed to be difficult to find or imagine. Therefore, a(n) ___________ reserve should be set for threats that were not identified in advance.
Management
Buffer
Contingency
Additional

A

Correct answerManagementBufferContingencyAdditionalOverall explanationThe Management Reserve is a budget under “management control” that is dedicated and used for risks that were not identified during risk analysis, aka unknown-unknowns (unknown = unidentified, unknowns = risks). On the other hand, a contingency reserve is used for identified risks with predetermined risk response strategies, aka known-unknowns (known = identified, Unknowns = risks) (PMBOK 7th edition, page 127). Additional reserve and buffer reserve are made-up terms.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

Question 12:
In a predictive approach, which of the following statements are true about project deliverables? (Select two)
Project deliverables should be identified throughout the project lifecycle
Project deliverables can be products, services, or any other type of outcome
Once project deliverables have been identified, they should not be changed anymore
The acceptance criteria for deliverables should be described in the project agreement

A

Project deliverables should be identified throughout the project lifecycleCorrect selectionProject deliverables can be products, services, or any other type of outcomeOnce project deliverables have been identified, they should not be changed anymoreCorrect selectionThe acceptance criteria for deliverables should be described in the project agreementOverall explanationProject deliverables can be products, services, or any other type of outcome. In a predictive approach, project deliverables should be determined, described, and agreed upon as early as possible in the project, to avoid any costly changes later on. Acceptance criteria should also be described and agreed upon. The change is possible and should follow the change request process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

Question 13:
For a museum construction project, concrete is poured after the completion of rebar and formwork. Now, workers must wait 14 days before removing the formwork, as the concrete must be strong enough for this operation. The 14-day period is an example of:
A Lead
A Lag
Crashing
Fast-tracking

A

A LeadCorrect answerA LagCrashingFast-trackingOverall explanationLag Time is when a delay is purposely made between activities. Lead time, on the other hand, is the time saved by starting an activity before its predecessor is completed. Crashing and fast-tracking are two schedule compression techniques.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

Question 14:
A project task is 90% complete. It cannot, however, be finished until another task is completed. What type of dependency is this? (Select two)
Finish-to-start (FS)
Finish-to-finish (FF)
Mandatory dependency
Discretionary dependency

A

Finish-to-start (FS)Correct selectionFinish-to-finish (FF)Correct selectionMandatory dependencyDiscretionary dependencyOverall explanationThis is an example of finish-to-finish mandatory dependency. Two tasks may in fact run concurrently in the case of a finish-to-finish dependency. However, the second task can be entirely completed only after the first task is 100% done. Mandatory dependencies are those that are legally or contractually required or inherent in the nature of the work (PMBOK 7th edition, page 60).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

Question 15:
A project manager of a dating mobile app received an urgent change request from the client. After checking the change request, the project manager realized that implementing it could be very costly. What is the best course of action for the project manager to take in this case?
Discussing the cost impact with the client
Implementing the change request straight away
Rejecting it due to its cost impact
Not allowing any change requests regardless of their cost

A

Correct answerDiscussing the cost impact with the clientImplementing the change request straight awayRejecting it due to its cost impactNot allowing any change requests regardless of their costOverall explanationThe project manager must discuss the impact of the change request on the project cost with the client. They cannot process the change request unless the client understands and accepts its impact.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

Question 16:
Which of the following options represents the characteristics of the predictive project management approach? (Select two)
Scope, time, and cost are determined in the early phases of the project life cycle
Change is limited as much as possible during project execution
The scope is determined early in the project life cycle, but time and cost are routinely modified
After one iteration, deliverables have enough functionality to be considered complete

A

Correct selectionScope, time, and cost are determined in the early phases of the project life cycleCorrect selectionChange is limited as much as possible during project executionThe scope is determined early in the project life cycle, but time and cost are routinely modifiedAfter one iteration, deliverables have enough functionality to be considered completeOverall explanationPredictive methods focus on thoroughly analyzing and planning the future while taking into account known risks. The scope, time, and cost are all predetermined early in the project life cycle. Predictive teams often establish a Change Control Board (CCB) to ensure that only valuable changes are considered for implementation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

Question 17:
A project manager is using a predictive approach to lead his project. Team members have been allocated to this project with 50% availability. However, the project manager recently discovered that the team has been spending less than 50% of their time working on the project. The project schedule is about to become heavily delayed, putting deadlines in jeopardy. What should the project manager do?
Discuss getting additional resources with the project sponsor
Negotiate clear and written assignments with reliable scheduling priorities with functional managers
Adjust the schedule and negotiate new deadlines due to unexpectedly slow work progress
Crash the project in order to complete it on time

A

Discuss getting additional resources with the project sponsorCorrect answerNegotiate clear and written assignments with reliable scheduling priorities with functional managersAdjust the schedule and negotiate new deadlines due to unexpectedly slow work progressCrash the project in order to complete it on timeOverall explanationSince the project manager didn’t assign the team members himself, then the organization must be functional. In this case, it is best to talk with functional managers and negotiate clear and written assignments with reliable scheduling priorities. It is the responsibility of functional managers, not the project sponsor, to manage staff assignments. The project manager, on the other hand, should provide a resource calendar to make sure that functional managers are aware of when and what resources he needs for his project. Adjusting or crashing the schedule without tackling the source of the problem is not the right course of action. Besides, crashing the project requires adding more resources, which is beyond the project manager’s authority in a functional organization.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

Question 18:
Upon request, a project manager presents to his superiors the order of magnitude estimations for the hostel construction project he’s leading. The level of accuracy of the order of magnitude estimation is:
-25% to +75%
-25% to +50%
-10% to +25%
-5% to +10%

A

Correct answer-25% to +75%-25% to +50%-10% to +25%-5% to +10%Overall explanationA Rough Order of Magnitude Estimate (ROM estimate) is an estimation of the needed effort and cost to complete a project. A ROM estimate is performed very early in a project’s life cycle; during the project selection and approval period and prior to project initiation in most cases. The order of magnitude during the initiation phase has an accuracy range of -25% to 75% (PMBOK 6th edition, page 241).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

Question 19:
Within the predictive approach, which of the following terms is used for both costs and schedules to establish what you’ll measure against later in the monitoring and controlling phase?
Variance
Expected value
Baseline
Estimates

A

VarianceExpected valueCorrect answerBaselineEstimatesOverall explanationCost and schedule baselines are used to assess performance in the monitoring and controlling phases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

Question 20:
The project team includes one carpenter who is only available to work part-time. Since her work is on the critical path, the project’s planned completion date had to be pushed back to align with her availability. The adjustment of the project schedule to handle resource constraints is referred to as:
Load Balancing
Resource Loading
Resource Leveling
Resource Smoothing

A

Load BalancingResource LoadingCorrect answerResource LevelingResource SmoothingOverall explanationResource leveling is used to optimize resource allocation by adjusting the activities’ start and finish dates. This often results in changing the original critical path, as was the case in the described scenario; the carpenter is a scarce resource for the project and her availability is constrained, which led to extending the project schedule to manage this limitation. Resource smoothing, on the other hand, is performed to achieve a more consistent resource utilization over a period of time. Resource loading is the total assigned hours of work divided by the number of hours you have to do the work. Load balancing is common in computing and it refers to the process of distributing a set of tasks over a number of resources with the aim of speeding up the overall data processing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

Question 21:
The following diagram represents the decomposition of the project deliverables into smaller tasks. What is this diagram called?
Affinity diagram
Product breakdown
Product roadmap
Work breakdown structure

A

Affinity diagramProduct breakdownProduct roadmapCorrect answerWork breakdown structureOverall explanationThe WBS is a hierarchical decomposition of the total scope of work to create the required deliverables (PMBOK 7th edition, page 81). The planned work is included in the lowest level of the WBS components, which are called work packages. Product breakdown is a product analysis technique (PMBOK 6th edition, page 153). The product roadmap demonstrates the anticipated sequence of deliverables throughout the project duration. Affinity diagrams classify a large number of ideas into groups for analysis and review.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

Question 22:
A project manager is leading a new virtual reality game development project. The project is scheduled to last 10 months with a budget of $100,000. One month into the project, the team completed 10% of the total work. What is the project’s current Schedule Performance Index (SPI)?
0.1
1
1.1
10

A

0.1​Correct answer11.1​ 10Overall explanationThe schedule performance index (SPI) is a measure of the conformance of actual progress (earned value) to the planned progress: SPI = EV / PV (PMBOK 7th edition, page 249). A value of 1.0 indicates that the project performance is on target. When CPI or SPI is greater than 1.0, it indicates better-than-planned project performance, while a CPI or SPI that is less than 1.0 indicates poorer-than-planned project performance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

Question 23:
Adopting a predictive approach to plan an agriculture project, a project manager chooses the ___________ method to estimate the cost by using work breakdown.
Analogous
Parametric
Top-down
Bottom-up

A

​Analogous​ParametricTop-downCorrect answer​Bottom-upOverall explanationThe bottom-up method can be used as an estimation technique for the project’s overall cost by estimating the approximate value of smaller components and using the total sum of these values to find the overall cost. This type of estimation is used to create the project schedule or budget. The project work is typically subdivided into smaller parts and each component is given a duration and cost estimate. The individual duration estimates are aggregated to determine the schedule, while the individual cost estimates are aggregated to determine the budget.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

Question 24:
A project manager is assigned to an industrial project that follows a predictive approach. During the risk planning phase, the project manager decided to create a contingency reserve for:
Passive risk acceptance
Active risk acceptance
Workaround
Unidentified risks

A

​Passive risk acceptanceCorrect answer​Active risk acceptanceWorkaround​Unidentified risksOverall explanationRisk acceptance acknowledges the existence of a threat, but no proactive action is taken (PMBOK 7th edition, page 248). The most common active acceptance strategy is to establish a contingency reserve, including time, money, or resources to handle the threat if it occurs. Passive acceptance involves no proactive action apart from a periodic review of the threat to ensure that it does not change significantly (PMBOK 6th edition, page 443). A workaround is an unplanned response to deal with unidentified risks and risks that are passively accepted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

Question 25:
A project manager is leading a construction project. Work on light spots is pending since ceiling tiles are still being installed, which may cause some delays within the project. What should the project manager refer to in order to check the electricity team’s availability in the next two weeks to resolve this dependency?
Resource Calendars
Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM )
RACI Matrix
Organigram

A

Correct answerResource CalendarsResponsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM​)RACI​ MatrixOrganigramOverall explanationA resource calendar is a calendar for planning, managing, and monitoring resources, including both employees and equipment. It gives project managers an overview of how resources are being utilized, which resources are available, and when. On the other hand, the Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM) describes the involvement of different parties and their roles in completing tasks or deliverables in a project. It’s used to clarify roles and responsibilities within a team, project, or process. RACI is an acronym for Responsible Accountable Consult and Inform and it’s used to assign roles and responsibilities for each task in a given process. An organigram, also called an organizational chart, organogram, or organizational breakdown structure (OBS), is a diagram that depicts the organization’s structure and the relationships and ranks of its different positions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

Question 26:
A project manager created the following high-level hierarchical list of human and physical resources of a project that consists in creating a bulk SMS platform for marketing campaigns. What does this visual illustration represent?
Resource calendar
Organization breakdown structure
Resource breakdown structure
RACI chart

A

​Resource calendar​Organization breakdown structureCorrect answer​Resource breakdown structure​RACI chartOverall explanationA resource breakdown structure is a hierarchical list of team and physical resources related by category and resource type that is used for project planning, management, and control (PMBOK 7th edition, page 187). Each descending level corresponds to a more detailed description of the resource. A resource calendar, on the other hand, is a calendar for planning, managing, and monitoring resources. Organizational Breakdown Structure (OBS), also known as Organization Chart, is used for representing the project organization. RACI is an acronym for Responsible Accountable Consult and Inform and it’s used to assign the roles and responsibilities of the individuals involved in a project or a process.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

Question 27:
A project manager is leading a project that has a fixed fee of $5,000 and an estimated cost of $50,000. Knowing that the actual cost of the project reached $60,000, what is the total cost of the Cost Plus Fixed Fee contract?
$50,000
$55,000
$60,000
$65,000

A

$50,000$55,000$60,000Correct answer$65,000Overall explanationThe total cost of the Cost Plus Fixed Fee (CPFF) contract is the sum of the Actual cost and the Fixed fee; $60,000 + $5,000 = $65,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

Question 28:
A project manager is assigned to lead a construction project for the first time. Three months in, the project manager notices that the running cost is higher than expected. So, they decide to assess the project’s financial status by calculating the difference between Earned Value (EV) and Actual Cost (AC). What is the project manager calculating?
Cost Performance Index
Cost Variance
Planned Value
To-Complete Performance Index

A

Cost Performance IndexCorrect answerCost VariancePlanned ValueTo-Complete Performance IndexOverall explanationThe amount of budget deficit or surplus at a given point in time expressed as the difference between Earned Value(EV) and the Actual Cost (AC), is known as Cost Variance (PMBOK 7th edition, page 238).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

Question 29:
A predefined budget allocation is a project ___________________.
Budget
Assumption
Risk
Constraint

A

​BudgetAssumption​RiskCorrect answer​ConstraintOverall explanationProject constraints are limiting factors for your project that can impact delivery, quality, and overall project success. An imposed delivery date or a predefined budget are considered project constraints (PMBOK 7th edition, page 72).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

Question 30:
A project manager is in charge of an ergonomic chair design project. Upon the identification of some technical risks, the project manager decides it’s best to create a prototype. This is an example of risk:
Acceptance
Avoidance
Transfer
Mitigation

A

​Acceptance​AvoidanceTransferCorrect answer​MitigationOverall explanationRisk mitigation can imply prototype development in order to prevent the risk from scaling up. Creating a prototype will support the testing and through testing, you can generate the necessary data to probably even close the risk. To keep costs low, you can opt for partial prototypes for the specific portions of the process that involve the risk.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

Question 31:
A project manager working at Smart Tools, a smart kitchen appliances company, has recently completed the design phase of a product. Therefore, the project manager is currently arranging a phase review with the steering committee, which will be facilitated by the company’s PMO. Phase reviews are also called:
Kill point
Endpoint
PMO review
Project review

A

Correct answerKill pointEndpointPMO reviewProject reviewOverall explanationPhase reviews, aka phase gates, phase exits, phase entrances, kill points, and stage gates, is a formal review of the project to evaluate its status. The results are documented and presented to the concerned stakeholders or the sponsor in order to get their approval to proceed to the next phase in the project lifecycle. It’s called “Kill point” because when your board determines that your project hasn’t achieved its objectives to date, they may decide to stop it (PMBOK 7th edition, page 244).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

Question 32:
A project manager is in charge of a project for creating a next-generation vehicle. Before the assembly of the vehicle can be performed, the wheels have to be designed and built. Which type of dependency does this situation depict?
External
Discretionary
Soft Logic
Mandatory

A

ExternalDiscretionarySoft LogicCorrect answerMandatoryOverall explanationA mandatory dependency is also called a hard dependency or hard logic. For example, consider 2 activities A and B, if B has a mandatory dependency on A, it means action on B cannot be performed until action on A has been completed. A discretionary or soft logic dependency, on the other hand, is an optional or preferred dependency. External dependencies involve a relationship between project activities and non-project activities (PMBOK 7th edition, page 60).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Question 33:
After being assigned by management to lead a new project, the project manager is immediately asked to develop the project charter in order to launch the project as soon as possible. To develop the project charter, the project manager will need the following documents: (Select three)
Strategic plan
Business case
Agreements
Project plan

A

Correct selectionStrategic planCorrect selectionBusiness caseCorrect selectionAgreementsProject planOverall explanationTo develop the Project Charter, the project manager needs business documents such as the project’s business case, benefits/strategic plan, and agreements. The project plan is developed once the project charter is signed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

Question 34:
Midway through the execution phase of a construction project, a key team member requests a two-month leave for personal reasons. What should the project manager do first before taking their decision about the team member’s leave request?
Find a replacement
Evaluate the impact of the team member’s leave on the project
Persuade the team member to take several short leaves over the remaining project duration instead
Ask the team member to postpone their leave

A

Find a replacementCorrect answerEvaluate the impact of the team member’s leave on the projectPersuade the team member to take several short leaves over the remaining project duration instead​Ask the team member to postpone their leaveOverall explanationThe first thing the project manager should do in this situation is to understand what impact this leave will have on the project. For instance, a two-month leave may not have a big impact on a 3-year project, but it will have a significant impact on a 6-month project, especially if this team member is a key player. After evaluating the impact, the project manager can ask the team member to postpone their leave or split it into shorter leaves over the project duration. If the impact of the team member’s leave is still significant, even with these two solutions, then the project manager may need to seek a replacement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

Question 35:
Using a predictive approach, the project manager was able to finish the project six weeks ahead of schedule, despite the $75,000 increase in project costs. This situation depicts:
Resource leveling
Resource smoothing
Crashing
Fast-tracking

A

Resource levelingResource smoothingCorrect answerCrashingFast-trackingOverall explanationProject crashing implies reducing the time one or more tasks take in order to minimize the overall duration of the project. Crashing consists of increasing the project resources to help finish tasks in less time than planned. However, this leads to an increase in project costs. Such measures cannot be implemented without the approval of the sponsor or key stakeholders. Fast-tracking is also a schedule compression technique, but it involves performing tasks simultaneously without adding more resources or increasing costs (PMBOK 7th edition, page 59). Resource leveling and resource smoothing are two resource optimization techniques, which are used to respond to resource limitations. These two techniques can only extend the project schedule.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Question 36:
A project manager is leading a software development project worth $100,000. Referring to the project status report, the project manager finds out that they have spent $30,000, with 25% of the work completed. The project is:
Under budget
Over budget
Ahead of schedule
Behind schedule

A

​Under budgetCorrect answerOver budget​Ahead of schedule​Behind scheduleOverall explanationThe project manager can determine the financial status of their project by calculating the Cost Performance Index (CPI = EV / AC) or the Cost Variance (CV = EV - AC). Since AC = $30,000, then they need to calculate the Earned Value (EV = % completed work x budget). Considering the described scenario, EV= 25% x $100,000 = $25,000.
Consequently, CPI = $25,000 / $30,000 = 0.833 which is less than 1, meaning that the project is over budget. CV = $25,000 - $30,000 = - $5,000 which is less than 0, which confirms that the project is over budget.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Question 37:
The procurement manager who is assigned to a construction project meets with the project manager to assess the final performance of the project’s primary vendor. This involved discussing the multiple issues that they experienced with this vendor, including late delivery and budget overruns. The procurement manager and the project manager also analyzed what they could have done differently and what they did well when it comes to addressing the vendor issues when they occurred. What activity are the procurement manager and the project manager engaged in?
Collaborating on an open claim with the vendor
Generating a work performance report
Confirming the formal acceptance of the vendor’s work
Capturing lessons learned

A

Collaborating on an open claim with the vendorGenerating a work performance reportConfirming the formal acceptance of the vendor’s workCorrect answerCapturing lessons learnedOverall explanationThe procurement manager and the project manager are discussing lessons learned in engaging with this particular vendor and also in activities associated with managing the vendor’s performance. This includes identifying what went well and what could have been done differently, which will benefit future projects.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

Question 38:
A project manager is managing a telecommunication project following the predictive approach. While controlling the project execution, she uncovers scope creep caused by a key project stakeholder who happens to be her close friend. What should the project manager do?
Nothing, since the scope creep was caused by a prominent stakeholder and a close friend
Reverse the scope changes since she didn’t approve them
Take the scope creep to the change control board
Nothing, since the scope creep could have a positive impact on the project

A

Nothing, since the scope creep was caused by a prominent stakeholder and a close friendReverse the scope changes since she didn’t approve themCorrect answerTake the scope creep to the change control boardNothing, since the scope creep could have a positive impact on the projectOverall explanationThe scope creep should be brought to the project team’s attention and treated as an unapproved change. This will also need to go through the formal channel by reporting it to the change control board and decide with them on the appropriate course of action (PMBOK 7th edition, page 87). Undoing the changes without referring to the CCB means the project manager is going to perform additional work that is not part of the scope, resulting in further scope creep; That’s why they need approval from CCB. As the project manager, she should avoid favoritism and any situations of conflict of interest by maintaining impartiality in her decisions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

Question 39:
A project manager leads a project to build a water distillation machine. After internally verifying that the product properly extracts essential oils, the product was shipped to the client site. After receiving the machine, the client sent an email to the project manager asking whether it met the requirements or not. What should the project manager do next?
Send an engineer to the client’s site to double-check the product
Perform the control quality process and use the contingency reserve to fix any unidentified issues
Collaborate with the client to get their signature approving that the product complies with requirements
Confirm that the product was internally tested and formally close the project

A

Send an engineer to the client’s site to double-check the productPerform the control quality process and use the contingency reserve to fix any unidentified issuesCorrect answerCollaborate with the client to get their signature approving that the product complies with requirementsConfirm that the product was internally tested and formally close the projectOverall explanationAt this stage, the project manager should work with the client to get their signature as approval that the product complies with requirements. Confirming that the product has been internally tested on your part is not sufficient since the client must validate that the product does meet their requirements. The control quality process is supposed to be performed before the product is shipped. In this situation, the client just asked whether the product meets the requirements or not and didn’t report any problems. Thus, the proper next step is to go over all of the product specifications with the client to formally validate them and get their signature approving that the product complies with requirements in order to finally close the project.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

Question 40:
The team of a predictive project discovers that many implemented features are different from the outlined scope in the scope statement. Which of the following documents should the project manager refer to in order to deal with this matter?
WBS
WBS dictionary
Requirements traceability matrix
Project charter

A

WBS ​WBS dictionary​Correct answerRequirements traceability matrix​Project charterOverall explanationThe traceability Matrix is a document that maps requirements as well as other aspects of the project. It’s used as evidence to confirm that requirements have been fulfilled, as it typically documents those requirements along with issues and test results (PMBOK 7th edition, page 189).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Question 41:
A project manager is assigned to a project consisting of four phases. Which of the following meetings should the project manager hold at each phase to ensure the continuous commitment of project stakeholders?
kickoff meeting
Retrospective meeting
Risk review meeting
Stage gate meeting

A

kickoff meetingRetrospective meeting​Risk review meetingCorrect answer​Stage gate meetingOverall explanationStage-gate or phase review meetings represent an opportunity for project stakeholders to review project progress along with planned future actions. In these meetings, project stakeholders can assess whether or not the project is on track to meet the organization’s expectations (PMBOK 7th edition, page 42). You should schedule gate meetings at key milestones throughout your project to not only ensure it is on track but also demonstrate to the project stakeholders that you are staying on course.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

Question 42:
Prior to a meeting with the sponsor to update them on the project status, a project manager is going through the project status report which shows that the SPI is 0.8, while the CPI is 1.1. What should be more concerning to the project manager?
Nothing, the project is performing well
Cost
Schedule
Risk

A

​Nothing, the project is performing well​Cost​Correct answerSchedule​RiskOverall explanationSince the Schedule Performance Index (SPI) is less than 1.0, then the project is behind schedule. Consequently, the project manager should be concerned about the project schedule. Since CPI is 1.1, then the project is under budget. Thus, the project is on track cost-wise. There is no indication in the question that the project manager should be concerned about risks.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

Question 43:
A project manager is planning a cryptocurrency conference. The Ministry of Finance, which is the conference sponsor, limited the number of attendees to forty. One day prior to the event, the project manager got a call from the ministry office informing them that they wanted to add two other subject matter experts to the conference attendees list. Luckily, the conference room has a seating capacity of fifty people. However, the project manager needs to rearrange lodging, catering, coffee breaks, gift packages, etc. accordingly. What should the project manager do first?
Issue a change request to address the ministry’s request
Accept the ministry’s request and increase the number of attendees since the conference didn’t start yet
Accept the ministry’s request and increase the number of attendees since the request is issued by the sponsor
Refuse to increase the number of attendees since the event is only one day away

A

Correct answerIssue a change request​ to address the ministry’s requestAccept the ministry’s request and increase the number of attendees since the conference didn’t start yet​Accept the ministry’s request and increase the number of attendees since the request is issued by the sponsorRefuse to increase the number of attendees since the event is only one day awayOverall explanationWhen a critical key stakeholder requests a change, the project manager should treat it with high priority and issue a change request to the Change Control Board (CCB) in order to add their request to the scope (PMBOK 7th edition, page 77). In the described situation, the project manager is able to address the stakeholder request. So, it’s not appropriate to decline the change request under the pretext that the conference date is only one day away. On the other hand, the project manager should not immediately increase the number of attendees because this will be considered scope creep. Even though the conference hasn’t started yet, project execution has already begun since the project team has contacted suppliers, reserved attendees’ accommodations, booked the conference room, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

Question 44:
A project manager calculates the early & late start and finish dates of his project activities. One of the activities has the following representation. What is this activity’s float?
16
8
12
24

A

16Correct answer81224Overall explanationFloat, Total float, Slack, or activity float represents how long an activity can be delayed without causing a delay in the project completion date. On a critical path, the total float is zero. You can calculate an activity float by subtracting the Early Start date of the activity from its Late Start date: (12 - 4 = 8 days), or by subtracting the Early Finish date of the activity from its Late Finish date (28 - 20 = 8 days).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

Question 45:
The ______________ is a project forecasting tool that represents the cost estimate of a project if it keeps the same cost performance.
Estimate to Complete (ETC)
Variance at Completion (VAC)
Estimate at Completion (EAC)
Budget at Completion (BAC)

A

Estimate to Complete (ETC)Variance at Completion (VAC)Correct answerEstimate at Completion (EAC)Budget at Completion (BAC)Overall explanationEstimate at Completion (EAC) is defined as the sum of the completed work cost plus the cost required to finish the remaining work. Estimate at Completion (EAC) may differ from the Budget At Completion (BAC) based on the project performance (PMBOK 7th edition, page 104). If it becomes obvious that the BAC is no longer viable, the project manager should consider the forecasted EAC instead.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

Question 46:
A project manager is managing an eCommerce project using a predictive approach. The customer reached out to the project manager asking him to add a new feature to allow users to rate the products they purchased. Knowing that this feature may involve some security risks, what should the project manager do next? (Select two)
Inform the customer of the potential risks to convince them to change their mind
Ask the customer to submit a change request
Protect the team from distractions by asking the customer to put off the change until they finish the project
Evaluate the change and its associated risks with the team

A

Inform the customer of the potential risks to convince them to change their mindCorrect selectionAsk the customer to submit a change requestProtect the team from distractions by asking the customer to put off the change until they finish the projectCorrect selectionEvaluate the change and its associated risks with the teamOverall explanationSince the project manager is adopting a predictive approach, he should ask the customer to submit a change request that will be evaluated by him and his team. The change request evaluation should cover analyzing its associated risks and implications. After gathering all information, the Change Control Board (CCB) will decide to either accept the change or reject it. The project manager is usually a member of the CCB. In this case, the project manager may influence the decision based on the conducted analysis. But, he cannot do this without assessing the change with his team first (PMBOK 7th edition, page 77). The customer may not accept postponing the change. The concept of protecting the team from distraction or external interference doesn’t exist in the predictive approach; it’s rather common in the Scrum framework, more specifically during sprint execution.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

Question 47:
A project manager is managing a highway paving project. Four months into project execution, the project manager notices that the performance is deteriorating. What did the project manager examine to make such a realization?
Status Report
Risk Report
Forecasting Report
Trend Report

A

​Status Report​Risk Report​Forecasting ReportCorrect answer​Trend ReportOverall explanationA trend Report is used to check the performance status; whether the project performance is on track, improving, or deteriorating over a time period. This report shows a comparison between the project’s current performance in a specific duration against its previous performance during a similar time duration (comparing monthly performances for example). Performance could be compared monthly, quarterly, semesterly, or annually.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

Question 48:
While managing an industrial project, a project manager notices that two stakeholders are always debating which may have a negative impact on the project. Which of the following options is used to document and monitor this type of situation?
Dispute log
Problem log
Change log
Issue log

A

Dispute logProblem logChange logCorrect answerIssue logOverall explanationThe issue log, also called an issue register, is a project document that records and tracks all issues that have a negative impact on the project (PMBOK 7th edition, page 185). Once created, it’ll be the project manager’s tool to monitor and communicate all that is going on in the project. Such issues may involve resources leaving the project, conflicting teams, or even individuals with low morale. A change log is used to document all change requests. Problem log and dispute log are both made-up terms.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

Question 49:
Before announcing the completion of the project execution, the project manager of a construction project reviews deliverables and performs a site walkthrough. What is the project manager performing in this scenario?
An inspection
A handing over
An audit
A scope validation

A

Correct answer​An inspection​A handing over​An auditA scope validationOverall explanationDuring an inspection, the project manager reviews deliverables and performs a site walkthrough if applicable. Audits, on the other hand, are carried out to determine if project activities comply with organizational and project policies, processes, and procedures (PMBOK 6th edition, page 294). In other words, audits are performed on processes while inspections are performed on products. The project manager here is neither validating the scope with the customer nor handing over deliverables to them.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

Question 50:
The most recent project of Kitchen Plus Inc. involves the creation of an automatic dicer with industry-exclusive characteristics. Based on the information provided by the project team, the current Schedule Performance Index (SPI) is 1.10, while the Cost Performance Index (CPI) is 0.80. What should the project manager do to balance out the performance of both the schedule and budget?
Crash the schedule by adding more resources to critical activities
Fast-track the longest activities that fall on the critical path
Level out resource usage to further spread out costs over time
Nothing, since the project is performing as expected

A

Crash the schedule by adding more resources to critical activitiesFast-track the longest activities that fall on the critical pathCorrect answerLevel out resource usage to further spread out costs over timeNothing, since the project is performing as expectedOverall explanationBased on the performance indexes provided, the project is 10% ahead of schedule while being over budget. Leveling out resource usage is a strategy used to spread out costs over time. This helps reduce unexpected spikes of spending, albeit it may lead to lengthening the schedule. Crashing or fast-tracking are two schedule compression techniques. So, it’s pointless to use them in the described situation since the project is ahead of schedule.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

Question 51:
A project manager is managing a project with a distributed team, fixed budget, and tight deadlines. Knowing that they’re adopting a predictive approach, what should the project manager do to avoid any scope creep and keep their team focused on delivering a product that meets requirements?
Ask the project team to skip small requirements so that they can only focus on big and important ones
Ensure that all alterations to the scope are authorized through a formal process
Prevent stakeholders from directly interacting with the project team
Scope creep cannot be avoided in a predictive project, therefore the project manager should adopt an agile approach instead

A

Ask the project team to skip small requirements so that they can only focus on big and important onesCorrect answerEnsure that all alterations to the scope are authorized through a formal processPrevent stakeholders from directly interacting with the project teamScope creep cannot be avoided in a predictive project, therefore the project manager should adopt an agile approach insteadOverall explanationThe project manager can avoid scope creep by adhering to the agreed-upon change management process. Change management processes have to be set up front and should be very straightforward. Essentially, when a change is suggested, it should be reviewed, approved or rejected, and then incorporated into the project plan if it’s approved (PMBOK 7th edition, page 87). Requirements shouldn’t be skipped, small or big. Often, it’s not appropriate to prevent the stakeholders from communicating with the project team. Not all projects are fit for the agile approach, therefore it’s not appropriate to change the project’s development approach just to prevent scope creep.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

Question 52:
One year into managing a predictive project, and during the completion and closure process, the project manager faces a key stakeholder’s refusal to sign off the deliverables due to non-compliance claims. What can the project manager do to ensure stakeholder acceptance?
Issue a change request
Conduct a sprint retrospective
Change the SOW
Conduct a variance analysis

A

​Issue a change request​Conduct a sprint retrospective​Change the SOWCorrect answer​Conduct a variance analysisOverall explanationVariance analysis is a technique used at the end of a project or phase in order to identify any deviation in deliverables or difference between actual and planned behaviors. This method is used to determine the cause and magnitude of the difference between baseline and actual performance, as well as retain control over the project (PMBOK 7th edition, page 177).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

Question 53:
Due to high levels of uncertainty, the project manager opts for the rolling wave method for the project planning. How is this method useful in this case?
It will help the project manager determine which activities are more important to prioritize
It will help the project manager organize the project’s activities and tasks
It will help the project manager determine the sequencing of a large number of activities
It will help the project manager reach the proper level of detail in each work package at the right time

A

It will help the project manager determine which activities are more important to prioritize​It will help the project manager organize the project’s activities and tasks​It will help the project manager determine the sequencing of a large number of activitiesCorrect answer​It will help the project manager reach the proper level of detail in each work package at the right timeOverall explanationRolling wave is a project planning method that consists of a gradual elaboration of details to the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) over time. Near-term deliverables are decomposed into individual components (work packages) that are broken down to the greatest degree of detail. Long-term deliverables, on the other hand, are identified more broadly. In this way, rolling wave planning allows work to progress on current and near-term deliverables while the planning for potential work packages continues. The Rolling wave method is used to address uncertainty rather than prioritizing, organizing, or sequencing activities (PMBOK 7th edition, page 249).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

Question 54:
Within a predictive approach, the _________________ is the basis for cost estimation.
Scope management plan
WBS
Resource management plan
Cost baseline

A

Scope management planCorrect answerWBSResource management planCost baselineOverall explanationSince it includes all of the project deliverables as well as the control accounts associated with work package elements, the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) acts as the foundation for cost estimates.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

Question 55:
A project manager was informed by the project sponsor that they need to complete the project one week sooner than the originally agreed-upon schedule. Knowing that the project follows a predictive approach, what should the project manager do first in order to implement the sponsor’s request?
Crash the schedule
Fast-track the schedule
Add duration buffers
Level out resources

A

Crash the scheduleCorrect answerFast-track the scheduleAdd duration buffersLevel out resourcesOverall explanationIn this scenario, one of two schedule compression techniques must be used: crashing or fast-tracking. Crashing the schedule involves compressing it by adding more resources to the project. However, fast-tracking implies performing originally sequential activities in a simultaneous way instead (PMBOK 7th edition, page 59). When possible, select the least costly option first, which would be fast-tracking.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Question 56:
Before taking a long leave, a project manager informed the person filling in for them that they should regularly calculate the project’s Earned Value (EV). Among the following options, what is the right description of an Earned Value?
The difference between the budgeted cost of the performed work and its actual cost
The cost of labor spent to date
The method of determining how much of the budget should have been spent based on the amount of work accomplished to date
The amount of money that has been spent so far on the project

A

The difference between the budgeted cost of the performed work and its actual costThe cost of labor spent to dateCorrect answerThe method of determining how much of the budget should have been spent based on the amount of work accomplished to dateThe amount of money that has been spent so far on the projectOverall explanationEarned Value (EV) is the method used to measure how much of the allocated budget should have been spent in view of the work realized to date (PMBOK 7th edition, page 239). This technique allows the project manager to calculate the Cost Variance (CV), which is the difference between the budgeted cost of the performed work (EV) and its actual cost, to eventually find out whether the project is under or over budget. The amount of money that has been spent so far represents the Actual Cost (AC).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

Question 57:
When the dimensions of the dug canals for the new dam project were compared to the plan, a huge variance was revealed. Therefore, the project manager had to call for a meeting with the team to decide what to do next. In which of the following process groups does the project manager’s activity take part?
Executing
Closing
Monitoring and Controlling
Inspecting

A

ExecutingClosingCorrect answerMonitoring and ControllingInspectingOverall explanationReviewing the project performance in comparison to plans is part of the monitoring and controlling process group. These processes are meant for tracking, adjusting, and reporting on the project performance, as well as implementing corrective actions when needed to ensure the project is on track, budget and time-wise. Inspecting is not a process group, it’s rather a risk identification activity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

Question 58:
A project manager is assigned to a farm fencing project of 300 ft. Since they have already managed two similar projects in another region, the project manager knows that a chain-link fence costs $10 per foot for materials, and between $10 and $15 per linear foot for labor, depending on the workers’ experience and common rates in the region. What is the best way to estimate the labor cost per linear foot?
Three-point estimation
Parametric estimating
Bottom-up estimating
Analogous estimating

A

Correct answerThree-point estimationParametric estimatingBottom-up estimatingAnalogous estimatingOverall explanationThe three-point estimating is the triangular distribution of pessimistic, optimistic, and most likely estimates. This technique is used when there is insufficient historical data or when there is only judgmental data. Since the two similar projects were performed in another region, the project manager can’t precisely define the labor cost using analogous estimating. Parametric estimating can be used to estimate the cost of the 300 ft fence after figuring out the labor cost per linear foot, but since the PM needs to estimate the labor cost per linear foot, this technique can not be applied. Plus, bottom-up estimating can’t be used in this situation since the labor cost depends on the workers’ experience and the applied rates in the region, not on the volume and decomposition of the required work.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

Question 59:
After creating the network diagram, the project manager identified three critical paths. What should the project manager do next?
Approve the network diagram and closely monitor all three critical paths
Approve the network diagram and closely monitor the longest path among the three
Re-examine the network diagram since it’s supposed to only have one critical path
Re-examine the network diagram since it’s not supposed to have more than two critical paths

A

Correct answerApprove the network diagram and closely monitor all three critical pathsApprove the network diagram and closely monitor the longest path among the threeRe-examine the network diagram since it’s supposed to only have one critical pathRe-examine the network diagram since it’s not supposed to have more than two critical pathsOverall explanationThe project manager should approve the network diagram and closely monitor all three critical paths. Theoretically, there is no limit on how many critical paths a network diagram could have. If a project has more than one critical path, then all critical paths must have exactly the same length.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

Question 60:
After completing the creation of the scope statement, a project manager wanted to make sure that all of the project deliverables were identified and could be managed effectively. So, they opted for the _____________________ method to develop the WBS in order to capture all of the project’s details.
Scope decomposition
Bottom-up estimating
Rolling wave planning
Checklist analysis

A

Correct answerScope decompositionBottom-up estimatingRolling wave planningChecklist analysisOverall explanationScope decomposition is a planning method used to decompose and subdivide the project and scope deliverables into more manageable, small work units. The decomposition level depends on the complexity and size of the project (PMBOK 7th edition, page 84).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

Question 61:
During the project execution phase, the Change Control Board (CCB) approved a change request that no one on the project team knew how to implement. What should the project manager do to deal with this issue? (Select two)
Document the issue in the issue log
Hire a subject matter expert
Formally request the CCB to revoke their decision
Ask the team to do more research on how to implement the approved change request

A

Document the issue in the issue logCorrect selectionHire a subject matter expertFormally request the CCB to revoke their decisionCorrect selectionAsk the team to do more research on how to implement the approved change requestOverall explanationHiring a subject matter expert and conducting more research will help your team implement the change request. This is considered a problem-solving approach since it entails finding solutions to the encountered issues or challenges. Uncertainty can be reduced by collecting more information through conducting research, engaging experts, or performing a market analysis (PMBOK 7th edition, page 229). Neither documenting the issue in the issue log nor asking the CCB to revoke their decision could help resolve the issue.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

Question 62:
A newly assigned interim project manager got a call from one of the project vendors claiming that they had already completed 50% of the agreed-upon work and asked for payment. What should the project manager refer to in order to check whether they need to pay the vendor or not and how much should they get paid?
Request for proposal
Contract
Response to bid
Procurement management plan

A

Request for proposalCorrect answerContractResponse to bidProcurement management planOverall explanationThe contract is the document the project manager should refer to in order to verify the payment procedure. A contract is a mutually binding agreement that obligates the seller to provide the required services and the buyer to pay a predetermined amount on an agreed-upon date or schedule (PMBOK 7th edition, page 191).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

Question 63:
During a construction project, the construction team finds out that the designed model for the swimming pool requires some raw material that is no longer available in the local market. However, there is an alternative with the same price and probably a better quality. What should the project manager do next?
Update the resource management plan to replace the old material with the new one
Submit a change request in order to get formal approval for using the new material
Order a sample of the new material and check its compliance with the quality management plan
Use the new material right away since it has the same price and probably a better quality

A

Update the resource management plan to replace the old material with the new oneCorrect answerSubmit a change request in order to get formal approval for using the new materialOrder a sample of the new material and check its compliance with the quality management planUse the new material right away since it has the same price and probably a better qualityOverall explanationThe project manager should submit a change request to the Change Control Board (CCB) according to the procedures described in the change management plan. The project manager should not use the new material unless the CCB approves the change request. The CCB may decide to further investigate the new material, import the old material from another country, or even change the swimming pool design. In the case of using a new material, the resource management plan should be updated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

Question 64:
After multiple negotiation sessions, all terms and details were agreed upon and the seller finally got the 18-month building project contract for $715,500. What type of contract is used in this scenario?
Time and Material
Fixed Price
Cost Reimbursable
Cost Plus Incentive

A

Time and MaterialCorrect answerFixed PriceCost ReimbursableCost Plus IncentiveOverall explanationFixed price contracts are used for projects with clear requirements where a price is fixed in return for the seller’s services and/or products. Time and Material (T&M) contracts set a quote for an hourly rate plus the cost of materials instead of quoting a fixed price for the entire project. Cost Reimbursable contracts, on the other hand, reimburse the contractor for the actual costs they incur to provide their services and/or product, plus an additional fee. A Cost Plus Incentive contract, for instance, is a cost-reimbursable contract that incentivizes the contractor to bring their best performance by completing the project under budget or before deadlines.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

Question 65:
During the execution of a construction project, the supplier informed the project manager that delivering the new order of steel bars may have a 3-day delay. What should the project manager do next?
Negotiate the delay with the vendor to get it reduced
Look for another vendor
Evaluate the impact of the delay
Update the project schedule

A

Negotiate the delay with the vendor to get it reducedLook for another vendorCorrect answerEvaluate the impact of the delayUpdate the project scheduleOverall explanationThe project manager should evaluate the impact of the delay before making any decision. A delayed activity doesn’t necessarily result in the whole project delay. For instance, if the activity is not on the critical path and it has a lag of more than three days, then the delay won’t probably have any impact on the project. Therefore, there is no need for negotiating the delay or looking for a new vendor to get the order delivered on time.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

Question 66:
After baselining the scope and during project execution, a key stakeholder, who is a member of the Change Control Board (CCB), requested a new service. Taking into consideration that the project manager is convinced that this new service can add value to the project, what should they do?
Implement the change request since the key stakeholder is a member of the CCB
Implement the change request since it will add value to the project
Submit a change request according to the change control system
Record the change request in the change log

A

Implement the change request since the key stakeholder is a member of the CCBImplement the change request since it will add value to the projectCorrect answerSubmit a change request according to the change control systemRecord the change request in the change logOverall explanationRegardless of the fact that the change was requested by a member of the CCB, the project manager should submit a change request according to the procedures defined in the change control system. This system describes how modifications to project deliverables should be undertaken (PMBOK 7th edition, page 332). The change request is not submitted yet to the CCB, so it should not be recorded in the change log. After submitting it, the change log should be updated to track the status of the change. The project manager should not implement the change without getting the CCB’s formal approval. Being convinced of the change’s value or having the consent of one member of the CCB is not sufficient to move forward with the implementation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

Question 67:
A solar-powered car project is almost finished when the project manager receives an approved change request to replace a defective component of the car batteries. What should the project manager do?
Record the problem in the issue log
Meet with the change control board to discuss the matter
Repair the defective component
Replace the defective component

A

Record the problem in the issue logMeet with the change control board to discuss the matterRepair the defective componentCorrect answerReplace the defective componentOverall explanationSince the project manager has received an approved change request, they should ensure its appropriate implementation. Since the change request specifically entails the replacement of the defective component, the project manager shouldn’t repair it instead.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

Question 68:
A project manager is wrapping up a one-year project. Which of the following activities should be prioritized?
Updating the change log
Releasing the project resources
Completing the knowledge transfer activities
Celebrating the project completion

A

Updating the change logReleasing the project resourcesCorrect answerCompleting the knowledge transfer activitiesCelebrating the project completionOverall explanationBecause projects are temporary endeavors, most of the acquired knowledge is lost once the project is completed. The project manager should be attentive to knowledge documentation and transfer to allow the organization to gain and retain the knowledge and experience obtained through running projects (PMBOK 7th edition, page 78). Once this activity is completed, a celebration could take place and resources can be released. On the other hand, the change log should be updated to monitor the change requests’ status.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

Question 69:
A project manager closed all contracts related to their construction project, except one that concerns setting up security cameras. The only thing left for this contract is to go through a quick inspection by an expert in order to check out wireless connection, night vision, cloud storage, etc. Knowing that the security cameras are working fine and that the project needs to be closed as soon as possible, what should the project manager do?
Close the contract and the project with no inspection
Close the contract, but keep the project open
Close the project, but keep the contract open
Keep the contract and the project open

A

Close the contract and the project with no inspectionClose the contract, but keep the project openClose the project, but keep the contract openCorrect answerKeep the contract and the project openOverall explanationThe project manager should keep both the contract and the project open until the seller performs the inspection. Closing a project entails conducting several processes and steps including closing out all contracts. Closing a contract in return requires verifying that the seller has delivered their work as predetermined in the contract.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

Question 70:
During project execution, the sponsor informed the project manager that the produced water-proof watches should be tested in real underwater conditions in order to fulfill the acceptance criteria. When the sponsor’s advice was applied, 10% of the already produced watches did not pass the test. What should the project manager do next?
Consider this as an internal failure and correct defects without submitting a change request
Consider this as an internal failure and submit a change request to fix the defective products
Consider this as an external failure and correct defects without submitting a change request
Consider this as an external failure and submit a change request to fix the defective products

A

Consider this as an internal failure and correct defects without submitting a change requestCorrect answerConsider this as an internal failure and submit a change request to fix the defective productsConsider this as an external failure and correct defects without submitting a change requestConsider this as an external failure and submit a change request to fix the defective productsOverall explanationWhen the product quality is tested by the project team and it reveals certain defects, the defective products are considered an internal failure. Therefore, all defects must be addressed and fixed internally before delivering the final product to the customer (PMBOK 7th edition, page 184). A change request must be issued in order to make any sort of change on the project whether it’s a corrective action, preventive action, or a defect repair.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

Question 1:
A project manager is facing some struggles after joining a new company; her superiors noticed that during a kick-off meeting, she had difficulty answering questions about how the project fits in with the organization’s objectives. What critical skill is the project manager lacking?
Business acumen
Ways of working
Communication skills
Power skills

A

Correct answerBusiness acumenWays of workingCommunication skillsPower skillsOverall explanationThe PMI Talent Triangle is made up of three types of skill sets: Ways of Working, Power Skills, and Business Acumen. A project manager possessing business acumen skills should be able to explain the business value of their project and how it aligns with the organization’s goals.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

Question 2:
A project manager is assigned to an eco-friendly packaging project. In order to manage involved stakeholders, the project manager starts by analyzing their power, urgency, and legitimacy. Which analysis method is the project manager applying?
Stakeholder cube
Salience model
Power/interest grid
Power/influence grid

A

Stakeholder cubeCorrect answerSalience modelPower/interest gridPower/influence gridOverall explanationThe salience model is a method used to classify stakeholders and decide who matters more by assessing their power, legitimacy, and urgency. The model allows the project manager to decide the relative salience of a given stakeholder (PMBOK 7th edition, page 171).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

Question 3:
A project manager notices that his colleague, who is a fellow project manager, shows up at the office with new high-tech gadgets every day. This raises his suspicions that his colleague might be accepting gifts from hardware vendors who will be bidding on one of their company’s upcoming multimillion-dollar contracts. Which of the following should the project manager do?
Warn the concerned colleague that such gifts aren’t appropriate and leave it at that
Convince his colleague to return the items and stop accepting any gifts from vendors
Directly ask his colleague whether these items were gifts from vendors or he purchased them himself
Report his colleague to the organization so that a conflict-of-interest investigation can take place

A

Warn the concerned colleague that such gifts aren’t appropriate and leave it at thatConvince his colleague to return the items and stop accepting any gifts from vendorsCorrect answerDirectly ask his colleague whether these items were gifts from vendors or he purchased them himselfReport his colleague to the organization so that a conflict-of-interest investigation can take placeOverall explanationThe best way to act in this situation is to verify facts before taking any action. A violation based only on suspicion should not be reported. The project manager can get the facts right by telling his colleague that he is concerned about how things might appear and simply inquire about the source of the items. As a project manager, you should never jump to conclusions. You should always double-check facts before reporting a conflict-of-interest situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

Question 4:
A project manager is working on a contract. Now that they completed their contract and closed the project, the project manager is out of work. What type of organizational structure does the project manager work in?
Strong matrix
Projectized
Functional
Weak matrix

A

Strong matrixCorrect answerProjectizedFunctionalWeak matrixOverall explanationA Project-oriented organization, or a projectized organization, is one in which a considerable part of its processes and activities take place in the form of projects. There is no defined hierarchy; resources are brought together specifically for the purpose of a project. When a project is complete, they either get transitioned to another project or released.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

Question 5:
After deciding to invest more in the project management capabilities of the organization, the CEO of Men In, a Men luxury lifestyle gadgets company, established a PMO to ensure compliance with a set of project management standards. What type of PMO is the CEO implementing?
Supportive
Controlling
Directive
Agile

A

SupportiveCorrect answerControllingDirectiveAgileOverall explanationA controlling PMO focuses on two key areas: Supporting the organization in applying project management practices and Requiring compliance with those practices.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

Question 6:
A project manager gets hired to lead the marketing department of a financial institution. The project manager first meets with the project management team in order to review the project portfolio. Next, they focus on learning about the governance framework in place, which is considered to be:
Organizational process assets
Project management framework
Enterprise environmental factors
Agile Manifesto principles

A

Organizational process assetsProject management frameworkCorrect answerEnterprise environmental factorsAgile Manifesto principlesOverall explanationAn organization’s culture, structure, and governance, are all Enterprise Environmental Factors that can influence a project’s success.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

Question 7:
A project manager works for a construction company, which has recently gone through major organizational changes. The organization’s new manager seems to be closely monitoring when employees arrive and leave work. The project manager overhears her saying that she is concerned about the team’s lack of motivation. What type of management style does the new manager exhibit?
Theory X
Theory Y
Theory Z
Theory XY

A

Correct answerTheory XTheory YTheory ZTheory XYOverall explanationDouglas McGregor defined two models of worker behavior: Theory X and Theory Y. The new manager exhibits the traits of Theory X managers, who believe that the majority of people dislike work, lack motivation, and are in constant need of supervision. Theory X managers adopt an authoritarian style to make their teams work (PMBOK 7th edition, page 160).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

Question 8:
The risk manager is collaborating with the project manager to perform a risk analysis. To determine the most likely project completion date based on known risks, they conduct a simulation using the _________________tool to go through thousands of possible scenarios.
Monte Carlo analysis
Decision-tree analysis
Sensitivity analysis
Influence diagrams

A

Correct answerMonte Carlo analysisDecision-tree analysisSensitivity analysisInfluence diagramsOverall explanationThe project manager and the risk manager are using the Monte Carlo analysis to assess the possible impact of individual project risks and other sources of uncertainty on project goals. For example, if a particular risk arises, what impact will it have on the project schedule and cost? Monte Carlo provides a variety of potential outcomes and probabilities, allowing you to consider the likelihood of different scenarios (PMBOK 7th edition, page 177).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

Question 9:
A project manager who follows the servant leadership style is onboarding a new team member who they believe can help fill skill-level gaps in the current project team. The project manager provides the new team member with a copy of the project charter and commits to sending them a copy of ________________, which addresses team values, ground rules, and working agreements.
The employment contract
The resource management plan
The communication management plan
The team charter

A

The employment contractThe resource management planThe communication management planCorrect answerThe team charterOverall explanationA team charter is a document that is developed in a group setting to clarify team direction while also establishing boundaries. It is created at the team’s forming phase in order to encourage understanding and buy-in. A team charter aligns the team with ground rules, team values, meeting guidelines, working agreements, as well as other group norms (PMBOK 7th edition, page 192).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

Question 10:
A project manager is leading a project that has become so large (multiple teams, long duration, and huge budget) that the sponsor has been replaced by a steering committee. What should the project manager do to accommodate this new change?
Acknowledge that the stakeholders’ structure has changed and tailor communication accordingly
Work according to the original plan while keeping in mind that the project may now include additional stakeholders
Hold a meeting with the new steering committee and continue working on the project
Share an updated status report with the new steering committee

A

Correct answer​Acknowledge that the stakeholders’ structure has changed and tailor communication accordinglyWork according to the original plan while keeping in mind that the project may now include additional stakeholders​Hold a meeting with the new steering committee and continue working on the projectShare an updated status report with the new steering committeeOverall explanationOn large projects, one sponsor might not be enough. A Steering Committee is established when a large project involves multiple business units, organizations, or individuals who all have a substantial stake in the project’s success and outcomes. The project manager needs to be proactive and respond to this change. The initial communication plan for a single sponsor may not work for a steering committee. In order to ensure effective communication with the committee, the project manager must understand their communication requirements and preferences.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

Question 11:
A company must select one of two projects that have the same budget, but different returns and risk levels. Which tool or technique should be used in order to make the right decision?
Decision tree
Tornado diagram
SWOT Analysis
Sensitivity analysis

A

Correct answerDecision treeTornado diagramSWOT AnalysisSensitivity analysisOverall explanationThe decision tree analysis is used to support the identification and selection of the best course of action among several alternatives. Each of these alternative paths can have associated costs and risks, including both threats and opportunities. The decision tree reveals the expected monetary value of each branch, allowing the determination and selection of the optimal path (PMBOK 7th edition, page 175).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

Question 12:
A government contractor wants to keep the costs of the new project they are working on under control while putting the risk on the vendor’s side. Moreover, the contractor wants to ensure that the seller is legally obliged to complete the contract, otherwise, they may face financial liabilities. Which type of contract best conforms to the contractor’s needs and represents the least risk for them as a buyer?
Fixed-price
Time & Materials (T&M)
Cost Plus Incentive Fee (CPIF)
Cost-reimbursable

A

Correct answerFixed-price​Time & Materials (T&M)​Cost Plus Incentive Fee (CPIF)​Cost-reimbursableOverall explanationFixed price contracts present the least risk for the buyer. A fixed-price contract is one in which the payment does not depend on the spent time or used resources. It involves setting a fixed price for the service, product, or result defined in the contract (PMBOK 7th edition, page 191).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

Question 13:
A project manager is leading a small team of developers using project management software that includes a Kanban board. After receiving many questions from team members on how to create, review, and validate tasks or issues, the project manager decides to create the following chart. This chart is called:
Pareto chart
Flowchart
Context diagram
Scatter diagram

A

Pareto chartCorrect answerFlowchartContext diagramScatter diagramOverall explanationA flowchart (also referred to as a process map, progress flow, and progress flow diagram) graphically displays the logical order of a process (PMBOK 7th edition, page 189). A Pareto chart is displayed as a histogram, representing the most serious causes of an error, while a scatter diagram is used to determine the correlation between two variables. Both diagrams don’t show a task or issue’s management process flow. Context diagrams, on the other hand, are used to visually demonstrate how a business process, other systems, and people, all interact. Context diagrams can include a business process as one of its components, but they can’t provide insight into a particular process flow.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

Question 14:
A project manager is assigned to a 3D home design project. After setting the time of daily standup meetings, the project manager faces some issues since not all of the remote team members find the meeting time convenient. Which conflict resolution technique should the project manager use to handle time zone differences?
Avoid
Accommodate
Compromise
Withdrawal

A

Avoid​AccommodateCorrect answer​CompromiseWithdrawalOverall explanationSince the time zone difference is beyond anyone’s control, a compromise should be made to bring some degree of satisfaction to all parties. Working towards a compromise is perceived as the best outcome, even if no one is completely happy with the final resolution (PMBOK 7th edition, page 168).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

Question 15:
When conducting remote resource hiring, what is the best way to quickly collect data from candidates to analyze and compare?
Video recordings
Workshops
Questionnaires and surveys
Live interviews

A

​Video recordings​WorkshopsCorrect answer​Questionnaires and surveysLive interviewsOverall explanationSurveys and questionnaires are written sets of questions designed to quickly gather data from a large number of respondents who are usually geographically dispersed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

Question 16:
A project manager that works at Tunitalent, an innovative design, web, and marketing agency, suggests creating a dropshipping e-commerce project since it was a trendy and profitable project. However, her manager refuses since Tunitalent lacks experience in this field. Being excited to go through such a new experience and confident in her ability to successfully manage the project, what should the project manager do to persuade her manager to select the project?
Conduct a what-if analysis
Calculate the Return On Investment (ROI)
Calculate the Net Present Value (NPV)
Conduct a cost-benefit analysis of the business case

A

​Conduct a what-if analysis​Calculate the Return On Investment (ROI)Calculate the Net Present Value (NPV)Correct answer​Conduct a cost-benefit analysis of the business caseOverall explanationTo persuade an organization to select your project, the business case should be subjected to a cost-benefit analysis in order to illustrate the benefits of implementing the project by determining its anticipated financial gains and profitability. The Cost-Benefit Analysis is more comprehensive than the Net Present Value (NPV) and the Return On Investment (ROI), as it attempts to quantify both tangible and intangible costs and benefits (PMBOK 7th edition, page 175).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

Question 17:
A project manager is running a project with remote and local resources. The remote team complains that they are not getting enough information about what’s going on with the project, which has caused them to do some rework. The project manager schedules a conference call with the two teams, and he decides to switch to a sophisticated enterprise chat platform to optimize communication. Which conflict resolution technique did the project manager use?
Collaborate
Compromise
Force
Smooth

A

Correct answer​CollaborateCompromiseForceSmoothOverall explanationThe Collaboration/problem-solving conflict resolution technique is based on incorporating multiple viewpoints and insights from differing perspectives. It necessitates a collaborative mindset and open communication to achieve consensus and commitment to an agreement. This approach aims to reach a win-win situation for all involved parties (PMBOK 7th edition, page 22).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

Question 18:
To better understand how the project’s system flows, depicting the scope in abstraction, and enabling stakeholders to communicate about it, and what lies beyond its boundaries, a project manager uses a visual representation of how people and other systems interact with a new system. Which of the following tools does the project manager use?
Affinity Diagram
Flowchart
Context diagram
Influence diagram

A

Affinity DiagramFlowchartCorrect answerContext diagramInfluence diagramOverall explanationContext diagrams are visual depictions of the product scope, displaying the business system and how it connects and interacts with other systems. It presents the inputs and outputs of the system, as well as its main players, including organizations, other business systems, end-users, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

Question 19:
Realizing that her project is not going according to estimations, a project manager suspects that it might be due to Student Syndrome. What does this syndrome imply?
People who proceed with their studies during their professional careers but are unable to balance both
People who begin to apply themselves only at the last possible moment before the deadline
People who experience a learning curve whenever they are working on a project
Professional project managers who consider themselves continuous learners

A

​People who proceed with their studies during their professional careers but are unable to balance bothCorrect answerPeople who begin to apply themselves only at the last possible moment before the deadlinePeople who experience a learning curve whenever they are working on a projectProfessional project managers who consider themselves continuous learnersOverall explanationStudent Syndrome is a term used in project management to highlight the ever-increasing habit of putting off work till the last minute, while initially working at a very relaxed pace.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

Question 20:
A project manager is managing a project using the Scrum framework. The project manager receives a call from the product owner asking for a meeting with the team to discuss the possible approaches to implement user stories and make some initial size estimations. What type of meeting is the product owner referring to?
Sprint planning
Story mapping
Backlog refinement
Brainstorming

A

Sprint planningStory mappingCorrect answerBacklog refinementBrainstormingOverall explanationBacklog refinement provides a chance for the product owner to discuss and address stories’ requirements with the team. This can involve discussing requirements, potential approaches, and even estimations in order to end up with a clear vision of how to approach stories (PMBOK 7th edition, page 179).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

Question 21:
Constraints and assumptions are important for projects. They should be identified, controlled, and monitored continuously. Wrong assumptions or constraints can impact the project. For instance, when a constraint turns out to be wrong, it affects the project:
Positively
Negatively
Depends on the constraint
Depends on the project

A

Correct answerPositivelyNegativelyDepends on the constraintDepends on the projectOverall explanationConstraints are limitations imposed on a project, such as the scope, schedule, quality, budget, risks, or resources. If assumptions end up being false, it is bad news for the project. However, if constraints turn out to be false, it is a good thing, as it means that the project will be positively affected because constraints are limitations imposed on the project.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

Question 22:
Three manufacturing lines are producing 5 mm diameter cylindrical steel bars. In order to perform a quality inspection, the project manager takes 10 random bars from each line. The following are the inspection results in mm measurements.
The results of Line 1 can be described as:
Accurate
Precise
Both accurate and precise
Neither accurate nor precise

A

AccurateCorrect answerPreciseBoth accurate and preciseNeither accurate nor preciseOverall explanationThe results are precise because all measurements are close to 4.45mm (+ or - 5mm). Precision entails delivering end-products with similar dimensions, which may or may not be close to the required dimensions. Precise measurements are not necessarily close to the target value; they’re just close to one another. Accuracy, however, implies creating products with close dimensions to requirements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

Question 23:
A project manager works for a big matrix-structured organization where communication channels are complex and cross-functional. On a daily basis, the project manager communicates with the executive team and reports back to the manager. What type of communication does this describe?
Horizontal communication
Vertical communication
Parallel communication
Triangular communication

A

Horizontal communicationCorrect answerVertical communicationParallel communicationTriangular communicationOverall explanationBased on the direction of the hierarchies within the organization, there are two basic types of communication: Horizontal and Vertical. In horizontal communication, the project manager communicates with their peers or people on their organizational and hierarchical level. However, in vertical communication, communication flows from a lower level to a higher level and vice versa, as described in the question. “Parallel” and “triangular” communication are made-up terms.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

Question 24:
A project manager is having trouble getting one of the team members to complete his assigned tasks. The project manager invites the concerned member over to watch a football game. After the game, the project manager talks with the team member about his performance issues. What type of communication is the project manager using?
Para-lingual
Visual
Formal verbal
Informal verbal

A

Para-lingualVisualFormal verbalCorrect answerInformal verbalOverall explanationThe project manager is having an informal discussion with the team member. Hallway conversations, cubicle chatting, networking, and all other types of informal communication do not hold any official significance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

Question 25:
When the execution of a rebranding project was completed, several key stakeholders, including the sponsor, were reluctant to accept deliverables and close the project. What should the project manager do in this situation? (Select three)
Identify and resolve any open issues. Then, be firm on formal closure.
Formally close the project. Stakeholders will get well-acquainted with the new brand by that time.
Identify and openly discuss the reasons for reluctance.
Invite earnest feedback from all sides and try to identify any misunderstanding.

A

Correct selectionIdentify and resolve any open issues. Then, be firm on formal closure.Formally close the project. Stakeholders will get well-acquainted with the new brand by that time.Correct selectionIdentify and openly discuss the reasons for reluctance.Correct selectionInvite earnest feedback from all sides and try to identify any misunderstanding.Overall explanationThe project manager should not close the project when key stakeholders are not satisfied. They should try to discuss, identify, and resolve any issues or misunderstandings first.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

Question 26:
A project manager believes that being an active listener is not easy. She considers active listening to be more of an art than a skill, so she often encourages her team members to use a checklist of the key elements of active listening before any important meeting with stakeholders. Which of the following are regarded as elements of active listening? (Select three)
Making eye contact
Paraphrasing
Interpreting information
Interrupting when appropriate

A

Correct selectionMaking eye contactCorrect selectionParaphrasingCorrect selectionInterpreting informationInterrupting when appropriateOverall explanationActive listening is a skill that can be acquired and developed through practice. Instead of passively receiving the speaker’s message, active listening entails paying close attention to what is being said. Active listening involves allowing others to completely express their ideas without interrupting them, asking questions to get a clear understanding of the situation as well as the conveyed ideas, focusing on what is being said by maintaining comfortable eye contact, remaining open-minded about others’ opinions, employing paraphrasing skills and feedback, and keeping an eye on non-verbal signs such as the body language and facial expressions of the speaker.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

Question 27:
The final decision on which projects are selected for execution is generally made by the company executives. However, a project manager was always able to use their experience to assist the organization’s decision-makers in choosing the best project through the use of the suitable benefit measurement project selection method. Which of the following is not a benefit measurement method?
5 Whys
Internal Rate of Return
Scoring model
Discounted cash flow

A

Correct answer5 WhysInternal Rate of ReturnScoring modelDiscounted cash flowOverall explanationThe Five whys is not a benefit measurement method; it’s rather an iterative interrogative technique used to investigate the cause-and-effect relationships in order to resolve a particular problem. The most common Benefit Measurement Methods are the Cost-Benefit Ratio, Economic Model, Payback Period, Discounted Cash Flow, Net Present Value, Scoring Models, Internal Rate of Return, and Opportunity Cost.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

Question 28:
A project manager for Steel Foundations has been brought on to the project in the very early stages and has been asked to write its charter. Over the past week, the project manager met with a number of stakeholders, received their input, and is now ready to have the charter signed. Who is responsible for signing the project charter?
Project Sponsor
Senior Management
Project Manager
Project stakeholders

A

Correct answerProject SponsorSenior ManagementProject ManagerProject stakeholdersOverall explanationProjects get authorized by someone external to the project such as the sponsor, PMO, or portfolio steering committee (PMBOK 6th edition, page 77). Unless the Project sponsor is part of Senior Management, the project charter should be signed by someone with the authority to assign project resources and name the project manager, i.e., the project sponsor. The project manager or stakeholders may under no circumstances sign the charter to authorize the project.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

Question 29:
A project manager’s authority and power vary depending on whether they work in a functional, matrix, or projectized organization. Once appointed as a project manager, inherent forms of legitimate power will be conveyed to them. There are three forms of legitimate power:
Absolute, direct, and indirect
Formal, informal, and persuasive
Formal, reward, and direct
Formal, reward, and penalty

A

Absolute, direct, and indirectFormal, informal, and persuasiveFormal, reward, and directCorrect answerFormal, reward, and penaltyOverall explanationThe three types of legitimate power are formal power, reward power, and penalty power.
1) Formal or legitimate power stems from the project manager’s position. The assumption that a person has a formal right to make demands gives rise to this form of power. For instance, a CFO holds legitimate authority over an intern who works for them because they are higher in the organizational hierarchy.
2) Reward power comes from giving rewards and it is attached to the formal authority of the project manager. This type of power originates from the ability to compensate another person as it is known that rewards are desirable, and team members tend to show their support since they think that they will be rewarded if they perform well. Non-monetary rewards such as recognition, training recommendations, or valuable assignments are also common. Criteria for reward should be fair, transparent, and possible for all.
3) Penalty or coercive power is the ability to penalize team members. The project manager gains support because they are capable of directly or indirectly subjecting their personnel to penalties. Penalty power is usually derived from the same sources as reward power, with one being a necessary condition for the other.
Other forms of power include Expert power, Referent power, etc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

Question 30:
Fabrice is an organization operating in the Oil and Gas industry. They had signed a subcontracting agreement with SPM Inc. to get provided with experts, technical know-how, and mechanical spare parts. Since Fabrice’s projects consist of building innovative high-tech machines, the exact description of the work involved is not clear. In this scenario, what kind of contract should they sign with SPM Inc.?
Fixed Price Incentive Fee (FPIF)
Cost Plus Award Fee (CPAF)
Time & Materials (T&M)
Firm Fixed Price (FFP)

A

Fixed Price Incentive Fee (FPIF)Cost Plus Award Fee (CPAF)Correct answerTime & Materials (T&M)Firm Fixed Price (FFP)Overall explanationWhen you need to hire technical experts, you should use a Time & Materials contract. A T&M contract is a hybrid of fixed price and cost-reimbursable contracts. This type of contract is suitable for projects with no precise scope of work, or when it’s hard to determine the required duration and material to get the job done (PMBOK 7th edition, page 191).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

Question 31:
A project manager was assigned to lead a big project. Since this project is really important for their organization, management does not want any delay in completion. After getting the project charter signed, the project manager started identifying and categorizing stakeholders using different data representation tools. Which of the following tools can the project manager use? (Select three)
Brainwriting
Stakeholder cube
Direction of influence
Salience model

A

BrainwritingCorrect selectionStakeholder cubeCorrect selectionDirection of influenceCorrect selectionSalience modelOverall explanationData representation techniques include the stakeholder cube, direction of influence, and salience model. The stakeholder cube adds a third analysis dimension to the impact/influence grid. The salience model is used to assess stakeholders’ power, urgency, and legitimacy (PMBOK 7th edition, page 171). The direction of influence, on the other hand, is used to categorize and classify stakeholders on the basis of their influence on the project. Brainwriting is a brainstorming technique for stimulating creativity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

Question 32:
A project manager decides to obtain her PMP certification in two months. She creates the following exam preparation plan: she will study for 4 weeks, take mock practice tests in weeks 5 and 6, and then take the 7th week off before sitting for the exam in week 8. At the end of week 5, the project manager gets caught in an accident that keeps her hospitalized for one week. To make up for the lost time, the project manager had to cancel her week off, and work on mock tests during weeks 6 and 7 instead of weeks 5 and 6. This is an example of:
Adaptability
Risk mitigation
Workaround
Corrective action

A

AdaptabilityRisk mitigationCorrect answerWorkaroundCorrective actionOverall explanationWhen an unidentified risk occurs, it is addressed through a workaround. A workaround is an unplanned risk response to deal with unexpected risks as well as passively accepted risks during project execution (i.e. when there is no predetermined risk response plan put in place).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

Question 33:
In agile, what is the planning poker technique used for?
Estimating how much effort is needed to complete tasks
Estimating how much work is left in the sprint
Testing the project and identifying blockers
Measuring the sprint velocity

A

Correct answerEstimating how much effort is needed to complete tasksEstimating how much work is left in the sprintTesting the project and identifying blockersMeasuring the sprint velocityOverall explanationPlanning poker is a card-based technique that is mostly used for estimating project activities. It is a consensus-based estimating technique (PMBOK 7th edition, page 58). It can be used with story points, ideal days, or any other estimation unit. The estimation is done using poker cards. Team members discuss the feature, asking the product owner any questions they might have. Then, privately, each team member picks out one card that presents their estimate. All cards should be then revealed at once. If all team members select the same value, it’s set as the final estimate. Otherwise, a discussion of the different opinions and estimates will take place again before re-estimating the feature or task again.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

Question 34:
You are simultaneously managing six projects in the company. Two projects are of a similar type, while the other four are entirely different. You work as a ______________.
Portfolio manager
Program manager
Project manager
Program coordinator

A

Correct answerPortfolio managerProgram managerProject managerProgram coordinatorOverall explanationIn portfolio management, a group of related or non-related programs and projects are managed in coordination (PMBOK 7th edition, page 244). Portfolio management is intended to reduce the gap between strategy and implementation by aligning projects to attain business objectives.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

Question 35:
During the iteration review, the project team was demonstrating new features to the Product Owner. The product owner was resting his hands on the table with a relaxed and open posture, while occasionally fiddling with his pen or coffee mug without looking directly at the speaker. What kind of communication is the product owner using? (Select two)
Paralingual communication
Active listening
Implicit message
Non-verbal communication

A

Paralingual communicationActive listeningCorrect selectionImplicit messageCorrect selectionNon-verbal communicationOverall explanationNon-verbal communication is used to convey implicit messages. It includes gestures, facial expressions, and paralinguistics such as voice tone or volume, body language, personal space, eye contact, touch, and appearance. These non-verbal signals can provide additional information and meaning to verbal communication. Paralingual communication is non-verbal, but it’s not the right answer because the product owner didn’t communicate any vocal messages. The scenario doesn’t describe active listening either, since the product owner is not interacting or paying attention to the demonstration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

Question 36:
While traditional project management follows predefined phases and sticks to the predetermined scope, Agile project management approaches:
Encapsulate analysis, design, implementation, and test within an iteration
Involve documenting, estimating, and sequencing each planned activity in detail
Use Gantt charts along with well-defined activities, responsibilities, and time frames
Map the iteration backlog into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)

A

Correct answerEncapsulate analysis, design, implementation, and test within an iterationInvolve documenting, estimating, and sequencing each planned activity in detailUse Gantt charts along with well-defined activities, responsibilities, and time framesMap the iteration backlog into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)Overall explanationThe iterative method is the heart of the Agile development process. Each iteration generates a piece of the product until the final product is fully completed and delivered.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

Question 37:
The burnup and burndown charts are tools used by Scrum teams to get an overview of a sprint’s work development. Both charts are primarily used for:
Identifying technical issues
Tracking project progress
Project retrospective
Sprint planning

A

Identifying technical issuesCorrect answerTracking project progressProject retrospectiveSprint planningOverall explanationThe burnup and burndown charts are created to identify the amount of workload achieved and how much remains to be completed (PMBOK 7th edition, page 188). In a burndown chart, the line goes downwards, while in a burnup chart, the line goes upwards, which in both cases illustrates the team’s progress. When burndown or burnup charts reveal issues related to sprint progress, which can be due to both technical or non-technical reasons, a self-organizing team should take corrective actions. In their next retrospective meeting, the team needs to reflect on what happened and how to better handle issues in the future.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

Question 38:
A project manager is implementing an internal design project. She needs a driller with a rental cost of $25 per day, which she finds quite high. Since she will be using it for a long duration, a team member suggests buying a driller for $500. What is the minimum number of rental days before it becomes more advantageous to buy a driller?
2
5
10
20

A

2510Correct answer20Overall explanationAfter 20 days, the total cost of rent will be equal to the equipment’s price, i.e., $500 = 20 days x $25.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

Question 39:
A project manager is assigned to lead a new project that requires applying a hybrid development approach. Therefore, management enrolled the project manager in a training to help them learn how to combine agile principles with predictive techniques. Which aspect of the PMI talent triangle does this training target?
Business Acumen
Power Skills
Working Methods
Ways of thinking

A

Business AcumenPower SkillsCorrect answerWorking MethodsWays of thinkingOverall explanationWorking Methods (also known as Ways of Working) are the skills that the project manager is developing through the training. The other two aspects of the PMI talent triangle are Power Skills and Business Acumen. Ways of Thinking is a made-up term.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

Question 40:
In order to predict the project’s future performance based on its current performance, the project manager can use all of the following methods for forecasting purposes: (Select three)
Scenario building
Simulation
Time series method
Variance analysis

A

Correct selectionScenario buildingCorrect selectionSimulationCorrect selectionTime series methodVariance analysisOverall explanationExamples of forecasting methods are time series, scenario building, and simulation, as well as regression analysis, expert opinion, and causal/econometric methods. Variance analysis is not a forecasting method. It is the quantitative measurement of the difference between planned and actual behavior.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

Question 41:
An organization is conducting several projects, each has its own due date. The available resources must be simultaneously assigned to different projects. Fearing that her project might face some delays, a project manager meets with the functional manager to discuss additional resource allocation to her project. Which of the following is probably the most important skill that the project manager will need for that?
Planning
Negotiating
Facilitating
Documenting

A

PlanningCorrect answerNegotiatingFacilitatingDocumentingOverall explanationNegotiating is the most important skill for project managers to have when working with extremely limited budgets and resource allocations.

198
Q

Question 42:
An experienced project manager believes that managers should embrace transparency in their projects, as its many benefits often outweigh its disadvantages. However, the project manager thinks that, while it is favorable to share many aspects with the project team, there are a few things that shouldn’t be shared with everyone. As a project manager, you must be transparent about:
Confidential information
Proprietary information
Unproven information and gossip
Decision-making processes

A

Confidential informationProprietary informationUnproven information and gossipCorrect answerDecision-making processesOverall explanationThe project manager must demonstrate transparency regarding their decision-making processes. Communication and reasoning about decisions concerning the project should be well-documented and accessible to everyone on the team. Transparency in project communication allows team members to see all aspects and decisions of a project that may affect or be of interest to them (PMBOK 7th edition, page 20).

199
Q

Question 43:
A manufacturing company is adopting lean principles. A quarterly internal audit is performed to verify whether projects are adhering to these principles. In the latest audit, auditors noticed that the project manager is delivering as fast as possible, but takes decisions as late as possible. Based on this statement, is the company complying with lean principles?
No, the project manager should both deliver and decide as late as possible
No, the project manager should both deliver and decide as fast as possible
No, the project manager should deliver as late as possible but decide as fast as possible
Yes, it is.

A

No, the project manager should both deliver and decide as late as possibleNo, the project manager should both deliver and decide as fast as possibleNo, the project manager should deliver as late as possible but decide as fast as possibleCorrect answerYes, it is.Overall explanationLean principles entail delivering as fast as possible while making decisions as late as possible. Decisions should be based on as much information as can reasonably be gathered to keep all your options open until you must make a decision. There are seven guiding principles of lean practices: Eliminate waste, Amplify learning, Decide as late as possible, Deliver as fast as possible, Empower the team, Build integrity in, and See the whole. Reference: Effective Project Management Traditional, Agile, Extreme, Hybrid by Robert K. Wysocki, pages 360-361.

200
Q

Question 44:
A project manager is leading a multinational project with team members of different cultural backgrounds and nationalities. Despite the fact that all members speak English fluently, what should the project manager do?
Due to cultural differences, the project manager should create a separate code of conduct for each nationality.
The project manager may have to just accept that some team members may face some difficulties when working with colleagues of other nationalities.
The project manager should take into consideration that spoken communication may give rise to certain misunderstandings that may not occur in written communications and that such misunderstandings are hard to identify.
The project manager should keep in mind that certain groups won’t mind late-night meetings and video conferences.

A

Due to cultural differences, the project manager should create a separate code of conduct for each nationality.The project manager may have to just accept that some team members may face some difficulties when working with colleagues of other nationalities.Correct answerThe project manager should take into consideration that spoken communication may give rise to certain misunderstandings that may not occur in written communications and that such misunderstandings are hard to identify.The project manager should keep in mind that certain groups won’t mind late-night meetings and video conferences.Overall explanationThe project manager should bear in mind that spoken communication can lead to misunderstandings that may not occur when using written communication. Intercultural communication commonly entails communicating in a foreign language. Fluently speaking a foreign language is not always enough to fully grasp it. In order to develop intercultural communication skills, comprehending both the language and its cultural context is required.

201
Q

Question 45:
A project manager is managing an industrial project. He needs a batch of 1000 custom-made identical filters for the project. Due to their high importance, the project manager chooses a reliable and well-known supplier to produce these filters. Knowing that a tested filter should be thrown away since it couldn’t be reutilized, what should the project manager do?
Skip inspection since he trusts that the supplier will deliver the filters according to his specifications
Order more than 1000 filters to perform acceptance sampling on the batch surplus
Require the seller to provide a conformance certificate of the filter’s raw materials
Conduct a 100% inspection upon delivery, then order another batch of 1000 filters if he’s satisfied with the quality

A

Skip inspection since he trusts that the supplier will deliver the filters according to his specificationsCorrect answerOrder more than 1000 filters to perform acceptance sampling on the batch surplusRequire the seller to provide a conformance certificate of the filter’s raw materialsConduct a 100% inspection upon delivery, then order another batch of 1000 filters if he’s satisfied with the qualityOverall explanationWhen conducting a 100% inspection is not possible, the project manager should opt for the sampling of a certain number from a batch (also known as a lot) of the items and perform an inspection on the sample. Since tested filters cannot be used for the project, the best course of action is to order more than the required items in order to perform the acceptance sampling.

202
Q

Question 46:
During project execution, the project manager found out that tasks were not being performed in the right order at the right time, which resulted in rework and bad morale among the project team. Which project management tool should the project manager implement to deal with this type of issue?
Organization chart
RACI matrix
Communications management plan
Work authorization system

A

Organization chartRACI matrixCommunications management planCorrect answerWork authorization systemOverall explanationA work authorization system is a set of formal documented procedures that establishes how project work will be authorized to ensure that work is done at the right time and in the correct sequence.

203
Q

Question 47:
A project manager has taken over the management of a climate-smart agriculture project, replacing the project manager who has quit. At the beginning of the execution phase, the project manager notices that team members have different opinions concerning project work and deliverables, as well as the overall complexity level. What should the project manager do?
They should not intervene. Instead, they should allow the team enough time to get familiar with the project scope
They should identify and assess potential risks caused by this divergence of opinion, then develop a plan to manage and respond to these risks
They should organize a meeting involving all team members to identify and resolve misunderstandings in order to avoid issues, disintegration, and rework.
They should talk to each team member separately to explain the project requirements

A

They should not intervene. Instead, they should allow the team enough time to get familiar with the project scopeThey should identify and assess potential risks caused by this divergence of opinion, then develop a plan to manage and respond to these risksCorrect answerThey should organize a meeting involving all team members to identify and resolve misunderstandings in order to avoid issues, disintegration, and rework.They should talk to each team member separately to explain the project requirementsOverall explanationThe best course of action in this case is to use problem-solving or collaboration techniques to resolve this issue. Therefore, in order to avoid any future problems, disintegration, or rework, organizing meetings is the best option to identify and resolve misunderstandings among team members. The withdrawal technique should not be used in critical conflicts related to project work and deliverables, like in this scenario. Planning risks is supposed to take place in the planning phase. But, since the project is in the execution phase, the project manager needs to follow the established plan and resolve any occurring risks, pre-identified or not. A change request can be issued to manage an impactful risk. The best communication method is interactive face-to-face communication, that’s why talking to each team member individually isn’t as effective as gathering all team members in one meeting so they can interact with each other.

204
Q

Question 48:
A project manager at Max Data has just put the finishing touches on her final project report before meeting with her manager. She spent the last few weeks holding numerous lessons-learned sessions to get feedback from project participants for the final report. For what reasons did the project manager hold lessons learned sessions? (Select three)
Lessons learned databases are an important element of the organizational process assets
Lessons learned meetings focus on identifying individuals accountable for failures and errors
Lessons learned meetings include recommendations for future performance improvements
Phase-end lessons learned workshops represent a good team-building exercise for project members

A

Correct selectionLessons learned databases are an important element of the organizational process assetsLessons learned meetings focus on identifying individuals accountable for failures and errorsCorrect selectionLessons learned meetings include recommendations for future performance improvementsCorrect selectionPhase-end lessons learned workshops represent a good team-building exercise for project membersOverall explanationLessons learned sessions are performed for the purpose of learning from mistakes in order to avoid repeating them in the future. They also serve as an opportunity to identify and establish best practices and build trust with stakeholders and team members. Lessons learned meetings should not be used to hold others accountable for mistakes made during the project (PMBOK 7th edition, page 180).

205
Q

Question 49:
After a long wait, a project manager gets a phone call from the project sponsor confirming that the budget has been allocated therefore the project can get started. The sponsor also informs the project manager that the project development approach should be defined as soon as possible and that the kick-off meeting should take place within the next two weeks. The project manager replies by saying that he must first receive the project charter. What is the purpose of a project charter?
To document the project
To formally authorize the project and document its initial requirements
To be used as a reference during the project kick-off meeting
To set up the project code of conduct

A

To document the projectCorrect answerTo formally authorize the project and document its initial requirementsTo be used as a reference during the project kick-off meetingTo set up the project code of conductOverall explanationA project charter is used to formally authorize both the project manager to start the project, as well as document the project’s objectives and its high-level scope. It also defines the responsibilities and roles of all involved parties in the project (PMBOK 7th edition, page 184).

206
Q

Question 50:
As part of the project quality control process, the project manager of MCN electric motorcycles decided to check only 10% of the manufactured motorbikes for environmental control. Which technique is the project manager using?
Sample Selection
Control Charts
Statistical Sampling
Pareto Diagram

A

Sample SelectionControl ChartsCorrect answerStatistical SamplingPareto DiagramOverall explanationStatistical Sampling is a technique that involves testing a small sample of a product in order to make a prediction about the total production. Other statistical sampling methods include systematic sampling, cluster sampling, stratified sampling, and judgmental sampling.

207
Q

Question 51:
A local school is planning to use a screening system to select vegetables and fruit suppliers for their “Healthy minds” organic meals project. Which of the following is an example of a screening system?
You interview all the vendors and make your decision based on these interviews
You negotiate with all the vendors and engage the one who offers the best price
You only consider vendors with more than $10,000 in revenue in the last financial year
You engage the vendor who responds first to your announcement

A

You interview all the vendors and make your decision based on these interviewsYou negotiate with all the vendors and engage the one who offers the best priceCorrect answerYou only consider vendors with more than $10,000 in revenue in the last financial yearYou engage the vendor who responds first to your announcementOverall explanationA screening system is the process of short-listing vendors based on predefined criteria, such as price, technical capabilities, financial capacity, available resources, etc. When certain criteria are more important than others, the criteria should be weighted. Choosing the vendor that responds first to your announcement means you are just selecting and not short-listing vendors. When you only select the first ten vendors who respond to your announcement, it is considered a screening system. Such a selection, however, is neither rational nor reliable since it won’t allow you to short-list the best, most qualified vendors.

208
Q

Question 52:
The project’s business analyst is performing Earned Value Reporting. The project’s CPI is 0.9 and its budget at completion is $900. How much is the project’s estimated cost at completion?
$819
$810
$900
$1,000

A

$819$810$900Correct answer$1,000Overall explanationEstimate At Completion (EAC) is calculated by dividing the Budget At Completion (BAC) by the Cost Performance Index (CPI) (PMBOK 7th edition, page 104). In this example, EAC = (BAC / CPI) = $900 / 0.9 = $1,000. Alternatively, you can figure out the right answer without doing any calculations; Since the CPI is less than 1, the project is over budget. So, you need to choose the estimated cost at completion that is bigger than $900, which is option D: $1,000.

209
Q

Question 53:
Depending on who is using them, bids, tenders, and quotes can take on different meanings. But, initially, all of these terms can be used interchangeably with:
Proposals
Make-or-buy decisions
Buyer responses
Pre-bid conferences

A

Correct answerProposalsMake-or-buy decisionsBuyer responsesPre-bid conferencesOverall explanationBids, tenders, quotes, and proposals intersect with each other. Bids or tenders are used when the project is large and the scope of work is clear. Quotes, however, are mainly used to provide the price of particular products or services.

210
Q

Question 54:
The Agile triangle of constraints is different from the traditional triangle because it allows:
Cost to vary while scope and time are fixed
Cost and time to vary while the scope is fixed
Scope and time to vary while the cost is fixed
Scope to vary while cost and time are fixed

A

Cost to vary while scope and time are fixedCost and time to vary while the scope is fixedScope and time to vary while the cost is fixedCorrect answerScope to vary while cost and time are fixedOverall explanationUnlike predictive approaches, projects that follow adaptive approaches have fixed resources and schedules and flexible scope. While the scope might change in agile projects, teams commit to fixed work iterations known as sprints, when implementing a scrum framework.

211
Q

Question 55:
A project manager is evaluating a potential industrial project. To determine whether its anticipated financial gains will outweigh its present-day investment, the project manager uses the Net Present Value (NPV) as an effective tool to help her determine whether the project will be profitable or not. For instance, NPV > 0 means:
The project will lose money
The project will break even
The project is profitable
We can’t know until the ROI is calculated

A

The project will lose moneyThe project will break evenCorrect answerThe project is profitableWe can’t know until the ROI is calculatedOverall explanationThe larger the Net Present Value (NPV), the more profitable the project will be for the organization. A positive NPV indicates that the investment is worthwhile.

212
Q

Question 56:
In an effort to increase agile knowledge, a project manager has been paired with other Agile project managers to observe how they lead their teams. The project manager notices that many project decisions are the responsibility of the project team, while project managers are more facilitative than authoritative as they share a common vision and allow the team to focus on their work. What leadership approach does this depict?
Participative leadership
Autocratic leadership
Transformational leadership
Servant leadership

A

Participative leadershipAutocratic leadershipTransformational leadershipCorrect answerServant leadershipOverall explanationAgile project managers generally follow the servant leadership style, which consists in leading through serving the team. Servant leadership focuses on capturing and addressing the needs of team members in order to achieve good team performance (PMBOK 7th edition, page 17). Participative leadership, aka democratic leadership, involves soliciting team members’ input while decision-making rests on the participative leader. Autocratic leadership is when the leader makes all decisions on their own. Transformational leadership is when the leader motivates their team and enhances their productivity through high visibility and communication.

213
Q

Question 57:
A project manager leads a project with a highly talented team. Team members have diverse skills and expertise hence the project manager wants to encourage them to use their knowledge to make optimal decisions concerning project issues. Which leadership style is the most suitable for the project manager’s goal?
Laissez-faire
Democratic
Autocratic
Directive

A

Correct answerLaissez-faireDemocraticAutocraticDirectiveOverall explanationThe “laissez-faire” style has a hands-off approach to management, putting employees in charge of decision-making. This leadership style offers people autonomy as a motivator instead of rewards. Laissez-faire works successfully when applied to a skilled and talented team. It is not enough for leaders to get the smartest people on board; they must also be able to pick those who can work effectively with others. Autocratic leadership, aka directive leadership, is when the leader takes all decisions by themselves. Democratic or participative leadership involves soliciting team members’ input while the leader retains the ultimate decision-making authority.

214
Q

Question 58:
Over the last couple of years, an organization has grown into a corporate group by taking over a number of companies in the same field. This significantly increased the number of its projects, programs, and portfolios. How many active portfolios should be managed concurrently by an organization?
One portfolio at a time
Based on the size of human resources allocated to portfolio management
Each portfolio manager should handle one portfolio at a time
As many as the organization can handle

A

One portfolio at a timeBased on the size of human resources allocated to portfolio managementEach portfolio manager should handle one portfolio at a timeCorrect answerAs many as the organization can handleOverall explanationThere is no limit to the number of portfolios that an organization can manage concurrently. Portfolios should be established as long as there is a need to cluster projects and programs to achieve strategic objectives.

215
Q

Question 59:
A project manager at Clinica Labs, a biopharmaceutical corporation, intends to talk to her manager about obtaining additional resources for complex activities that her team is unable to perform. These resources will roll off the project as soon as the activities are completed. Which of the following skills does the project manager need the most in this situation?
Planning skills to identify resource requirements
Interpersonal skills to convince her manager of her need for additional resources
Interviewing skills to hire the required resources
Technical skills to respond to the risk associated with adding more resources

A

Planning skills to identify resource requirementsCorrect answerInterpersonal skills to convince her manager of her need for additional resourcesInterviewing skills to hire the required resourcesTechnical skills to respond to the risk associated with adding more resourcesOverall explanationTrying to convince upper management requires the use of interpersonal skills, which are often needed when acquiring resources. The project manager may lack planning skills since she didn’t identify the resource requirement from the beginning, but this situation does not tackle this aspect or the need to respond to the risk associated with adding more resources. In case the manager accepts her request, the project manager may not need to go through the hiring process if resources are already available within the organization.

216
Q

Question 60:
A Project manager ensures that the project team documents all assumptions. The team records assumptions on an ongoing basis and then validates these assumptions. Which of the following helps the team validate a project assumption?
Organizational policies
Historical data
Constraints
Team members recollection

A

Organizational policiesCorrect answerHistorical dataConstraintsTeam members recollectionOverall explanationHistorical data is the most useful when it comes to validating project assumptions. Constraints can’t help the project team confirm an assumption. Organizational rules help establish the project parameters rather than validate assumptions. Team members’ recollections or memories are not reliable since they’re not recorded. The team can use past experiences, documentation, proof, feedback, and any previously completed projects or project work as historical data to verify if a particular assumption is correct or realistic.

217
Q

Question 61:
The knowledge garnered through personal experience is the most difficult to express, articulate, or write down. This type of knowledge is known as:
Explicit knowledge
Tacit knowledge
Tangible knowledge
Formal knowledge

A

Explicit knowledgeCorrect answerTacit knowledgeTangible knowledgeFormal knowledgeOverall explanationTacit knowledge, aka implicit knowledge, is the type of knowledge that can’t be transferred to another person by means of writing or verbalizing. Examples of tacit knowledge include insights, beliefs, experience, and know-how. The opposite of tacit knowledge is explicit, formal, or codified knowledge (PMBOK 7th edition, page 70).

218
Q

Question 62:
A project manager has just joined a new organization. A majority of the organization’s projects are conducted by experienced project managers. What should be the primary focus of the new project manager in order to ensure his efficiency?
Acquire a skillful team
Learn about the organization’s culture
Get to know the organization’s executive managers
Get to know the organization’s project managers

A

Acquire a skillful teamCorrect answerLearn about the organization’s cultureGet to know the organization’s executive managersGet to know the organization’s project managersOverall explanationWhen joining a new organization, it is very important that the project manager grasps the organization’s culture. Although talking to executive managers and project managers may help in this matter, understanding the culture, i.e., how the organization operates, its policies, and its appetite for risk, among other things should be the project manager’s first priority when joining a new organization.

219
Q

Question 63:
A project manager is facilitating a meeting to define the user stories of the next iteration. Two team members, Charlotte and Sam, get too vocal during the meeting. Charlotte believes that user story #2 is clear enough, while Sam thinks it’s ambiguous and needs further elaboration. The team moves on to the next user story, ignoring Sam’s point of view. Sam accepts the team’s decision and remains quiet for the rest of the meeting. At the end of the meeting, the project manager tells Sam that user story #2 could be reviewed during the iteration’s first week when more information is available. Which of the following conflict-resolution techniques did Sam use in this scenario?
Smoothing
Compromising
Forcing
Withdrawal

A

SmoothingCompromisingForcingCorrect answerWithdrawalOverall explanationIn the described scenario, Sam had to concede his position to maintain harmony during the meeting. This conflict resolution technique is referred to as withdrawal or avoidance, which results in a lose-leave situation (PMBOK 7th edition, page 169). The project manager, on the other hand, used the smoothing or accommodating technique, which leads to a yield-lose situation by de-emphasizing differences.

220
Q

Question 64:
A project manager chose for their new project a management framework that is a hybrid of two Agile approaches. The work will be organized in sprints and the team will use a board to display and monitor work progress. Which of the following frameworks is the project manager using?
Scrumfall
eXtreme Programming
Dynamic Systems Development Method
Scrumban

A

ScrumfalleXtreme ProgrammingDynamic Systems Development MethodCorrect answerScrumbanOverall explanationScrumban is a hybrid framework that combines Kanban with Scrum. Work is organized in sprints, denoting the use of Scrum. Using a board to display and monitor work progress, on the other hand, indicates the use of Kanban.

221
Q

Question 65:
A project manager and their Agile team are demonstrating a potentially shippable product increment to the project stakeholders. What type of Agile meetings is the project manager conducting?
Review meeting
Standup meeting
Retrospective meeting
Deliverables meeting

A

Correct answerReview meetingStandup meetingRetrospective meetingDeliverables meetingOverall explanationAt the end of each iteration, the project manager and the project team should demonstrate a potentially shippable product increment to the concerned stakeholders along with the Product Owner to get their feedback. This occurs during an Iteration Review Meeting. The product owner and stakeholders use this meeting to evaluate the product and release backlog priorities (PMBOK 7th edition, page 180).

222
Q

Question 66:
A project manager is leading a project that was supposed to last 6 months. The project is currently in its second year. Which of the following statements best describes the situation?
The project scope was not clearly defined
The project should have been divided into subprojects
The project team didn’t protect the scope from changes
The project should have been halted after 6 months

A

Correct answerThe project scope was not clearly definedThe project should have been divided into subprojectsThe project team didn’t protect the scope from changesThe project should have been halted after 6 monthsOverall explanationThe project took more time than it should have most likely because the project scope was not clearly defined. There is no indication in the described situation that the project should have been broken down into smaller sub-projects. The project team doesn’t usually have the power to approve or disapprove change requests. Changes conducted on the project scope fall under the Change Control Board’s (CCB) responsibility. The fact that the project has exceeded its allocated time means that the sponsor is still supporting the project, therefore the project should not be halted.

223
Q

Question 67:
While performing beta testing with a small number of users, the project manager notices that the web application has defects due to:
User interface and responsiveness issues (20%)
User experience issues (25%)
Bugs in functionalities (40%)
Missing important features (10%)
Others (5%)
To illustrate these problems, the project manager can use a:
Histogram
Quality Checklists
Scatter Diagram
Flowchart

A

Correct answerHistogramQuality ChecklistsScatter Diagram​FlowchartOverall explanationA histogram is a vertical bar chart showing how often a particular variable state occurs (PMBOK 7th edition, page 189). A histogram basically represents data by breaking it down into different categories to help you make informed decisions. Each column represents an attribute or a characteristic of the problem/situation.

224
Q

Question 68:
After facing endless issues with one of the project suppliers, the project manager decides to put an end to the disputes by concluding their professional collaboration. Which document should the project manager refer to in order to examine the termination clause and the alternative dispute resolution mechanism?
Source selection criteria
Supplier bid
Agreement
Project charter

A

Source selection criteria​Supplier bidCorrect answer​AgreementProject charterOverall explanationIncluding an alternative dispute resolution clause in a procurement agreement, as well as a termination clause, is a common practice. The dispute resolution process is a resort for the contracting parties to settle disputes and save the time and cost of going to court.

225
Q

Question 69:
Along with developing a contingency plan for possible issues, a project manager might also need to create a workaround to deal with ______________________ when they occur.
Identified & passively accepted risks
Unidentified & passively accepted risks
Identified & actively accepted risks
Unidentified & actively accepted risks

A

​Identified & passively accepted risksCorrect answer​Unidentified & passively accepted risks​Identified & actively accepted risks​Unidentified & actively accepted risksOverall explanationA workaround is created to deal with unidentified & passively accepted risks once they occur. Workarounds are responses to problems that arise over the course of a project but were never identified. A workaround is not a planned response because the issues being addressed were not anticipated ahead of time.

226
Q

Question 70:
A project manager engaged Outsourci, an offshore software development company, to develop an e-learning platform using the adaptive approach. During the second iteration, the project manager wasn’t satisfied with the company’s work and hence decided to immediately terminate the contract. The project manager only had to pay the incurred costs with no additional fees. What type of Agile contract did the project manager sign with the supplier?
Incremental delivery contract
Time and materials contract
Target cost contract
Early termination contract

A

Incremental delivery contractCorrect answerTime and materials contractTarget cost contractEarly termination contractOverall explanationAn Agile Time and Materials contract allows the buyer to terminate the contract at any time during the project if they are dissatisfied with the outcome. It is the simplest among agile contracts: The supplier is paid for the time spent delivering a service or creating a product as well as for the used materials in the process. On the other hand, an Incremental Delivery Contract allows the buyer to review contract terms at designated points of its duration; iterations, releases, monthly, quarterly, etc. This means that this type of contract can’t be terminated mid-sprint for instance. An Early Termination Contract, aka Money for Nothing, allows the buyer to terminate the contract at the end of any sprint. But, they need to pay the supplier a percentage of the remaining contract value in order to be able to proceed with early termination. Finally, the Target Cost Contract is based on two values: the “target” cost and the “cap”. The target cost is lower than the cap, which represents the maximum sum a buyer can pay. If the project cost ends up being lower than the target cost, the saved amount is shared between both parties. However, if the project cost is higher than the target cost, extra costs are shared between the two parties, but only up to the cap. However, if the project cost is higher than the cap, the supplier solely supports all charges and the contract serves the same way as a fixed price contract.

227
Q

Question 71:
A project manager is leading a software project using a hybrid approach. During a lessons-learned meeting, one of the team members complained that every time she submits a new piece of code, she finds many errors caused by the code changes made by her fellow developers. The project manager suggested testing, updating, and integrating new software code more frequently in order to reduce such errors. Which of the following techniques did the project manager suggest?
Constant Integration
Consecutive Integration
Consistent Integration
Continuous Integration

A

Constant IntegrationConsecutive IntegrationConsistent IntegrationCorrect answerContinuous Integration Overall explanationContinuous Integration dictates that all changes to the application source code base be frequently tested and integrated to reduce risks, improve quality, and establish a quick, reliable, and sustainable development pace. All of the other options are made-up terms.

228
Q

Question 72:
A project manager is assigned to a packaging project. The organization purchased a custom-built laser printing machine for $130,000 for the project, which was later found to be useless. The $130,000 amount represents a(n) _______ cost.
Fixed
Sunk
Indirect
Opportunity

A

FixedCorrect answerSunkIndirectOpportunityOverall explanationSunk Cost is any investment of resources, money, or time that cannot be recovered. In this situation, the $130,000 amount is not recoverable, i.e., sunk cost.

229
Q

Question 73:
During an iteration review meeting, the product owner rejected one of the features demonstrated by the development team. What will happen next to the rejected user story?
It will be automatically moved to the next sprint backlog
It will be deleted from the product backlog and from the project
It will be updated to address the reasons why it was rejected
It will be moved back to the product backlog for reprioritization

A

It will be automatically moved to the next sprint backlogIt will be deleted from the product backlog and from the projectCorrect answerIt will be updated to address the reasons why it was rejectedIt will be moved back to the product backlog for reprioritizationOverall explanationThe right step consists in understanding why the feature was not accepted in the first place, then moving on to making the required updates. After that, the feature can be moved back to the backlog for reprioritization. Deleting the user story is not a rational choice since the feature has already been developed, which implies that it brings added value to the product.

230
Q

Question 74:
In order to assess the project performance, a project manager calculates both its CPI and SPI. Knowing that it has a high CPI and a low SPI, what is the project status?
Behind schedule & under budget
Ahead of schedule & under budget
Behind schedule & over budget
Ahead of schedule & over budget

A

Correct answerBehind schedule & under budgetAhead of schedule & under budgetBehind schedule & over budgetAhead of schedule & over budgetOverall explanationThe project is behind schedule and under budget. You can calculate the Schedule Performance Index (SPI) by dividing Earned Value (EV) by Planned Value (PV):
SPI = EV / PV. If SPI > 1, then the project is ahead of schedule. If SPI < 1, then the project is behind schedule. The Cost Performance Index (CPI) is calculated by dividing Earned Value (EV) by Actual Cost (AC): CPI = EV / AC. If the CPI is > 1, then the project is under budget. If it is < 1, then the project is over budget.

231
Q

Question 75:
A project manager noticed that multiple interpersonal conflicts are arising among team members. What is the best way to handle such conflicts?
The project manager should always smooth conflicts since they distract the team and hinder work progress
The project manager should address conflicts in open meetings so that the entire team can contribute to finding a solution
The project manager should address conflicts proactively and privately, using collaborative and direct approaches
The project manager should be firm and use their coercive power to quickly resolve conflicts

A

The project manager should always smooth conflicts since they distract the team and hinder work progressThe project manager should address conflicts in open meetings so that the entire team can contribute to finding a solutionCorrect answerThe project manager should address conflicts proactively and privately, using collaborative and direct approachesThe project manager should be firm and use their coercive power to quickly resolve conflictsOverall explanationConflicts should be addressed as early as possible using collaborative and direct approaches. It’s also recommended that interpersonal conflicts be handled privately among concerned team members rather than in open meetings. Technical conflicts, on the other hand, should be discussed in open meetings so that the entire team can participate in finding a solution. When disruptive conflicts persist, you should resort to formal procedures, including but not limited to disciplinary actions.

232
Q

Question 76:
A project manager is leading a small project with a total of 4 stakeholders. A new team member has recently joined the project. What is the current number of communication channels?
4
5
10
20

A

45Correct answer1020Overall explanationThe following formula is used to calculate the number of communication channels: Number of potential communication channels = n x (n - 1) / 2. In this case: 5 x (5 - 1) / 2 = 10.

233
Q

Question 77:
When discussing their choice to opt for remote resources with the project sponsor, a project manager enumerated the many advantages of working with remote teams. They mentioned all of the following advantages, except:
Access to more skilled resources
Less travel and relocation expenses
Utilization of a war room
Reduction of time spent commuting

A

Access to more skilled resourcesLess travel and relocation expensesCorrect answerUtilization of a war roomReduction of time spent commutingOverall explanationA War room, aka situation room, or command center, is a space where people come together to address issues through enhanced workflows and clear communication. Since it’s a physical space, a war room can’t be one of the advantages of acquiring a remote team. On the other hand, having access to more skilled resources, reducing commute time, and having less travel and relocation expenses are all among the many advantages of employing remote resources.

234
Q

Question 78:
A project manager is leading a predictive project. After identifying a risk, they decide to transfer it to another party by:
Buying insurance
Accepting a lower profit in case of cost overrun
Asking the sponsor to deal with the risk
Eliminating the risk through beta testing

A

Correct answerBuying insuranceAccepting a lower profit in case of cost overrunAsking the sponsor to deal with the riskEliminating the risk through beta testingOverall explanationRisk transfer involves transmitting future risks from one party to another. A common example of risk transfer is purchasing insurance where the risk of a person or an organization is transferred to the insurance company. Asking the sponsor to deal with the risk is an escalation rather than a risk transfer. Other risk response strategies include avoiding, mitigating, or accepting the risk (PMBOK 7th edition, page 123).

235
Q

Question 79:
A project manager gives his team members the freedom to make decisions, expecting them to solve issues on their own. Which of the following leadership approaches does the project manager adopt?
Transactional leadership
Servant leadership
Laissez-faire leadership
Interactional leadership

A

Transactional leadershipServant leadershipCorrect answerLaissez-faire leadershipInteractional leadershipOverall explanationLaissez-faire is a French term that means “allow to act/do”. A laissez-faire leadership style is ideal for a highly skilled team since it’s characterized by a hands-off approach. Leaders provide all necessary training and support for their employees to enable them to make their own decisions. Project managers opting for this leadership style are comfortable with mistakes, despite the fact that they’re the ones held accountable. This leadership approach necessitates a high level of trust.

236
Q

Question 80:
After getting assigned to manage a distressed project, a project manager reviews the schedule to find out that the previous project manager did not take into consideration procurement delays. Which of the following options represents this scenario?
Critical path activity
Schedule variances
Assumption
Constraint

A

Critical path activitySchedule variancesCorrect answerAssumptionConstraintOverall explanationThe previous project manager made the assumption that the project would not experience any procurement delays. The described situation is not a constraint. Plus, there isn’t enough information to determine whether the scenario involves a schedule variance or a critical path activity.

237
Q

Question 81:
A project manager is assigned to manage a software development project. When they came across one of the project key stakeholders in the company’s hallway, the project manager seized the opportunity to get their feedback. The key stakeholder was impressed with the project’s progress and requested that the project manager urgently add a new user story for marketing the product. How should the project manager respond to this request?
Welcome the stakeholder’s request and add the user story to the sprint backlog
Add the user story to the product backlog and schedule it for the next sprint to protect the team from disruptions
Add the user story to the product backlog and let the product owner decide its priority
Refuse to create the user story since it’s the product owner’s responsibility to maintain and refine the product backlog

A

Welcome the stakeholder’s request and add the user story to the sprint backlogAdd the user story to the product backlog and schedule it for the next sprint to protect the team from disruptionsCorrect answerAdd the user story to the product backlog and let the product owner decide its priorityRefuse to create the user story since it’s the product owner’s responsibility to maintain and refine the product backlogOverall explanationThe project manager should add the user story to the product backlog and let the product owner decide its priority. When a new requirement is received, it should be added to the product backlog (not the sprint backlog) and then prioritized by the product owner in order to be implemented. It is the responsibility of the product owner to maintain and refine the product backlog. This being said, a request can be made by any stakeholder and a user story can be created by anyone involved in the project and not just the product owner.

238
Q

Question 82:
The amount of time a task can be postponed without affecting the subsequent tasks or the overall completion of the project is referred to as: (Select two)
Buffer
Float
Independent activity
Slack

A

BufferCorrect selectionFloatIndependent activityCorrect selectionSlackOverall explanationFloat or slack is the amount of time that a task can be delayed without affecting the deadlines of other subsequent tasks or the final delivery date of the project. Float is known as “free float”, while slack is called “total float”. The terms “slack” and “float” are often used interchangeably when a project is scheduled using the Critical Path Method. However, the difference between slack and float is that slack is associated with inactivity, whereas float is associated with activity. Slack time permits an activity to start later than anticipated, while float time allows an activity to take longer than it was initially planned.

239
Q

Question 83:
This is a project manager’s first time leading an agile project. Knowing that they opted for the Scrum framework, which of the following describes the project team?
The team size ranges from three to nine members
All of the team members have a technical background
All of the team members are I-shaped
All of the team members are dependent on the Scrum master

A

Correct answerThe team size ranges from three to nine membersAll of the team members have a technical backgroundAll of the team members are I-shapedAll of the team members are dependent on the Scrum masterOverall explanationThe typical size of an agile team ranges from three to nine members. Agile teams should be multidisciplinary (not necessarily have a technical background) and self-organizing (not dependent on the scrum master). Successful agile teams are made up of generalizing specialists/T-shaped members who have deep knowledge in one area and a broad ability in other areas. I-shaped, on the other hand, refers to a person with a profound knowledge of one area but has no interest or skill in other areas (Agile Practice Guide, page 42).

240
Q

Question 84:
A senior business analyst was designated to head their organization’s project selection committee. After shortlisting a number of potential projects, the selection committee will make its decision based on each project’s benefit-to-cost ratio. Which of the following projects should the committee choose?
Project A has a BCR of 6:3
Project B has a BCR of 6:2
Project C has a BCR of 8:2
Project D has a BCR of 3:1

A

Project A has a BCR of 6:3Project B has a BCR of 6:2Correct selectionProject C has a BCR of 8:2Project D has a BCR of 3:1Overall explanationA Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR) is used in the cost-benefit analysis to determine the relationship between the eventual costs and benefits of a project. The project is expected to have a positive net present value if its BCR is greater than 1 (PMBOK 7th edition, page 102). When selecting a project based on the Benefit-Cost Ratio, you should always select the project with the highest BCR.
Project C has a BCR of 8:2 = 8 / 2 = 4 which is the highest among all of the options.

241
Q

Question 85:
A project manager is managing a web application project using the Agile approach. During the first sprint, the team completed 4 tasks of 3, 5, 8, and 2 story points respectively. They also finished half a 13-story points task. What is the velocity of the team?
18
24.5
31
13

A

Correct answer1824.53113Overall explanationVelocity is a measure of the amount of fully completed work in a sprint. Partially done tasks should not be counted. In this case, velocity = 3 + 5 + 8 + 2 = 18 points.

242
Q

Question 86:
Facing a quality issue, a project manager decides to use the _______________, a basic quality management tool that uses the 80/20 Rule to identify top-priority defects.
Fishbone Diagram
Pareto Chart
PERT Chart
Flowchart

A

Fishbone DiagramCorrect answerPareto ChartPERT ChartFlowchartOverall explanationA Pareto Chart is a vertical bar chart that ranks defects in descending order according to their frequency of occurrence. The Pareto Chart helps the project team focus on the causes that create the highest number of defects. Pareto’s Principle, aka Pareto’s Law, states that a limited number of causes usually produce the majority of defects or problems, which is referred to as the “80/20 principle” or “80/20 rule”. PERT is not a chart; it’s an estimation technique that uses a “weighted” average estimate rather than a simple average ((Optimistic + 4 * Mean +Pessimistic) / 6).

243
Q

Question 87:
A project manager is submitting a number of potential projects to management for selection and approval. Since the organization is currently facing financial challenges, the project manager has been told that it cannot invest more than $350,000 per project, with a leeway of 5% on either side. The 5% leeway is part of:
Organizational Process Assets (OPAs)
Enterprise Environmental Factors (EEFs)
Threats
Risks

A

Organizational Process Assets (OPAs)Correct answerEnterprise Environmental Factors (EEFs)ThreatsRisksOverall explanationThe 5% limit represents stakeholders’ tolerance, which is an enterprise environmental factor. These factors determine how a project manager leads a project. So, it is important for the project manager to have a good understanding of the EEFs that could affect their project.

244
Q

Question 88:
A product owner started the day with a sprint planning meeting to discuss and define the goal and backlog of the upcoming sprint. Which of the following options is correct regarding the sprint planning meeting?
A discussion between the product owner, the scrum master, and the cross-functional team
A discussion between the cross-functional team members only
A discussion between the product owner and the scrum master
A discussion between the scrum master and the cross-functional team members

A

Correct answerA discussion between the product owner, the scrum master, and the cross-functional teamA discussion between the cross-functional team members onlyA discussion between the product owner and the scrum masterA discussion between the scrum master and the cross-functional team membersOverall explanationIn the Scrum framework, the sprint planning meeting should include the scrum master, product owner, and the whole scrum team. When needed, other stakeholders can be invited by the team to attend this meeting. During the sprint planning meeting, the product owner identifies the features with the highest priority. The team asks questions to get the necessary understanding to be able to turn high-level user stories into more detailed tasks.

245
Q

Question 89:
A project manager is leading a hotel construction project in a foreign country where corruption is widely spread. After facing trouble obtaining the required construction permits from local authorities, a team member suggested giving a bribe to the local officials to get things going and execute the project without issues. How should the project manager react?
Refuse to give a bribe
Give the smallest amount of money possible
Negotiate a non-monetary bribe
Ask the team member to give the bribe on their behalf

A

Correct answerRefuse to give a bribeGive the smallest amount of money possibleNegotiate a non-monetary bribeAsk the team member to give the bribe on their behalfOverall explanationRegardless of what may happen, the project manager should not offer a bribe. Instead, they should find a way to resolve the problem through legal procedures. According to the PMI Code of ethics, the project manager should steer away from any illegal activity such as corruption, theft, embezzlement, fraud, or bribery.

246
Q

Question 90:
A project manager was assigned to a park redevelopment project which consists of cleaning and equipping the park for local families and residents. The project involves a really big number of stakeholders since it includes multiple phases and different types of tasks to execute. What should the project manager do?
Disregard low-power stakeholders
Only engage the high-interest stakeholders
Analyze all stakeholders in order to prioritize engagement
Report the issue to the project sponsor

A

Disregard low-power stakeholdersOnly engage the high-interest stakeholdersCorrect answerAnalyze all stakeholders in order to prioritize engagementReport the issue to the project sponsorOverall explanationAs a project manager, you cannot leave out or disregard any stakeholders. Ignoring any of the project stakeholders can be very costly and can dramatically impact the project. You should identify all project stakeholders, regardless of their number, then analyze each one of them in order to prioritize the engagement. (The PMBOK Guide 7th Edition, page 12). Stakeholder engagement falls under the project manager’s responsibilities, and should not be delegated to the sponsor.

247
Q

Question 91:
A product owner for a high-quality clothing project joins the project team and other prominent stakeholders for a meeting to review a demonstration of a produced deliverable. Since the project adopts an iteration-based Agile approach, this type of meeting is held ________________.
At the beginning of every iteration
At the end of every iteration
At the end of the project
At the start of the project

A

At the beginning of every iterationCorrect answerAt the end of every iterationAt the end of the projectAt the start of the projectOverall explanationIteration review meetings take place at the end of each iteration to allow the project team to obtain feedback from the product owner and concerned stakeholders on a regular basis.

248
Q

Question 92:
A project manager is assigned to an accounting software development project. In its beta version, some users reported that the software freezes one to three times a day. Since the project manager needs more information to fix the problem, they asked the users to fill in a _______________ whenever the issue occurs to include information about how the freezing happens and how long it lasts.
Check sheet
Cheat sheet
Checklist
Survey

A

Correct answerCheck sheetCheat sheetChecklistSurveyOverall explanationCheck sheets, aka tally sheets, are used to gather facts in order to facilitate the collection of more data concerning a potential quality issue (PMBOK 7th edition, page 175). A checklist, on the other hand, is used to verify whether a set of required steps has been performed or not.

249
Q

Question 93:
A project manager is running a multinational organization. They want to learn the difference between high and low-context cultures in order to ensure effective communication and avoid doing anything offensive or embarrassing. What is a typical characteristic of communication in high-context cultures?
The use of technical means of communication that focus on transferring spoken and written language.
Communication is preferred to avoid missing out on a great part of additional information.
A conveyed message has little meaning without a full understanding of the surrounding context.
There is no need for history or personal opinions to understand a message.

A

The use of technical means of communication that focus on transferring spoken and written language.Communication is preferred to avoid missing out on a great part of additional information.Correct answerA conveyed message has little meaning without a full understanding of the surrounding context.There is no need for history or personal opinions to understand a message.Overall explanationCommunication in a high-context culture mainly focuses on the tone, meaning, and underlying context of the message. In high-context cultures, what is said does not convey all the meaning. The context and the background of the speaker, as well as other factors are important to fully understand the message.

250
Q

Question 94:
During the risk identification phase, the project manager and their team identified more than 100 risks. The project manager believes that the quantitative evaluation of each of these risks will take a lot of time, whereas not all of the identified risks are important enough to justify such a measure. What should the project manager’s next step be?
Identifying risk triggers, then performing a quantitative analysis of risks that have no triggers
Using qualitative risk analysis to qualify and prioritize risks for the quantitative risk analysis
Conducting a qualitative assessment of each risk’s probability, then perform a quantitative analysis of risks with a high probability
Conducting a qualitative assessment of the potential impact of each risk, then perform a quantitative analysis of risks with a high impact

A

Identifying risk triggers, then performing a quantitative analysis of risks that have no triggersCorrect answerUsing qualitative risk analysis to qualify and prioritize risks for the quantitative risk analysisConducting a qualitative assessment of each risk’s probability, then perform a quantitative analysis of risks with a high probabilityConducting a qualitative assessment of the potential impact of each risk, then perform a quantitative analysis of risks with a high impactOverall explanationQualitative Risk Analysis is the process of assessing a risk’s occurrence probability and impact. This method helps to focus efforts on only high-priority risks by laying the foundation to perform a Quantitative Risk Analysis.

251
Q

Question 95:
A project manager works at a company that has been using the Agile approach for the last 9 months. When should the company stop tailoring the process?
Now
Never
18 months
12 months

A

NowCorrect answerNever18 months12 monthsOverall explanationA company that truly understands Agile knows that tailoring its processes is a continuous task. Projects are undertaken to create a unique service, product, or result which means that every project is unique. This is where process tailoring steps in. Process tailoring addresses the fact that project management processes are not “one size fits all”. Every project has its own process needs and based on that, the project team needs to conduct the needed adjustments to their processes. This can include adding, removing, or revising processes.

252
Q

Question 96:
A scrum master is starting a project with a new team and needs to develop an estimate of their velocity. What should the scrum master use as a basis for the first sprint velocity?
Forecasted velocity
Actual velocity
Terminal velocity
Cycle velocity

A

Correct answerForecasted velocityActual velocityTerminal velocityCycle velocityOverall explanationFor the first iteration of a new agile project, the scrum master can use forecasted velocity since there is no available historical data to help them estimate their team’s velocity. After completing the first sprint, the scrum master will be able to use actual velocity instead of the forecasted one. After a few sprints, they can calculate the team’s average velocity to determine the velocity range. Both ‘Terminal velocity’ and ‘Cycle velocity’ are not terms associated with managing an agile project.

253
Q

Question 97:
An Agile project manager is leading an IT project using the Scrum framework. While the team implements user stories during the sprint, what should the product owner do?
Add more tasks for the team so they can deliver more value
Let the team do their work and respond to any questions they might have
Protect the team from interruptions and facilitate discussions
Monitor the sprint progress and extend its duration if the team cannot complete the assigned work on time

A

Add more tasks for the team so they can deliver more valueCorrect answerLet the team do their work and respond to any questions they might haveProtect the team from interruptions and facilitate discussionsMonitor the sprint progress and extend its duration if the team cannot complete the assigned work on timeOverall explanationThe product owner should let the team do their work and answer any questions they might have during the sprint. The product owner should not add more tasks. Facilitating and protecting the team from interruptions are among the scrum master’s responsibilities. Plus, the sprint duration is determined at the beginning of the project and typically does not change. Furthermore, any work items that cannot be completed by the team during the sprint should be put back in the backlog and rescheduled for the upcoming sprints.

254
Q

Question 98:
A project manager is leading a 3-year project that involves upgrading and improving an electric engine for industrial use. Since the majority of the project activities are hazardous, the project team will receive extensive safety training. The training will ensure the safety of workers and prevent delays caused by unsatisfactory work. The cost of the conducted safety training falls under:
Cost of regulations
Cost of Quality
Cost of conformance
Cost of nonconformance

A

Cost of regulationsCost of QualityCorrect answerCost of conformanceCost of nonconformanceOverall explanationTraining costs fall under the cost of conformance to quality. The cost of quality is too generic as an answer since it comprises both the Cost of Conformance and the Cost of non-conformance. The cost of nonconformance involves the cost of internal and external failure costs, which is not the case here. The described scenario does not mention that the training was conducted to comply with certain regulations.

255
Q

Question 99:
While working on a large project to develop a fingerprint voting system, a project manager notices that, lately, a senior developer in the project team missed two consecutive deadlines. What should the project manager do?
Verify whether the developer is a shared resource with another project
Give the developer a formal warning via email so they can work on improving their work quality
Meet with the developer in person and offer support if needed
Escalate the issue to the developer’s line manager and ask them to immediately address the issue

A

Verify whether the developer is a shared resource with another project​Give the developer a formal warning via email so they can work on improving their work qualityCorrect answer​Meet with the developer in person and offer support if neededEscalate the issue to the developer’s line manager and ask them to immediately address the issueOverall explanationThe project manager needs to understand the reason for recurrently missed deadlines in order to provide appropriate support. As the project manager, they should meet the team member to inquire about what’s going on with them and listen attentively. To address such issues, you should start out by simply naming the problem and asking for the team member’s perspective. You might learn that deadlines weren’t as clear as you thought, or that there is something blocking their work progress. Talk about the impact of missed deadlines; The idea here is to demonstrate that these aren’t simply arbitrary deadlines as they have real-world consequences. You should clearly state your expectations for what needs to change in the future. Finally, discuss the next specific steps they’ll take to solve the problem – ideally, something they’ll come up with on their own, but if they’re struggling, you can be fairly direct about what you’d like them to try.

256
Q

Question 100:
Which of the following options falls under the project manager’s responsibilities in Agile?
Providing the overall strategic direction
Controlling the project budget
Defining user stories and prioritizing the backlog
Ensuring that the team delivers the project according to the defined requirements

A

Providing the overall strategic directionControlling the project budgetDefining user stories and prioritizing the backlogCorrect answerEnsuring that the team delivers the project according to the defined requirementsOverall explanationIn Agile, a project manager (also known as scrum master, project team lead, or team coach) is responsible for removing impediments and ensuring that the cross-functional team performs and delivers the product as initially defined by the product owner (PMBOK 7th edition, page 73 & Agile Practice Guide, pages 40-41).

257
Q

Question 101:
A project manager is using an Agile approach to manage a web application project. During the daily standup, two team members start discussing which JavaScript framework to use: Angular, React, or Vue. What should the project manager do?
Let the discussion continue since it’s very important
Time-box the conversation and suggest that team members carry on with this subject after the standup meeting
Facilitate the conversation and invite the rest of the team to weigh in
Contribute to the discussion and share their own opinion on the matter

A

Let the discussion continue since it’s very importantCorrect answerTime-box the conversation and suggest that team members carry on with this subject after the standup meetingFacilitate the conversation and invite the rest of the team to weigh inContribute to the discussion and share their own opinion on the matterOverall explanationThe daily scrum is not an event for problem-solving activities. However, the team can address any problem after the standup meeting with a small group of interested members (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 24). For the daily standup to be effective, the Scrum Master or the project manager must keep the attendees’ attention on the core agenda and time-box any side conversations which can always be carried out later, after the daily standup.

258
Q

Question 102:
A project manager is in charge of a software development project. Their organization primarily uses agile methods. An intern who joined the project team once asked the project manager: “What is a User Story?” How should the project manager reply?
A story that refers to the ideal user for your project
A day in the end-user life
A small, granular unit of work that brings added value to the customer
A collection of all the requirements that the customer wants in a project

A

A story that refers to the ideal user for your projectA day in the end-user lifeCorrect answerA small, granular unit of work that brings added value to the customerA collection of all the requirements that the customer wants in a projectOverall explanationA user story is a brief description of deliverable value for a specific user (PMBOK 7th edition, page 192). A user story is not a narrative story about users; it is a small, granular work unit.

259
Q

Question 103:
A project manager is assigned to an internal project to develop Human Resource management software. Since they have adopted the Scrum framework, a sprint planning meeting is held to select user stories. During sprint planning, one of the team members insists that a user story concerning the implementation of a rewards policy should not be brought into the next sprint because it doesn’t include enough details on how to set rewards according to the different positions and roles of the organization employees. What is the most likely reason for the team member to push out this user story?
The user story doesn’t meet the Definition of Ready
The user story doesn’t meet the Definition of Done
The user story involves an unachievable stakeholder requirement
The user story might result in a waste of time and effort

A

Correct answerThe user story doesn’t meet the Definition of ReadyThe user story doesn’t meet the Definition of DoneThe user story involves an unachievable stakeholder requirementThe user story might result in a waste of time and effortOverall explanationThe team member tried to push out the user story because it doesn’t meet the Definition of Ready (DoR); the user story is not ready for implementation as it does not describe how to define rewards according to each employee’s role or position within the organization. The Definition of Ready (DoR) represents a checklist of all the criteria that must be met before a user story can be considered ready to be included in the sprint for execution (Agile Practice Guide, page 151).

260
Q

Question 104:
A project manager is leading the construction project of a luxury residency. Before proceeding with the site excavation process, a government clearance must be issued. What kind of dependency does this describe?
Soft logic
Preferential logic
External dependency
Discretionary dependency

A

Soft logic​Preferential logicCorrect answerExternal dependency​Discretionary dependencyOverall explanationExternal dependency is the relationship between project activities and external activities that are not related to the project. Even though it’s beyond the project team’s control, such a dependency should be reflected in the project schedule. On the other hand, discretionary dependencies, also referred to as soft logic, preferred logic, or preferential logic, are not mandatory (PMBOK 7th edition, page 60).

261
Q

Question 105:
A project manager is assigned to a university complex project that consists of designing and producing 200 wayfinding and directional signs. These signs will be placed and installed near doors, exits, offices, elevators, etc. by another company. After getting the client’s approval that the project scope is met, the project manager delivers the signs to the installation company. The latter asks the project manager to help them with the signs’ installation. What should the project manager do?
Submit a change request to assist with the signs’ installation
Do a favor for the installation company and help them out
Create a new separate project charter for the signs installation support to make it clear that it’s not part of the initial project
Do nothing since the project scope has been officially fulfilled and approved by the client

A

Submit a change request to assist with the signs’ installationDo a favor for the installation company and help them outCreate a new separate project charter for the signs installation support to make it clear that it’s not part of the initial projectCorrect answerDo nothing since the project scope has been officially fulfilled and approved by the clientOverall explanationSince they completed their project, which clearly consists of only designing, producing, and delivering the sign, and after getting the client’s official approval of the project’s deliverables, the project manager’s mission is done. They’re not part of the signs installation process therefore no further steps are required. The signs production project is completed therefore submitting a change request doesn’t make sense. A company is already assigned to install the signs so there is no need to create a new project charter.

262
Q

Question 106:
Control charts are used to routinely monitor quality. A project manager is measuring the response time of their application API, where the lower control limit is 200ms and the upper control limit is 800ms. The first 11 data values that the project manager finds are: 790, 700, 750, 750, 716, 770, 620, 200, 444, 104, 404. Which of the following represents a problem that needs to be solved? (Select two)
One of the values is the same as the lower control limit
One of the values is out of the control limit
Seven consecutive values are between the mean and the upper control limit
Two consecutive values are the same

A

One of the values is the same as the lower control limitCorrect selection​One of the values is out of the control limitCorrect selection​Seven consecutive values are between the mean and the upper control limitTwo consecutive values are the sameOverall explanationIn the described scenario, the first seven consecutive values are found on either side of the mean. This is an example of the rule of seven, therefore the project manager should identify its cause. Moreover, the second to last request took 104ms, which is below the 200ms lower control limit, so the API response time is out of control.

263
Q

Question 107:
All stakeholders are in a meeting to discuss a new project that is expected to start within one month and to last at least 10 iterations. One of the stakeholders mentions that someone should take the responsibility of developing and maintaining the product roadmap. Who should take this responsibility?
Project Manager
Development Team
Scrum Master
Product Owner

A

Project ManagerDevelopment TeamScrum MasterCorrect answerProduct OwnerOverall explanationIn agile, the product owner should be in charge of managing the product roadmap since they are responsible for the product’s success. The Product Owner’s primary responsibility is to represent the business, which involves the creation and maintenance of the Product Vision and Roadmap, as well as the Product Backlog.

264
Q

Question 108:
A project manager is leading a project using an iterative development approach. During which meeting is a potentially shippable product increment presented to the concerned stakeholders?
Iteration kickoff meeting
Iteration planning meeting
Iteration review meeting
Iteration retrospective meeting

A

Iteration kickoff meetingIteration planning meetingCorrect answerIteration review meetingIteration retrospective meetingOverall explanationThe project team is expected to deliver shippable product features by the end of each iteration. During the Iteration Review meeting, the project team demonstrates their work to the product owner and concerned stakeholders, in order to get feedback and approval (PMBOK 7th edition, page 179).

265
Q

Question 109:
Grade and quality are two of the most commonly used terms in project management on a daily basis. Which of these statements is correct when talking about a performed service or a developed product?
Low quality is acceptable, but a low grade is not
A low grade is acceptable, but a low quality is not
Low grade and low quality are both unacceptable
Quality and grade are the same

A

Low quality is acceptable, but a low grade is notCorrect answerA low grade is acceptable, but a low quality is notLow grade and low quality are both unacceptableQuality and grade are the sameOverall explanationGrade refers to a category or rank given to entities having the same functional use but different technical characteristics. A product can be of a high-grade (high-end) or low-grade (low-end). A low-grade product is perfectly acceptable, as long as it fulfills requirements. On the other hand, a low-quality product is always a problem and is never acceptable. Every produced item must have high quality regardless of its grade; no one wants a low-quality product. Example: You buy a basic model (low-grade) cell phone with no advanced features, but it works well. Thus, we’re talking about a high-quality product. Although it is low-grade, it keeps you satisfied (PMBOK 7th edition, page 241).

266
Q

Question 110:
A project manager couldn’t be happier with his job; it provides him with almost everything he needs financially, socially, and especially in terms of self-esteem. According to Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, what is the first level of needs that should be satisfied before attending to other needs?
Esteem
Physiological
Social
Safety

A

EsteemCorrect answerPhysiologicalSocialSafetyOverall explanationPhysiological needs are at the lowest level of Maslow’s hierarchy triangle. Water, food, sleep, shelter, etc. are all vital, basic physiological human needs. Maslow considers this level the most important as all the other needs become secondary until these needs are met.

267
Q

Question 111:
When a project manager first started managing procurement, a senior expert in her organization advised her to take oligopoly into consideration. Which of the following best describes oligopoly?
There are no sellers in the market, so the project manager needs to build the product internally
There is only one qualified seller in the market
There are only a few sellers in the market and the actions of one seller impact the others
The company policy allows the project manager to contractually engage with only one seller

A

There are no sellers in the market, so the project manager needs to build the product internallyThere is only one qualified seller in the marketCorrect answerThere are only a few sellers in the market and the actions of one seller impact the othersThe company policy allows the project manager to contractually engage with only one sellerOverall explanationWhen there are only a few sellers in the market, any action taken by one of them has an impact on the others, hence the term oligopoly. However, when there is only one seller who dominates the market, it’s called a monopoly.

268
Q

Question 112:
A project manager works for a B2B marketing company. The company does not have an official archiving procedure. The project manager has recently finished a project and got the client’s official approval of the final deliverables. Now that the project is in its closure phase, what should the project manager do with all associated paperwork?
Nothing since the company doesn’t require the archiving of performed projects
Archive the project documents himself
Discard it since it represents a liability
Ask the client to keep the project’s archive

A

Nothing since the company doesn’t require the archiving of performed projectsCorrect answerArchive the project documents himselfDiscard it since it represents a liabilityAsk the client to keep the project’s archiveOverall explanationEven if there is no official archiving procedure in place, the company should still organize, index, and keep the data related to completed projects. Project records should be kept for future use, therefore they should not be discarded by the project manager. The client should not have access to the project archive since it might contain private confidential data.

269
Q

Question 113:
A project manager got the approval to carry out a significant change that would bring added value to the project. The change has a total cost of $10,000 and will add one month to the project’s duration. What should the project manager do right after getting the change approved?
Call for a meeting with the CCB to review the change
Update the time, cost, and scope baselines to reflect the change
Perform a change risk assessment
Update the change control system to reflect the change

A

Call for a meeting with the CCB to review the changeCorrect answerUpdate the time, cost, and scope baselines to reflect the changePerform a change risk assessmentUpdate the change control system to reflect the changeOverall explanationAs soon as a change gets approved, the project manager must update the time, cost, and scope baselines to reflect the impact of the change on all project aspects. A change control system represents a description of the way changes to the project scope should be managed. Actual changes are not part of the change control system. Each change gets through review as well as risk assessment by the Change Control Board (CCB) before getting approved or rejected.

270
Q

Question 114:
During a meeting with stakeholders, the project manager is asked about the amount of work completed by the agile team during the last sprint. What information should the project manager share with stakeholders?
The sprint velocity
The sprint backlog items
The average velocity
The forecasting velocity

A

Correct answerThe sprint velocityThe sprint backlog itemsThe average velocityThe forecasting velocityOverall explanationVelocity is the measurement of how much work is completed in each sprint. It is calculated by adding up the sizes of the completed items by the end of the sprint (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 119). The sprint backlog is a list of product backlog items pulled into a sprint, which may not be completed by the end of the sprint. Average velocity represents the average velocity of all the previous sprints. The forecasting velocity is used when the team is new to the Agile approach and has no historical data.

271
Q

Question 115:
A project manager is leading a wind turbine project. The first experiment revealed that the turbine’s speed is lower than the expected value. The project manager and team attempt to find out the root cause of the issue. Which of the following tools is the most effective for root cause analysis?
Five Whys
Kano
MoSCoW
Four Whys

A

Correct answerFive WhysKanoMoSCoWFour WhysOverall explanationThe 5 Whys technique is a simple and effective problem-solving tool. Its primary goal is to determine the precise source of a given problem by asking a sequence of “Why” questions. One of the main factors for the successful implementation of the technique is to make an informed decision based on an insightful understanding of what is happening. Kano and MoSCow are agile prioritization techniques. The “Four Whys” is a made-up term.

272
Q

Question 116:
An agile team is demonstrating a recently developed product increment. Among the deliverables is the product’s logo. After explaining the meaning behind their choice for the different elements of the logo, the senior graphic designer solicited feedback. The product owner appreciated the logo, while the majority of the cross-functional team noted that the logo icon would look better if it was 20% bigger. However, the Scrum Master thinks that a 10% size increase would be enough to make the logo look better. Which of the following decisions should be ultimately considered?
The icon size should be increased by 20% as per the recommendation of the majority of the cross-functional team
The icon size should be increased by 10% as per the recommendation of the Scrum master
The icon size should not be increased since the product owner was pleased with the result
The icon size should not be increased since the senior graphic designer is the one qualified to take decisions when it comes to design

A

The icon size should be increased by 20% as per the recommendation of the majority of the cross-functional teamThe icon size should be increased by 10% as per the recommendation of the Scrum masterCorrect answerThe icon size should not be increased since the product owner was pleased with the resultThe icon size should not be increased since the senior graphic designer is the one qualified to take decisions when it comes to designOverall explanationThe product owner is the one responsible for accepting or rejecting the demonstrated product increment during the iteration review meeting. This means that the icon size should not be increased since the product owner didn’t ask for any modifications. The cross-functional team, including the senior graphic designer, as well as the scrum master, does not have the authority to decide whether a product increment or feature is complete or requires further development.

273
Q

Question 117:
Two team members discuss an issue concerning server configuration. When the first member asks why this issue keeps happening, the second member says that server parameters are confusing, making it difficult for him to handle its configuration. The first team member suggests that they should be consulted the next few times the server is being configured, to which the second team member agrees and the problem is solved. Which conflict resolution technique is being used in this situation?
Collaborating
Confronting
Norming
Forcing

A

CollaboratingCorrect answerConfrontingNormingForcingOverall explanationThe two team members used confronting as a conflict resolution technique, which is also known as problem-solving. This technique is used when conflicting parties focus on finding the best solution while having confidence in each other’s judgment and ability to solve the issue (PMBOK 7th edition, page 168). This is not “collaborating” since the scenario did not involve different points of view and perspectives on how the issue should be addressed. It’s not “forcing” either since the second member accepted the first member’s suggestion without being forced to do so. Norming is not a conflict-resolution technique, it is a team development stage according to the Tuckman Ladder model.

274
Q

Question 118:
A subcontractor is engaged to install the electrical wiring of a construction project. A stakeholder requests a modification in the project’s scope, which will result in a change in the subcontractor’s workload. Which of the following documents will address how the change in the subcontractor’s workload will be handled?
The change control system
The procurement management plan
The contract
The scope

A

The change control systemThe procurement management planCorrect answerThe contractThe scopeOverall explanationThe contract comprises all of the other mentioned documents. Any changes to any of the predetermined contract terms between the subcontractor and the project manager, including the defined scope of work, should be addressed in the contract. The scope only reflects the change in the workload but it does not address how this change will impact other aspects (Fee increase, change of completion date, etc.). The procurement management plan is used to define the process of what, when, and how to acquire material or services from third parties. Yet, it doesn’t define the contractual engagement with each of them. The change control system doesn’t also define the relationship between the vendor and the project.

275
Q

Question 119:
At the beginning of the project planning phase, the project manager would always emphasize how important it is for all data to be precise and accurate. During a meeting, a team member asks if there is really a difference between precision and accuracy. How should the project manager reply?
Precision and accuracy are mutually exclusive
Accuracy measures exactness while precision measures correctness
Accuracy measures correctness while precision measures exactness
Precision and accuracy are actually the same

A

Precision and accuracy are mutually exclusiveAccuracy measures exactness while precision measures correctnessCorrect answerAccuracy measures correctness while precision measures exactnessPrecision and accuracy are actually the sameOverall explanationAccuracy describes how close a measurement is to an accepted value. Precision describes the statistical variability of produced measurement (it can be far off the accepted value) (PMBOK 7th edition, page 55).

276
Q

Question 120:
At the end of the project, and during the lessons learned meeting, a project manager presents the following chart, stating that project expenditures over time form a(n) ____________.
Slanted line
S curve
Z curve
Integral curve

A

Slanted lineCorrect answerS curveZ curveIntegral curveOverall explanationS-Curves visualize the evolution of a project cost over a period of time. The name is derived from the S-shape that data usually form, with low costs at the project’s start and end, and increasingly elevated costs mid-project.

277
Q

Question 121:
During the project planning phase, stakeholders insisted that their conflicting requirements should all be considered and consolidated. That made it hard for the project manager to create a plan that satisfies all stakeholders. What should the project manager do to establish a common ground?
Build focus groups involving concerned stakeholders to discuss and resolve conflicting interests.
Create a document explaining their personal point of view and ask conflicting stakeholders to review it.
Give each stakeholder the opportunity to write a statement of work, and then merge all documents to create the project scope statement.
Use their authorization and position as the project manager to decide which requirements should be prioritized.

A

Correct answerBuild focus groups involving concerned stakeholders to discuss and resolve conflicting interests.Create a document explaining their personal point of view and ask conflicting stakeholders to review it.Give each stakeholder the opportunity to write a statement of work, and then merge all documents to create the project scope statement.Use their authorization and position as the project manager to decide which requirements should be prioritized.Overall explanationFocus groups bring together stakeholders and subject matter experts to interactively discuss and learn about their expectations and attitudes towards a proposed service, product, or result (PMBOK 7th edition, page 15).

278
Q

Question 122:
Upon performing the risk identification process, a project manager discovers a technical risk. Therefore, they set up a contingency reserve. Which risk response strategy consists in setting up a contingency reserve?
Active risk mitigation
Passive risk acceptance
Passive risk avoidance
Active risk acceptance

A

Active risk mitigationPassive risk acceptancePassive risk avoidanceCorrect answerActive risk acceptanceOverall explanationRisk acceptance implies recognizing the existence of a threat, without taking any practical action (PMBOK 7th edition, page 248). Acceptance can be either passive or active. Establishing a contingency reserve to handle the threat if it does occur, is considered an active acceptance strategy. Passive acceptance, however, involves no proactive action apart from periodically reviewing the threat status to make sure it’s not changing significantly.

279
Q

Question 123:
A project manager is contracted to manage a project that consists of building 10 almond-cracking machines. After wrapping up the project, and according to a contract clause, the customer should be granted a two-year warranty period. What should the project manager’s first step be?
Collect lessons learned and close the project
Nothing, the legal team should take care of defining warranty clauses
Ensure that warranty clauses are aligned with the final product specifications
Verify that there is sufficient budget to grant the two-year warranty

A

Collect lessons learned and close the projectNothing, the legal team should take care of defining warranty clausesCorrect answerEnsure that warranty clauses are aligned with the final product specificationsVerify that there is sufficient budget to grant the two-year warrantyOverall explanationAny changes made to the product can impact warranty clauses Therefore, the project manager should ensure that the clauses line up with the final specifications. The project closure phase could comprise warranty or support where the project budget is used to fix any defects discovered after the product shipment.

280
Q

Question 124:
A project manager has to choose one of two potential projects. The first project has a potential return of $25,000, while the second one has a potential return of $20,000. The project manager eventually selects the first project. In this case, the $20,000 will be known as:
Sunk cost
Opportunity cost
Lost cost
Potential cost

A

Sunk costCorrect answerOpportunity costLost costPotential costOverall explanation$20,000 is the opportunity cost or the “loss” of not choosing the second project. Opportunity cost is the potential return, value, or benefit given up by choosing one alternative over another alternative.

281
Q

Question 125:
A project manager is analyzing accident patterns in a high-traffic area. They draw a scatter diagram to see if there is any connection between drivers’ age and the number of accidents. After completing the diagram, the project manager notices that all points are scattered in a circular form, as shown below. What does it indicate?
No correlation
Circular correlation
Negative correlation
Positive correlation

A

Correct answerNo correlationCircular correlationNegative correlationPositive correlationOverall explanationWhen data points in a scatter diagram form a circle or spread randomly in a way that it’s impossible to draw a line across them, it indicates Zero Degree Correlation or No Correlation. A positive correlation is when the number of accidents increases with age, whereas a negative correlation is when the number of accidents decreases with age. Circular correlation is a made-up term.

282
Q

Question 126:
A project manager has been assigned to a project in Japan. When meeting with the local project stakeholders, the project manager was offered a welcome gift since it’s a local tradition to present gifts to guests when meeting them for the first time. What should the project manager do about it?
They should not accept the gift at any cost
They should accept the gift and inform management
They should accept the gift and keep the incident to themselves
They should accept the gift and politely return it later

A

They should not accept the gift at any costCorrect answerThey should accept the gift and inform managementThey should accept the gift and keep the incident to themselvesThey should accept the gift and politely return it laterOverall explanationSince it is a local custom, the project manager should accept the gift and inform management. Project managers should refrain from accepting or offering gifts, payments, or any form of compensation for personal gain unless it is in accordance with the laws or customs of the country where the project is being executed. Rejecting or returning gifts may be considered inappropriate and rude in some cultures. The best thing to do in such a situation is to accept the gift and then inform their management.

283
Q

Question 127:
In a network diagram, the ________________ is based on the assumption that resources will always be available whenever they are needed.
Critical Path
PERT Estimate
Critical Chain
Sprint Planning

A

Correct answerCritical PathPERT EstimateCritical ChainSprint PlanningOverall explanationAmong the drawbacks of the critical path method is the assumption that all project resources are available all the time, not taking into consideration resource dependencies. The critical Chain, on the other hand, takes resource availability into account. The other two options are not related to network diagrams; PERT is an activity estimation technique while Sprint Planning is a Scrum event.

284
Q

Question 128:
A stakeholder is pressuring the project team to make some changes to the final product. The project manager informs the client that the changes cannot be implemented immediately due to the organization’s established processes. Which of the following documents these processes?
The change control board
The change control system
The organizational process assets
The scope management plan

A

The change control boardCorrect answerThe change control systemThe organizational process assetsThe scope management planOverall explanationThe Change Control System is a set of procedures that describes how modifications to the project deliverables and documentation are managed and controlled (PMBOK 7th edition, page 237). The Change Control Board (CCB) is responsible for reviewing, evaluating, approving, delaying, or rejecting changes to the project. Not every project has a change control board. The organizational process assets refer to plans, processes, guidelines, and knowledge repositories that are unique to and employed by the organization. The scope management plan, on the other hand, only explains the scope’s definition, development, monitoring, control, and validation procedures.

285
Q

Question 129:
In order to respond to the rapidly changing business environment, an organization has decided to use adaptive methods. To adopt an agile mindset, the project team can use all of the following questions while developing the product, except:
What work can be avoided to only focus on high-priority tasks?
How can the Agile team work in a predictable manner?
What work should be prioritized in order to obtain early feedback?
How can servant leadership help the achievement of project goals?

A

What work can be avoided to only focus on high-priority tasks?Correct answerHow can the Agile team work in a predictable manner?What work should be prioritized in order to obtain early feedback?How can servant leadership help the achievement of project goals?Overall explanationAgile teams don’t focus on how to predict the project work; instead, they try to focus on high-priority tasks, getting early feedback, and adopting the servant leadership approach.

286
Q

Question 130:
One of the team members has substantial experience making him a valuable asset to the project. The project manager recently learned that this member will be promoted to manage a new project within the organization, meaning they’ll lose the member as a valuable part of the team. What should the project manager do next?
Give bad feedback about the team member’s performance to delay his promotion until the project is completed
Inform the team member about the promotion and ask him to transfer his responsibilities to another team member
Ask the team member to prepare a transition plan after getting officially promoted and receiving his transfer orders
Hire another resource to replace the team member

A

Give bad feedback about the team member’s performance to delay his promotion until the project is completed​Inform the team member about the promotion and ask him to transfer his responsibilities to another team memberCorrect answer​Ask the team member to prepare a transition plan after getting officially promoted and receiving his transfer ordersHire another resource to replace the team memberOverall explanationTransitions and changes of roles are all common occurrences in a project. Therefore, creating a transition plan can ensure the smooth functioning of the project during times of change. A transition plan outlines the hand-off process and defines all the priorities, goals, and strategies for a successful shift. However, the project manager can only ask the team member to prepare this plan when his promotion becomes official through a transfer order, for instance. Transferring responsibilities or hiring other resources should not be based on a mere possibility. Giving bad feedback about the team member’s performance to delay his promotion until the project is completed is not ethical.

287
Q

Question 131:
A project manager is assigned to a hotel interior design project. One month into the project, the sponsor contacts the project manager to express his dissatisfaction with the deliverables, claiming that they match neither his requirements nor his expectations. How should the project manager react?
Continue working on the next deliverable as they need to finish the project on time
Talk to their manager to discuss the sponsor’s concerns
Ensure that the next deliverables have enough features to meet the client’s expectations
Perform a scope control to verify if the deliverables meet the project objectives

A

Continue working on the next deliverable as they need to finish the project on timeTalk to their manager to discuss the sponsor’s concerns​Ensure that the next deliverables have enough features to meet the client’s expectationsCorrect answerPerform a scope control to verify if the deliverables meet the project objectivesOverall explanation​Project scope verification or control involves reviewing deliverables to make sure that each is appropriately completed as per requirements. Any discovered inconsistency or dissimilarity should be rectified before seeking the sponsor’s formal approval through the “validate scope” process.

288
Q

Question 132:
A project manager is using the critical path method to define their project schedule. One of the project activities lasts 5 days, with an Early Start (ES) on day 10, and a Late Start (LS) on day 15. What is the activity’s total float?
5
15
It cannot be determined since the activity’s Late Finish (LF) is unknown
It cannot be determined since the activity’s Early Finish (EF) is unknown

A

Correct answer515It cannot be determined since the activity’s Late Finish (LF) is unknownIt cannot be determined since the activity’s Early Finish (EF) is unknownOverall explanationTotal Float = Late Start date – Early Start date = 15 - 10 = 5

289
Q

Question 133:
After launching a request for proposals for the organic catering project they’re leading, a project manager is assessing four potential suppliers by ranking them based on three main aspects: the quality of their products, their production capacity, and their costs. Which of the following selection techniques is being used by the project manager?
Screening system
Evaluation criteria
Weighting system
Contract negotiation

A

Screening systemEvaluation criteriaCorrect answerWeighting system​Contract negotiationOverall explanation​Since the project manager is ranking suppliers through the use of specific criteria (aka evaluation criteria), it means that they are using a weighting system to score each supplier’s performance on each criterion. The project manager is not doing any contract negotiations yet. Plus, they are not using a screening system since they are not eliminating sellers who do not meet particular conditions.

290
Q

Question 134:
A project manager is in charge of the construction project of a shopping center. Project work entails involving multiple subcontractors to perform paving, road connection, and parking lot lighting activities. During the project execution, the paving contractor informs the project manager that the district has increased the cost of linking the parking lot to the city drive. Which of the following communication methods should the subcontractor use to convey this information?
A cost variance report
A formal presentation
A memo sent to management
A memo sent to the project manager

A

Correct answerA cost variance reportA formal presentationA memo sent to managementA memo sent to the project managerOverall explanationThe cost increase should be tracked and communicated using a cost variance report. A formal representation of the cost increase is not necessary. A memo is not the appropriate means in this situation.

291
Q

Question 135:
A project manager is executing a project using the scrum framework. After sizing the selected product backlog items for the next release, the project manager estimated that 5 sprints are needed to complete the release. However, after two sprints, the project manager finds out that the velocity of their team has declined for various reasons, which means that the release deadline won’t be met. What should the project manager do next?
Re-prioritize the backlog
Add more developers to the team
Decompose user stories to increase the velocity of the team
Discuss the issue with the product owner to find the appropriate solution

A

Re-prioritize the backlogAdd more developers to the teamDecompose user stories to increase the velocity of the teamCorrect answerDiscuss the issue with the product owner to find the appropriate solutionOverall explanationThe project manager should inform the product owner and discuss with them the different options and measures. If the release date cannot be changed then the product owner could re-prioritize the release backlog. The project manager or scrum master should not reprioritize the backlog. Additionally, decomposing user stories cannot result in more productivity nor increase the team’s velocity since the amount of work will still be the same. Adding more developers to the team may increase the velocity, but it will increase costs as well. Plus, this option should be approved by the product owner, and could only be adopted when meeting the release deadline and finishing its scope are more important than costs.

292
Q

Question 136:
For a project in the robotics field, the project manager floated a tender for the high-tech equipment they needed. To clarify some points, the project manager held a bidder conference. Which steps did the project manager take during the bidder conference? (Select two)
Award the contract
Clarify any ambiguities
Explain the bid terms and conditions
Shortlist prospective sellers

A

Award the contractCorrect selectionClarify any ambiguitiesCorrect selectionExplain the bid terms and conditionsShortlist prospective sellersOverall explanationBidder conference, aka contractor conference or vendor conference, is arranged to ensure that sellers have a common understanding of the project procurement requirements (PMBOK 7th edition, page 70). During the conference, the project manager and the stakeholders will discuss their procurement needs and answer any questions the sellers might have. In a bidder conference, the project manager does not shortlist prospective sellers or award the contract.

293
Q

Question 137:
A project manager works in an organization that adopts the predictive approach. The project they’re currently leading is running over budget, so they won’t be able to complete it without obtaining more funds. After updating the management on the project status, and after being asked to present a new budget assessment, the project manager estimates that they need an additional amount of $35,000. This is an example of:
Forecast analysis
Status report
Change request
Progress report

A

Correct answerForecast analysisStatus reportChange requestProgress reportOverall explanationThe project budget might change as the project progresses. In this case, the project manager informed management about the new forecasted budget; (BAC + $35,000), which is known as EAC (Estimate at Completion).

294
Q

Question 138:
A project manager is in charge of a project that has an anticipated duration of 12 months and a $120,000 Budget at Completion (BAC). Equal amounts of project work should be completed each month. However, in the fourth month of the project, only 20% of the work was completed. The project manager spent $20,000 to finish the project. How much is the project’s earned value?
$40,000
$24,000
$20,000
Cannot be determined due to insufficient data

A

$40,000Correct answer$24,000$20,000Cannot be determined due to insufficient dataOverall explanation20% of the project’s Earned Value is completed: EV = % finished x BAC = $24,000. $40,000 is the project’s planned value and not its earned value. The $20,000 is the actual cost. The available information is enough to be able to calculate the project’s EV.

295
Q

Question 139:
When the cost of quality of the project they’re leading reached a certain level, the project manager was invited to a meeting with their line manager to explain the project situation. During the meeting, the project manager was asked about the project’s cost of non-conformance. Which of the following fall under the cost of non-conformance? (Select three)
Rework
Scrap
Warranty work
Destructive testing loss

A

Correct selectionReworkCorrect selectionScrapCorrect selectionWarranty workDestructive testing lossOverall explanationDestructive testing loss is an example of the cost of conformance, the rest fall under the cost of non-conformance. Cost of Non-Conformance includes the expenses arising due to non-conformance to quality requirements.
Cost of Non-Conformance can be divided into two categories:
Internal Failure Costs are incurred when defects are detected internally (i.e. not yet presented to the customers) which include defect repair and rework.
External Failure Costs are incurred when defects are discovered after the deliverables have been shipped to customers (this is the worst type of quality cost) These include warranty work, liabilities, and loss of business goodwill.
Reference: PMBOK 7th edition, page 89.

296
Q

Question 140:
A project manager is in charge of the creation of an online catalog of the company’s products. A particular team member is managing documentation. Even though this member is doing a great job, their work pace is way slower than expected, which can cause the whole project to miss its deadline. What should the project manager do first in this situation?
Delegate some of the concerned team member’s tasks to other writers
Remove the concerned team member from the project
Find out the cause of the team member’s slow work pace
Give the concerned team member other non-critical tasks

A

Delegate some of the concerned team member’s tasks to other writersRemove the concerned team member from the projectCorrect answerFind out the cause of the team member’s slow work paceGive the concerned team member other non-critical tasksOverall explanationBefore taking any corrective measures, the project manager should determine the underlying cause of the problem. If it turns out that the concerned team member is overallocated, it might be better to assign some of their work to other writers. Regardless of their slow work pace, the concerned team member is doing a great job. Therefore, removing them from the project can have a negative impact on the quality of the deliverables. Assigning them to non-critical tasks can have a bad impact on their motivation, plus it does not resolve the main problem, i.e. their slow work pace.

297
Q

Question 141:
After purchasing a software for their project, a project manager identifies a potential risk; the bought version might be old. In case that risk occurs, the project manager will just need to go to the settings and update the software version. Therefore, the project manager decides to passively accept the risk. In this case, why is passive risk acceptance the appropriate approach?
Because the probability of risk occurrence is very low
Because the risk occurrence is difficult to identify
Because it’s better to deal with trivial risks when they occur
Because the risk is not on the critical path

A

Because the probability of risk occurrence is very lowBecause the risk occurrence is difficult to identifyCorrect answerBecause it’s better to deal with trivial risks when they occurBecause the risk is not on the critical pathOverall explanationPassive risk acceptance is an appropriate approach when it is best to handle the risk when it does occur. No proactive action is needed for passive acceptance other than periodically reviewing the threat to ensure that it does not change significantly (PMBOK 7th edition, page 123).

298
Q

Question 142:
A project manager is assigned to her first project. The project manager implemented the project management plan meticulously but she was struggling with leading the project team effectively. Talking to her mentor, the project manager was advised to further focus on developing her leadership skills. In this situation, leadership means:
Growing an ongoing business over a long period of time
Ensuring predictability in an uncertain environment
Adhering to standards and procedures
Motivating people by establishing and maintaining vision

A

Growing an ongoing business over a long period of timeEnsuring predictability in an uncertain environmentAdhering to standards and proceduresCorrect answerMotivating people by establishing and maintaining visionOverall explanationSuccessful leaders are able to communicate the project vision to their team so that everyone has a shared vision of the bigger picture. When the whole project team understands this vision, individuals are able to see where they fit in and how each of them contributes to the success of the project (PMBOK 7th edition, pages 23-25).

299
Q

Question 143:
During the risk identification process, a project manager and their team identified a certain event. However, they were not able to properly evaluate this event in order to identify its threats or opportunities. Such event is called:
Volatility
Uncertainty
Complexity
Ambiguity

A

VolatilityUncertaintyComplexityCorrect answerAmbiguityOverall explanationAmbiguity is a state of being unclear, of not knowing what to expect or how to comprehend a situation. Ambiguity can arise from having many options or a lack of clarity on the optimal choice. Uncertainty is the lack of awareness of issues, events, paths to follow, or solutions to pursue. Uncertainty includes unknown unknowns, which are emerging factors that are completely outside of existing knowledge or experience (PMBOK 7th edition, page 51). On the other hand, complexity can be defined as a situation where the interconnectedness of variables is so high, that the same conditions and inputs can lead to very different outputs or reactions. Volatility is when a challenge is unstable or unexpected and may be of unknown duration, but it is not necessarily difficult to understand (Managing in a VUCA World by Oliver Mack, Anshuman Khare, Andreas Krämer, and Thomas Burgartz, pages 6-7).

300
Q

Question 144:
During a meeting with 15 team members, the product owner was discussing and collecting ideas about the product requirements. Now, participants are in the last stage of selecting the final idea. However, since there were a lot of suggested ideas, they decided to vote. After voting, the product owner finds that a particular idea received 9 votes, so they go with that option. What type of decision-making does this depict?
Unanimity
Majority
Plurality
Dictatorship

A

UnanimityCorrect answerMajorityPluralityDictatorshipOverall explanationVoting is a technique for collective decision-making which can be used to generate and prioritize project requirements. Unanimity, plurality, and majority are examples of voting techniques. A majority decision requires being supported by more than 50% of the group members.

301
Q

Question 145:
A product owner works for an organization that witnessed major changes on the management level. The new management is not satisfied with the current quality of the organization’s products. Consequently, they decided to employ a particular philosophy to continuously improve their processes and products. Which philosophy did the organization adopt?
Manage quality
Just in Time
Kanban
KAIZEN

A

Manage qualityJust in TimeKanbanCorrect answerKAIZENOverall explanationKAIZEN means ‘improvement’ in Japanese. KAIZEN is a practice and a philosophy that focuses on the continual improvement of productivity throughout all life aspects. KAIZEN aims to create a good team atmosphere, improve everyday procedures, ensure employee satisfaction, and make a job more fulfilling.

302
Q

Question 146:
From past experience, the project manager of a construction project knows that they might face the risk of not receiving the needed sand supply on time. Therefore, they included this potential threat in the risk management plan. If this risk were to occur, the project manager will have to purchase the sand from another supplier. But, in this case, there may be some differences in the sand quality, which would be a ____________ risk.
Residual
Secondary
Compliance
Primary

A

ResidualCorrect answerSecondaryCompliancePrimaryOverall explanationA secondary risk is a risk caused by a response to a primary risk; the secondary risk would not exist if the risk response was not taken.

303
Q

Question 147:
A project manager is assigned to lead a project abroad. At the start of the project execution, the project manager gets worried about the country’s high levels of violence in public. The project manager gets approached by a local police officer who pledges to keep them and their team safe during their stay in return for a private money transfer. How should the project manager respond?
They should not pay the police officer and ignore this incident
They should not pay the police officer and rather follow the chain of command
They should pay the police officer and consider it as a facilitation payment
They should pay through a 3rd party considering how suspicious the situation is

A

They should not pay the police officer and ignore this incidentCorrect answerThey should not pay the police officer and rather follow the chain of commandThey should pay the police officer and consider it as a facilitation paymentThey should pay through a 3rd party considering how suspicious the situation isOverall explanationIn such situations, the project manager should not pay and should instead follow the chain of command and solicit their support in providing security to the project team. This situation is considered bribery or at least palm greasing. Nevertheless, the project manager should act proactively and take all security measures.

304
Q

Question 148:
A project manager must assign a complex task to one of the team members. The project manager had to choose between two members who were both equally capable of fulfilling the task. But, the project manager had a closer relationship with one of them than the other. What should the project manager do?
Disclose the situation to the appropriate stakeholders and solicit a joint decision
Choose the one that they have a closer relationship with since that type of trust can benefit the project
Choose the member they’re not close to in order to avoid misunderstandings
Ask a third team member to take the decision in order to avoid a conflict of interest

A

Correct answerDisclose the situation to the appropriate stakeholders and solicit a joint decisionChoose the one that they have a closer relationship with since that type of trust can benefit the projectChoose the member they’re not close to in order to avoid misunderstandingsAsk a third team member to take the decision in order to avoid a conflict of interestOverall explanationAs the PMI code of ethics indicates under the Fairness chapter, the project manager should disclose any potential or real conflict of interest to stakeholders (PMI Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, page 5).

305
Q

Question 149:
Making the transition from a predictive to an agile scrum environment was a big move for a project manager and their team. After switching to a scrum framework, the project manager now conducts different types of meetings to ensure open communication, collaboration, and efficiency. Which of the following meetings is process-oriented?
Sprint planning
Sprint review
Sprint demonstration
Sprint retrospective

A

Sprint planningSprint reviewSprint demonstrationCorrect answerSprint retrospectiveOverall explanationSprint Retrospective is a process-oriented meeting that is held at the end of each iteration. Its purpose is to explicitly reflect on the most significant events that have occurred during the iteration in order to make decisions on how to improve processes during the next iteration. Sprint review or demonstration, on the other hand, is a product-oriented meeting.

306
Q

Question 150:
During the project execution, a team member informs the project manager that the printer along with other electronic equipment is no longer functioning due to the excessively hot weather. Deciding to deal with the problem, which of the following methodological steps should the project manager go through while trying to solve the issue? (Select three)
Identify the problem
Analyze the problem
Prevent the problem
Check the solution

A

Correct selectionIdentify the problemCorrect selectionAnalyze the problemPrevent the problemCorrect selectionCheck the solutionOverall explanationThe project manager should use methodical steps to perform problem-solving. These steps include: Identifying or specifying the problem, defining the problem and breaking it into smaller manageable problems, investigating by collecting data, analyzing to detect the root cause of the problem, solving by choosing the suitable solution, and checking the implemented solution to determine whether the problem has been fixed or not. Preventing the problem is not correct because the problem already took place in the described scenarios.

307
Q

Question 151:
A project manager is leading a project for developing an online furniture store. Developing the online store internally would cost $100,000, plus a $3,000 monthly maintenance fee. When exploring the option of developing the online store externally, the project manager received an offer from a vendor to create the store for $50,000 plus $4 per transaction to administer the e-store, knowing that the online store will potentially have an average of 1000 transactions per month during the first year. Which of the following methods can help the project manager determine and choose the best option?
Pareto chart
Control chart
Decision tree
Trend analysis

A

Pareto chartControl chartCorrect answerDecision treeTrend analysisOverall explanationThe decision tree method can help the project manager choose the best option for their project. Decision trees are used to support the selection of the best course of action among several alternative possible options. The decision tree uses branches representing the different decisions or events and their associated costs and risks. A Pareto chart is mostly used to display and prioritize the various root causes of a problem or an error. Control charts display trends and sampling results and are used to determine whether a process is stable or has predictable performance. Trend analysis can predict future trends and outcomes based on historical data.

308
Q

Question 152:
A project manager has joined a home appliances production company where the quality of products is imperative. For this reason, the company follows the Six Sigma methodology for its operations. In this methodology, only a __________ percentage of defective products is allowed.
0.0030127
0.0000034
99.69873
99.99966

A

0.0030127Correct answer0.000003499.6987399.99966Overall explanationSix Sigma is a quality management methodology used to help businesses improve their processes, products, or services by discovering and eliminating defects. The Six Sigma process is expected to produce 99.99969% defect-free products (or only 0.0000034% of defective products).

309
Q

Question 153:
When should the project manager choose a Time & Material contract instead of a Fixed Price contract? (Select two)
When they want to limit cost risks
When the scope is barely defined
When the work duration is not determined
When the scope is precisely defined

A

When they want to limit cost risksCorrect selectionWhen the scope is barely definedCorrect selectionWhen the work duration is not determinedWhen the scope is precisely definedOverall explanationTime & Material (T&M) contract is an agreement in which the contractor is paid on the basis of the actual labor cost (in hourly rates – man-hour) in addition to any materials and equipment usage. This contract type is used when there is no firm scope, or the work duration is not determined (i.e. ongoing development of the product) (PMBOK 7th edition, page 153).

310
Q

Question 154:
While reviewing the latest report of the project team’s performance, a project manager notices a major drop in their output. To raise the team’s productivity, the project manager decides to:
Increase the pressure on each team member to meet deadlines
Increase the frequency of status reports and team review meetings
Offer a special reward for the best-performing team member
Improve and promote trust and cohesiveness among team members

A

Increase the pressure on each team member to meet deadlinesIncrease the frequency of status reports and team review meetingsOffer a special reward for the best-performing team memberCorrect answerImprove and promote trust and cohesiveness among team membersOverall explanationImproving feelings of trust and cohesiveness among team members improves productivity. Team cohesion is when people feel fulfilled and driven to achieve a common goal. Therefore, working on increasing cohesion among the team through the establishment of positive relationships, team goals, and shared values increases team members’ commitment and helps boost their engagement.

311
Q

Question 155:
A manufacturing company that operates according to the predictive approach, is launching a project to create an innovative product using new technology. The details of the components of work packages have been defined and constraints for each component have been identified. Top management requested a precise cost estimate of the project. What estimating technique should the project manager use?
Top-Down
Parametric
Bottom-up
Analogous

A

Top-DownParametricCorrect answerBottom-upAnalogousOverall explanationThe Bottom-up estimation technique is used when project requirements are decomposed into small, feasible work elements which are then aggregated to estimate the cost of the entire project. The Bottom-up technique can be used to provide a precise estimate of both the project cost and duration.

312
Q

Question 156:
In a construction project, the project team reported to the project manager that one of the main concrete mixer trucks had stopped working. Even though they tried to understand the reason behind this unexpected malfunction, the project team didn’t reach any conclusion. Therefore, they suggested referring the issue to a specialized mechanic. The latter performed a high-level diagnostic and informed the project manager that he needed 2 to 5 days to fix the problem, adding that he will take care of replacing any spare parts if needed. The project manager accepted the mechanic’s proposal and asked him to prepare an invoice after finishing the truck repair. What type of contract did the two parties opt for?
Fixed-price
Cost-reimbursable
Time & Material
Indefinite delivery indefinite quantity

A

Fixed-priceCorrect answerCost-reimbursableTime & MaterialIndefinite delivery indefinite quantityOverall explanationIn a cost-reimbursable contract, the seller (the mechanic) charges the buyer (the project manager) for all the legitimate expenses that were incurred to complete the work (spare parts), as well as a fixed fee representing the seller’s profit for their work (diagnostic & repair). This type of contract is often used when the project scope is not well defined, such as in this case where the cause of the truck breakdown is not clear. The two parties didn’t agree on a predetermined cost, thus they didn’t opt for a fixed-price contract. In a Time & Material contract, both the buyer and the seller should agree on a daily or hourly rate which is not the case here. An Indefinite delivery indefinite quantity contract implies providing an indefinite quantity of goods or services, with a defined lower and upper limit, within a fixed time period (PMBOK 7th edition, page 191). This is not the case either since the delivered service is definite (repaired truck) and the delivery time is not fixed (ranges between 2 and 5 days).

313
Q

Question 157:
A project manager is leading the construction of a new bridge in their city. In order to track the project’s progress, the project manager sets milestones in the project schedule. What is the typical duration of a milestone?
Half of the project duration
The same duration as the project life cycle
Zero
One month

A

Half of the project durationThe same duration as the project life cycleCorrect answerZeroOne monthOverall explanationThe duration of a milestone is zero because it denotes a significant achievement, point, or event in a project, such as the completion of a particular deliverable for instance (PMBOK 6th edition, page 186).

314
Q

Question 158:
A project manager identified a risk that has a very low occurrence probability, but if it does occur, it can have a severe impact on the project. In the past, the project manager accepted this kind of risk, but this time they followed the organization’s culture and planned to hedge the risk. The project manager organization’s risk attitude is best known as?
Risk seeker
Risk averse
Risk neutral
Risk mitigator

A

Risk seekerCorrect answerRisk averse​Risk neutralRisk mitigatorOverall explanationAverse means opposing. A risk-averse organization is not very supportive nor creative towards risks. Such organizations usually try to avoid risks unless there is a good reason to accept them.

315
Q

Question 159:
A project manager signs a contract worth millions of dollars to manage a 4-month international sports event. During the planning phase, the project manager discovers a serious threat to the project; one of their contractors might declare bankruptcy. If that happens, the project will be delayed for another two months. After giving it some thought, the project manager decides to contact another contractor who can supply the necessary materials. This is an example of:
Contract breach
Risk Transfer
Risk Acceptance
Risk Mitigation

A

Contract breachRisk TransferRisk AcceptanceCorrect answerRisk MitigationOverall explanationThe described situation depicts Risk Mitigation. The project manager did not cancel the contract because the contractor might go bankrupt. They did not breach the contract either by getting in touch with another supplier. They contacted a different vendor in order to keep their options open and have other alternatives in case the risk occurs. By doing this, the possibility of the project’s delay is reduced.

316
Q

Question 160:
Working with the predictive approach, which of the following is most true?
Lag can be determined by making a forward pass
Lag is the maximum amount of time a task can be delayed without delaying the early start of its successor
Lag is waiting time
Lag is the maximum amount of time a task can be delayed without delaying the whole project

A

Lag can be determined by making a forward passLag is the maximum amount of time a task can be delayed without delaying the early start of its successorCorrect answerLag is waiting timeLag is the maximum amount of time a task can be delayed without delaying the whole projectOverall explanationIn a predictive approach, Lag is when an activity is complete and there is a delay before the subsequent activity starts (PMBOK 7th edition, page 59). For example, in order to paint a room, you need to first apply the primer coating, then you have to let it dry for two days before applying the final coat of paint. These two days of waiting for the primer coat to dry are referred to as Lag Time.

317
Q

Question 161:
A project’s performance measurements are calculated based on the following information:
EV = $2,000 and AC = $1,000. What is the status of the project?
The project is ahead of schedule
The project is behind schedule
The project is under budget
The project is over budget

A

The project is ahead of scheduleThe project is behind scheduleCorrect answerThe project is under budgetThe project is over budgetOverall explanationThe CPI (Cost Performance Index) is a measure of the conformance of the actual work completed (EV, Earned Value) with the incurred Actual Cost (AC):
CPI = EV / AC = $2,000 / $1,000 = 2 which means that the project is under budget.
The Schedule Performance Index measures the conformance of actual progress to the planned progress (SPI = EV / PV). Since the PV is unknown, we can’t find out if the project is behind or ahead of schedule.

318
Q

Question 162:
Using a predictive approach, the project manager resorts to management reserves to handle which type of risk?
Unknown unknowns
Known unknowns
Business risks
Pure risks

A

Correct answerUnknown unknownsKnown unknownsBusiness risksPure risksOverall explanationManagement reserve is used to deal with unidentified risks, aka “unknown-unknowns”. Management reserve is part of the project budget, but it’s not part of the cost baseline. It is not an estimated reserve either; it is rather defined according to the organization’s processes and policies. It can represent 5% of the total project cost, for example. As the name indicates, this reserve is controlled by management and not by the project manager. Therefore, any usage of this reserve should be pre-approved by management (PMBOK 7th edition, page 242).

319
Q

Question 163:
A team member told the project manager that they admire the latter and think they are a great project manager. The team member explained that they believe the project manager perfectly adopts various leadership styles depending on the situation they’re handling. Which of the following is not a type of leadership style?
Interactional
Transactional
Referent
Autocratic

A

InteractionalTransactionalCorrect answerReferentAutocraticOverall explanationReferent is a type of power and not a leadership style. Leadership styles include Directing, Facilitating, Coaching, Autocratic, Consultative, Consultative-Autocratic, Consensus, Bureaucratic, Democratic or participative, Analytical, Driver, Influencing, Laissez-faire, Transactional, Servant, Transformational, Charismatic, and Interactional.

320
Q

Question 164:
A PMP-certified team member is under investigation for violating the Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct. What should the project manager do?
Fully cooperate with the investigation
Tell the PMI investigator that it would be a conflict of interest for them to cooperate with the investigation since they are the person in question is part of their team
Tell the PMI investigator getting involved or cooperating would be harmful to the project
Cooperate with the PMI investigator by truthfully answering all of their questions, but refuse to give them any witness statements

A

Correct answerFully cooperate with the investigationTell the PMI investigator that it would be a conflict of interest for them to cooperate with the investigation since they are the person in question is part of their teamTell the PMI investigator getting involved or cooperating would be harmful to the projectCooperate with the PMI investigator by truthfully answering all of their questions, but refuse to give them any witness statementsOverall explanationThe Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct states that project managers should cooperate with any investigation concerning ethics violations, which includes providing any information related to the violation.

321
Q

Question 165:
A project manager is assigned to lead a recycling project. During the project planning phase, the defined scope was approved by management and all stakeholders. During the execution of the project work, two key stakeholders ask the project manager to change a particular part of the scope statement. What should the project manager do?
Ask the stakeholders to submit a change request
Refuse to alter the scope since it has already been approved by all stakeholders
Refuse to alter the scope since it cannot be modified after being officially approved
Refer the stakeholders to the project sponsor

A

Correct answerAsk the stakeholders to submit a change requestRefuse to alter the scope since it has already been approved by all stakeholdersRefuse to alter the scope since it cannot be modified after being officially approvedRefer the stakeholders to the project sponsorOverall explanationThe stakeholders can submit a change request that can be recorded, evaluated, and either approved or rejected by the Change Control Board (CCB). As long as the change management process is followed, the project scope can be changed. The project sponsor could be part of the CCB which will be taking the decision concerning the stakeholders’ change request. Therefore, it’s not appropriate for the project manager to escalate the situation to the project sponsor.

322
Q

Question 166:
During a project closure meeting, the organization’s Vice President congratulated the project manager on the successful completion of the project, praising the team’s top performers while blaming the rest of the team for failures. What type of leadership is the Vice President showcasing in this situation?
Transactional Leadership
Laissez-faire leadership
Interactional leadership
Pressure-based power

A

Correct answerTransactional Leadership​Laissez-faire leadership​Interactional leadershipPressure-based powerOverall explanationTransactional leadership implies using rewards and punishment to motivate the team. The disadvantage of this type of leadership is that it can’t keep followers motivated in the long run.

323
Q

Question 167:
The project cost is lower than the project manager had anticipated. The project manager must spend all of the first phase’s allocated budget, otherwise, the budget of the second phase will be reduced. To use up the assigned budget for the first phase, the project manager decides to purchase better instruments to offer the client higher-quality deliverables. This scenario depicts:
Integrated change control
Effective cost management
Gold plating
Budget compliance

A

Integrated change controlEffective cost managementCorrect answerGold platingBudget complianceOverall explanationAttempting to produce deliverables of a higher quality than required to exhaust the allocated budget and satisfy the project client is known as gold plating. The described scenario depicts poor project and cost management. The Integrated change control process consists of reviewing, approving or rejecting, and managing change requests, which is not the case here. Budget compliance is an irrelevant concept used in the information security domain.

324
Q

Question 168:
A project manager is managing an urban housing construction project. They identified a risk that might affect work execution due to an equipment malfunction. Which of the following risk response strategies should the project manager use? (Select two)
Exploit
Enhance
Mitigate
Avoid

A

ExploitEnhanceCorrect selectionMitigateCorrect selectionAvoidOverall explanationThis is an example of negative risk, therefore, the project manager should use either mitigation to minimize the impact of the risk or avoidance to completely eliminate the risk. The other two strategies, exploit and enhance, are positive risk response strategies (PMBOK 7th edition, pages 123, 125).

325
Q

Question 169:
A project manager notices that their colleagues tend to waste a lot of office supplies and that inventory is either wasted or underutilized and expired. Therefore, the project manager suggests that inventory management should follow the _____________ technique to keep less inventory and reduce wastage which will eventually improve production and performance.
Lean management
KAIZEN
Kanban
Just in Time

A

Lean managementKAIZENKanbanCorrect answerJust in TimeOverall explanationThe Just in Time (JIT) technique implies only using resources when they are needed. For instance, instead of acquiring a large inventory of spare parts to be used in manufacturing, you only obtain the parts you need when needed. Eliminating waste is also one of the Lean management principles. However, Lean management is a philosophy and not a technique. On the other hand, Kanban is a lean method for managing and improving work while KAIZEN is a quality management philosophy that consists of the continuous integration of gradual improvements to enhance business, performance, and efficiency.

326
Q

Question 170:
A project manager facilitates a meeting attended by project stakeholders to discuss a recurring issue with one of the project vendors. As a facilitator, the project manager should: (Select two)
Be in full control of the discussion and its outcomes
Be responsible for taking meeting notes
Help stakeholders find a common ground and solve the issue
Provide guidance without interfering

A

Be in full control of the discussion and its outcomesBe responsible for taking meeting notesCorrect selectionHelp stakeholders find a common ground and solve the issueCorrect selectionProvide guidance without interferingOverall explanationFacilitation means assisting others in dealing with a process, reaching an agreement, or finding a solution without personally or directly getting involved in the process, discussion, etc. For the facilitator to maintain an impartial position, they should approach the discussion as an unbiased voice.

327
Q

Question 171:
A project manager is assigned to a school construction project. When a conflict occurred between two of the team’s key members, the project manager met with both of them and resolved the conflict through compromise. This conflict resolution technique led to a:
Win-win situation
Win-lose situation
Lose-lose situation
Lose-leave situation

A

Win-win situationWin-lose situationCorrect answerLose-lose situationLose-leave situationOverall explanationAs a conflict resolution technique, compromise results in a lose-lose situation since the solution is partially satisfactory to both parties but completely satisfactory to neither. Since neither party really gets what they want, compromise often results in resentment which can affect the productivity of the involved parties.
Other conflict resolution techniques include:
Forcing: which leads to a win-lose situation.
Smoothing: which leads to a yield-lose situation
Withdrawing: which leads to a lose-leave situation
Problem-solving or confrontation: which leads to a win-win situation.
Reference: Guan, D. (2007). Conflicts in the project environment. Paper presented at PMI Global Congress 2007.

328
Q

Question 172:
A project manager is leading a project using a hybrid approach. During a meeting with the sponsor, the project manager is asked how much work is left and whether the team will be able to finish the project on time. Which of the following point-in-time measurements can the project manager use to answer the sponsor’s inquiries? (Select three)
Product backlog
Feature burnup chart
Feature burndown chart
Lead time

A

Product backlogCorrect selectionFeature burnup chartCorrect selectionFeature burndown chartCorrect selectionLead timeOverall explanationFeature burnup and burndown charts, lead time, and cycle time provide in-the-moment measurements, giving insight into the team’s capacity and the schedule’s predictability. Lead time is the duration between task creation and task completion. Cycle time, however, is the duration between the moment the team starts working on a user story and the moment it gets delivered to the end user. The product backlog is not a measurement, it’s rather a list of the work that needs to be done to develop the final product.

329
Q

Question 173:
Regardless of the type of development approach that a project manager adopts for their project, their top priority should always be:
Up-to-date documentation
Efficient collaboration and strong relationships with all project stakeholders
Satisfying customers by fulfilling project requirements
Elaborating a robust plan and responding to change requests

A

Up-to-date documentationEfficient collaboration and strong relationships with all project stakeholdersCorrect answerSatisfying customers by fulfilling project requirementsElaborating a robust plan and responding to change requestsOverall explanationIn any business, customers or sponsors have to be the highest priority when delivering a product. It’s not enough to deliver a functioning product; the product must work for the customer or the sponsor’s needs.

330
Q

Question 174:
A project manager uses the Agile approach to manage their project. When the sprint is almost over, one of the team members informs the project manager that they don’t have enough time to properly prepare the demonstration for the sprint review since they’re trying to complete the sprint backlog items. What could the project manager suggest in order to avoid such an issue in future sprints?
Creating a task for conducting the demonstration
Handling the demonstration instead of the team member
Delivering the demonstration without any preparation
Delaying the demonstration for a few days to allow the team to get properly prepared

A

Correct answerCreating a task for conducting the demonstrationHandling the demonstration instead of the team memberDelivering the demonstration without any preparationDelaying the demonstration for a few days to allow the team to get properly preparedOverall explanationThe creation of a task for the product demonstration and making it part of the sprint allows the team to dedicate the needed time to properly prepare for the demonstration. However, you should keep in mind that the sprint demo shouldn’t take up too much of a Scrum team’s time. Time shouldn’t be spent putting long slide decks together, for instance. Team members should focus on their work and only include stories that meet the team’s Definition of Done in the demonstration. Typically, a day or two before the end of the sprint, the project manager should hold a short demo run-through to give their notes on the things the team needs to set up in order to properly perform the demonstration.

331
Q

Question 175:
Which of the following refers to the start-to-finish time required to develop a potentially shippable product increment?
Actual Time
Cycle Time
Ideal Time
Real Time

A

Actual TimeCorrect answerCycle TimeIdeal TimeReal TimeOverall explanationThe time it takes to complete a task from start to finish is referred to as cycle time (PMBOK 7th edition, page 99). Actual Time and Real Time are used interchangeably to refer to the daily period during which team members are productively working on their assigned tasks. When the Agile team is fully productive and they’re not being interrupted by attending meetings or checking emails, we’re talking about the Ideal Time or Ideal Days.

332
Q

Question 176:
During a planning workshop, a product owner of a pregnancy-tracking mobile App project ranked the features according to their business value and then presented the prioritized features to the development team. What should the development team do next?
Start estimating work
Set up another meeting with the customer to capture more details about the prioritized features
Decompose the features into user stories and tasks
Start developing the features

A

Start estimating workSet up another meeting with the customer to capture more details about the prioritized featuresCorrect answerDecompose the features into user stories and tasksStart developing the featuresOverall explanationThe team’s next step should be continuing with the planning activity by decomposing the prioritized features into stories and tasks. During the sprint planning workshop, the product owner determined top-priority features for the Agile team. The team should ask for more details in order to turn a high-level user story in the product backlog into more precise and detailed tasks to carry out during the sprint. The product owner doesn’t have to describe every item in the product backlog. Such decomposition is rather made in adaptive planning.

333
Q

Question 177:
A scrum master opts for planning poker to estimate user stories. After going through the details of the first user story, the scrum master asks team members to choose a card to represent their estimation of the ideal number of days required to complete the user story, and then to reveal their cards. The estimates were vastly disparate, so the scrum master instantly asked team members to re-estimate the user story in an attempt to converge their estimations. What did the scrum master do wrong?
The team used ideal days to estimate the user story
The team re-estimated the user story immediately after revealing their cards/first estimates
Cards shouldn’t be revealed
The scrum master didn’t do anything wrong

A

The team used ideal days to estimate the user storyCorrect answerThe team re-estimated the user story immediately after revealing their cards/first estimatesCards shouldn’t be revealedThe scrum master didn’t do anything wrongOverall explanationTeam members missed out on the benefit of discussing the reasoning behind their estimations when they immediately moved on to re-estimation. Often, estimates vary in the first round of planning poker. The team should discuss the story and each one’s estimates. After the discussion, each team member should re-estimate the story again by selecting a card. The process should be repeated until reaching a consensus. The number of estimation rounds may vary from one user story to another.

334
Q

Question 178:
A project manager is assigned to lead a big project. They decide to outsource an important part of it to a service provider. To ensure that the selected provider is well suited to the project and quality requirements, the project manager asks the service provider to go through a _________________ first.
Logistics phase
Transition time
Managed supply chain
Trial engagement

A

Logistics phaseTransition timeManaged supply chainCorrect answerTrial engagementOverall explanationSome projects engage several candidate sellers for initial paid work before making the full commitment to one seller. This allows the buyer to evaluate potential partners, while simultaneously making progress on project work.

335
Q

Question 179:
A PMO is in the process of transitioning to an Agile work approach. The team has shown high resistance to the changes since they are unaccustomed to adaptive approaches. What can the PMO leaders do to encourage adoption?
Forge ahead and provide point-in-time training on the new methods
Train project managers on the adaptive approaches to help convince the team
Stick to the predictive approach to avoid any conflicts
Use a hybrid method that combines both adaptive and the predictive practices

A

Forge ahead and provide point-in-time training on the new methodsTrain project managers on the adaptive approaches to help convince the teamStick to the predictive approach to avoid any conflictsCorrect answerUse a hybrid method that combines both adaptive and the predictive practicesOverall explanationTransitioning a team to Agile could be difficult and confusing when they are not accustomed to or familiar with this approach. One of the most effective transition methods is the adoption of a hybrid approach that combines both predictive and adaptive methods as a means of introducing Agile to the team.

336
Q

Question 180:
A project manager and their team are implementing a strategy to update the operating system of all of the company’s computers. Later on, the project team discovers that not every computer supports the new version of the operating system. Which of the following statements best describes this scenario?
The project team made a wrong assumption
The project team didn’t develop an appropriate project plan
The project team didn’t establish an adequate risk response
The project team didn’t consider the new version of the operating system as a constraint

A

Correct answerThe project team made a wrong assumptionThe project team didn’t develop an appropriate project planThe project team didn’t establish an adequate risk responseThe project team didn’t consider the new version of the operating system as a constraintOverall explanationThe project team made the assumption that all of the company’s computers are compatible with the new operating system. Consequently, they planned the project based on this belief. But later on, they found out that their assumption is untrue. Assumptions should be logged during the project planning phase to take into consideration when creating the project plan, and that’s what the team most probably did. Therefore, the issue is not a result of poor planning. Since it wasn’t discovered during the project execution, the encountered issue wasn’t identified as a risk. The purpose of the project is to implement the new version of the operating system, so it cannot be considered a constraint. Yet, the hardware characteristics of the company’s computers are a constraint since they can hinder the project’s success.

337
Q

Question 1:
To build a web application, a project manager referred to a freelancing platform to hire a remote team composed of a designer, a front-end developer, and a back-end developer. One week after becoming acquainted with each other, the conflicts dramatically intensified between the two developers to the point that the project manager decided to terminate their contracts, and they have been both replaced. What is the current development stage of the team?
Adjourning
Norming
Storming
Forming

A

AdjourningNormingStormingCorrect answerFormingOverall explanationWhen the team was in the storming stage, there were conflicts between the two developers. However, since they have been both replaced, the team is now back to the forming stage. Tuckman ladder’s team development identifies five stages: forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning (PMBOK 7th edition, page 166).

338
Q

Question 2:
A project manager is leading a project using a hybrid approach. Shortly after acquiring the resources, they discover that their team members are politically very engaged; almost all of their meetings end with a political dispute between team members. The project manager has decided to put an end to this before it deteriorates team members’ relationships, by prohibiting any political discussions. Where should the project manager note this rule?
Team charter
Project charter
Resource charter
Resource management plan

A

Correct answerTeam charterProject charterResource charterResource management planOverall explanationThe team charter is the right document to include rules and guidelines on how the team members should interact with each other (Agile Practice Guide, page 20 & PMBOK 7th edition, page 192). By adding the rule to the team charter, team members will have to adhere to it and refrain from discussing politics at work. The Resource management plan, on the other hand, covers staffing acquisition, timetable, training needs, recognition and rewards, release criteria, compliance, and safety. The project charter includes a brief description of the project and its requirements. The resource charter is a made-up term.

339
Q

Question 3:
An agile coach has been hired by an organization to help them implement the Scrum framework. One of the team members asked them who should prioritize items in the sprint backlog. What should be the agile coach’s response?
The Scrum Master
The Product Owner
The cross-functional team members
All of the above

A

The Scrum MasterThe Product OwnerCorrect answerThe cross-functional team membersAll of the aboveOverall explanationApart from the development team, nobody should decide the stories’ order in the sprint backlog. Instead, team members should define their own task-level work and then self-organize in any manner they feel best to achieve the sprint goal (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 23). The agile coach should keep in mind that the “sprint backlog” is different from the “product backlog”. A sprint backlog is the set of items that the cross-functional team selects from the product backlog to work on during the upcoming sprint. The sprint backlog represents the primary output of sprint planning.

340
Q

Question 4:
A project manager is assigned to lead a large project with a cost variance of -$40,000, an actual cost of $200,000, and a planned value of $140,000. Based on these numbers, how much is the project’s Earned Value (EV)?
$100,000
$160,000
$180,000
$240,000

A

$100,000Correct answer$160,000$180,000$240,000Overall explanationCost Variance (CV) = -$40,000, Actual Cost (AC) = $200,000, and Planned Value (PV) = $140,000. The Earned Value (EV) is calculated using the following cost variance formula: CV = EV - AC, meaning that the project’s EV = CV + AC = -$40,000 + $200,000 = $160,000.

341
Q

Question 5:
A Scrum Master working in a web agency is managing a co-located team of seven members. The Scrum Master has recently noticed that a senior web developer in their team is not as motivated at work as before. After being asked about what’s been going on with them lately, the team member told the Scrum Master that their partner moved to another city for a 6-month work contract and that they want to join them but they are not willing to lose their job. What should the Scrum Master do in this case?
Give the senior web developer a 6-month unpaid leave
Use their emotional intelligence skills to keep the senior web developer motivated at work
Hire another developer to respond to the risk of this senior web developer leaving the company
Allow the senior web developer to work remotely so they can join their partner

A

Give the senior web developer a 6-month unpaid leaveUse their emotional intelligence skills to keep the senior web developer motivated at workHire another developer to respond to the risk of this senior web developer leaving the companyCorrect answerAllow the senior web developer to work remotely so they can join their partnerOverall explanationThe best option is to allow the senior web developer to work remotely. Since they are a senior member, they are considered an asset to the team. Besides, they work as a web developer, which makes their tasks feasible remotely. The best thing to do as a servant leader is to keep the developer motivated by allowing them to move to another city to join their partner. The senior web developer showed their desire to keep their job, so hiring someone else won’t resolve the initial problem. Instead, this will be a sign to the team member that their job is at risk. The project manager already used Emotional Intelligence (EI) to detect that their team member is not OK. According to the PMBOK 7th edition (pages 26-27), EI covers four areas: 1) Self-awareness 2) Self-management 3) Social awareness 4) Social skills. Other models of emotional intelligence include a fifth area for motivation. Motivation in this context is about understanding what drives and inspires people. Consequently, EI could also help the project manager make the right decision in order to keep the senior web developer motivated. Even though option B is not totally wrong, it’s too generic as it can apply to all of the employees, not just the team member in question. The project manager can offer the web developer a 6-month unpaid leave, but this decision must be approved by the company first, in accordance with the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) policy. Furthermore, such leaves should be preferably planned beforehand to study their impact on ongoing and upcoming projects. Additionally, the team member might not find this option suitable because they might be unable to support themselves if they lose their income for several months. For all of these reasons, the project manager should opt for the remote work option.

342
Q

Question 6:
During the retrospective session, the cross-functional team asked for specific training to keep up with the latest technological trends and resolve problems more effectively. How will such training impact the team’s velocity?
Positively affects velocity with no short-term productivity decline
Positively affects velocity with a short-term dip due to time dedicated to training
Positively affects velocity with a long-term dip due to the ongoing training
Negatively affects velocity with a short-term increase because of training

A

Positively affects velocity with no short-term productivity declineCorrect answerPositively affects velocity with a short-term dip due to time dedicated to trainingPositively affects velocity with a long-term dip due to the ongoing trainingNegatively affects velocity with a short-term increase because of trainingOverall explanationActions such as implementing new work tools, providing training, or adding more resources have a positive effect on velocity. However, these actions can also lead to a dip in the team’s velocity due to dedicated time for processing and adapting to any new changes. This decline is usually followed by an increase in velocity until the team establishes a new plateau (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 136).

343
Q

Question 7:
A Scrum Master works in an organization that is undergoing an agile transformation. During a training session they were running, and to clear up any confusion, the Scrum Master explained to the team that Agile is a(n) _______________, Scrum is a(n) ________________, Refactoring is a(n) __________________, and Product Backlog is a scrum _________________.
approach, artifact, technique, framework
framework, artifact, technique, approach
framework, approach, technique, artifact
approach, framework, technique, artifact

A

approach, artifact, technique, frameworkframework, artifact, technique, approachframework, approach, technique, artifactCorrect answerapproach, framework, technique, artifactOverall explanationAgile is an approach. Scrum is a framework. Refactoring is a technique. The product backlog is a scrum artifact. Agile is an iterative project management approach that promotes an easy and fast value delivery to customers throughout the project life cycle rather than only at the end of the project. Scrum is an agile framework where roles, artifacts, events, and rules are defined and an iterative approach is used to deliver working products. Refactoring is a technique that consists in improving the internal structure of an existing program’s source code while preserving its external behavior. The product backlog is a scrum artifact that is maintained and curated by the product owner as it reflects the project’s requirements and priorities.

344
Q

Question 8:
A project manager started working for a new organization when they were informed that all of the projects’ expected incremental revenue must exceed their costs by at least 30%. Their current project is anticipated to have a 0.7 BCR (Benefit-Cost Ratio). Taking this into consideration, which of the following statements is true about this project?
The project is not profitable and the BCR does not meet the minimum threshold established by the organization
The project is not profitable and the BCR meets the minimum threshold established by the organization
The project is profitable and the BCR does not meet the minimum threshold established by the organization
The project is profitable and the BCR meets the minimum threshold established by the organization

A

Correct answerThe project is not profitable and the BCR does not meet the minimum threshold established by the organizationThe project is not profitable and the BCR meets the minimum threshold established by the organizationThe project is profitable and the BCR does not meet the minimum threshold established by the organizationThe project is profitable and the BCR meets the minimum threshold established by the organizationOverall explanationA benefit-cost ratio (BCR) is a monetary or qualitative metric that represents the relationship between a potential project’s costs and benefits. If the BCR is greater than 1.0, its revenue will potentially outweigh its costs, and if it’s less than 1.0, the costs will outweigh the gains. In this situation, a 0.7 BCR means that revenue is 0.7 times the cost. So, this project will not be profitable. The minimum BCR threshold established by the organization is 1.3, and this project does not meet it.

345
Q

Question 9:
A scrum master works in a web agency. Their client, who is unfamiliar with the Scrum framework, asked them who should attend the Sprint Retrospective. What should the scrum master’s answer be?
Development Team, Scrum Master, Product Owner, and Sponsor
Development Team, Scrum Master, and Product Owner
Development Team and Scrum Master
Development Team

A

Development Team, Scrum Master, Product Owner, and SponsorCorrect answerDevelopment Team, Scrum Master, and Product OwnerDevelopment Team and Scrum MasterDevelopment TeamOverall explanationBecause the sprint retrospective is used to reflect on the process, the full Scrum team should attend this meeting. This includes all members of the development team, the Scrum Master, and the Product Owner. Having the product owner attend the retrospective should not prevent the team from being honest about any encountered difficulties. In such a situation, the Scrum Master can play an important role in fostering a more trusting environment (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 377).

346
Q

Question 10:
Which is the most important characteristic of an Agile team?
Their ability to create and manage their own work schedule
Their ability to be flexible and adaptable
Their ability to accurately plan the project
Their ability to simultaneously work on their tasks

A

Their ability to create and manage their own work scheduleCorrect answerTheir ability to be flexible and adaptableTheir ability to accurately plan the projectTheir ability to simultaneously work on their tasksOverall explanationFlexibility and adaptability are the core principles of Agile. All other skills can be developed over time when the Agile team gets to learn from its own experiences.

347
Q

Question 11:
A project manager is leading a software development project using a hybrid approach. During project execution, the sponsor left the project and a new sponsor was assigned. When the project manager informed the new sponsor that the deliverables were produced using a hybrid project management approach, they asked for proof. How should the project manager address the new sponsor’s request?
Explain the hybrid approach to the new sponsor
Inform the new sponsor that they should reach out to the project team in order to get a clear explanation of how the product is being developed
Demonstrate the project charter to the new sponsor
Present the project management plan containing the product development approach to the new sponsor

A

Explain the hybrid approach to the new sponsorInform the new sponsor that they should reach out to the project team in order to get a clear explanation of how the product is being developedDemonstrate the project charter to the new sponsorCorrect answerPresent the project management plan containing the product development approach to the new sponsorOverall explanationSince the project follows a hybrid approach, it should be pointed out in the development approach. The project management plan includes the product development approach as one of its elements. The other options are incorrect because the sponsor asked for formal proof, not an explanation of the hybrid approach.

348
Q

Question 12:
A project manager is leading a one-year project. Five months into the execution phase, %50 of the project work is completed. What is the project’s SPI and status?
The SPI is 0.83 and the project is behind schedule
The SPI is 0.83 and the project is ahead of schedule
The SPI is 1.2 and the project is behind schedule
The SPI is 1.2 and the project is ahead of schedule

A

The SPI is 0.83 and the project is behind scheduleThe SPI is 0.83 and the project is ahead of scheduleThe SPI is 1.2 and the project is behind scheduleCorrect answerThe SPI is 1.2 and the project is ahead of scheduleOverall explanationEV = % of completed work X BAC (Budget at Completion) = (6/12) X BAC.
Since the project manager is 5 months into the project, then the PV = (5/12) X BAC. Doing the math, SPI = EV / PV = 6 / 5 = 1.2.
You can also conclude that the project is ahead of schedule without doing any math since half of the work is done before reaching half of the project duration. Since the project is ahead of schedule, you should just select the answer where the SPI is greater than 1.

349
Q

Question 13:
A project manager is leading a project using the predictive approach within a functional organization. During the project execution, the project manager encountered an issue that was not identified in the planning phase. To resolve this issue, additional work should be added to the project scope, which will result in an increase in the project cost. To whom should the project manager escalate the need for additional funds to complete this work?
Program manager
Product owner
Project sponsor
Functional manager

A

Program managerProduct ownerProject sponsorCorrect answerFunctional managerOverall explanationIn a functional organization, the project manager doesn’t manage the budget. Thus, they should escalate the need for additional funds to the functional manager. If the functional manager validates their assessment, they will need to escalate their request to the project sponsor to approve allocating additional financial resources. If the project manager was working in a projectized or strong matrix organization, they wouldn’t need to raise their request for more funds to the functional manager. The product owner’s role is limited to the scrum framework, which is an adaptive approach. If that were the case, the project manager would need to report similar issues to the product owner, who will escalate the matter to the project sponsor. A program manager, as the name suggests, only handles programs, which is not the case in this scenario.

350
Q

Question 14:
Maslow’s hierarchy of needs is a theory created by Abraham Maslow that breaks down human needs dictating their behavioral motivation. At the bottom, it identifies physiological needs such as food, water, warmth, and rest. On the graph below, what other needs correspond respectively to positions A, B, C, and D?
Self-actualization, Esteem needs, Belongingness and love needs, Safety needs
Esteem needs, Self-actualization, Belongingness and love needs, Safety needs
Self-actualization, Esteem needs, Safety needs, Belongingness and love needs
Esteem needs, Self-actualization, Safety needs, Belongingness and love needs

A

Correct answerSelf-actualization, Esteem needs, Belongingness and love needs, Safety needsEsteem needs, Self-actualization, Belongingness and love needs, Safety needsSelf-actualization, Esteem needs, Safety needs, Belongingness and love needsEsteem needs, Self-actualization, Safety needs, Belongingness and love needsOverall explanationA. Self-actualization: achieving one’s potential, including creative activities.
B. Esteem needs: prestige and feeling of accomplishment.
C. Belongingness and love needs: intimate relationships and friends.
D. Safety needs: security and safety.
Please note that in the real exam such a question usually comes in the form of “drag & drop”.

351
Q

Question 15:
A project manager is assigned to a project that follows an adaptive approach. After gathering all requirements, the project manager previewed 3 to 5 releases to achieve the project goal. They intend to define the details of each release progressively when they get more insight and feedback from key stakeholders. What should the project manager do, taking into consideration that the project has a fixed budget that cannot be exceeded?
Since the budget is fixed, the project manager should adopt a predictive approach for the project instead of an adaptive approach
Since chances of scope creep are high, the project manager should ensure that a Change Control Board (CCB) is established before the start of the project
Before the start of the project, the project manager should set a fixed number of releases and develop a detailed budget for each of them
The project manager should work with stakeholders to prioritize work for each release until running out of budget

A

Since the budget is fixed, the project manager should adopt a predictive approach for the project instead of an adaptive approachSince chances of scope creep are high, the project manager should ensure that a Change Control Board (CCB) is established before the start of the projectBefore the start of the project, the project manager should set a fixed number of releases and develop a detailed budget for each of themCorrect answerThe project manager should work with stakeholders to prioritize work for each release until running out of budgetOverall explanationWith an adaptive approach, the project’s cost and schedule are fixed, while the scope can be adjusted to stay within the cost constraint. Consequently, the project manager needs to prioritize the most important features when planning each release until they exhaust the whole budget. All other options imply using the predictive approach, which won’t work for this project since its scope is unpredictable.

352
Q

Question 16:
A project manager works for an NGO, leading a campaign to collect medical supplies for refugees. While contacting pharmaceutical companies to convince them to take part in this campaign, they enumerate the many benefits this partnership can bring them. Which of the following are considered tangible benefits of participating in this campaign? (Select two)
Generating more revenue
Building a stronger brand since more people will know about them after the campaign
Building a good reputation
Benefiting from taxes reduction for supporting an NGO

A

Correct selectionGenerating more revenueBuilding a stronger brand since more people will know about them after the campaignBuilding a good reputationCorrect selectionBenefiting from taxes reduction for supporting an NGOOverall explanationThis project’s concrete benefits for pharmaceutical companies involve increasing revenue and reducing charges, by getting tax deductions for instance, which are considered tangible benefits. Reputation and brand recognition, on the other hand, are intangible benefits.

353
Q

Question 17:
One month after joining their new company, a project manager gets assigned to lead a new project. The project manager is a bit nervous since it’s their first time managing a hybrid project. Plus, they do not get along with the product manager. The project manager has been informed that an external auditor is going to conduct a quality audit on their project next week. What should the project manager expect from this audit?
It will identify whether the project is under budget and ahead of schedule or not
It will detect any nonconformance compared to scope baseline
It will examine whether the project follows the company procedures
It will detect any product defects and errors

A

It will identify whether the project is under budget and ahead of schedule or notIt will detect any nonconformance compared to scope baselineCorrect answerIt will examine whether the project follows the company proceduresIt will detect any product defects and errorsOverall explanationQuality audits are conducted to ensure that the project activities comply with the organizational and project processes, policies, and procedures. Quality control, on the other hand, focuses on assessing the project performance and ensuring that the project outputs are complete, accurate, and meet customer expectations.

354
Q

Question 18:
A project manager works in a financial institution where data security is accorded the greatest importance. They have recently been assigned to a project for investigating all of the organization’s workstations in order to remove any illegally installed software. To successfully implement this project, the project manager needs to collaborate with all departments. During the project execution, they got support from all departments’ heads, except for the head of investments and the head of customer relations. The head of investments always claims that they didn’t receive the project manager’s emails and thus cannot help them with their requests. The head of customer relations, on the other hand, seems to be constantly busy and never replies to the project manager’s emails. But, they do respond directly whenever the project manager runs across them in the hallway. How should the project manager classify the head of the investments department and the head of the customer relations department in the stakeholder engagement assessment matrix?
They are both resistant
The head of investments is unaware, while the head of customer relations is resistant
The head of investments is unaware, while the head of customer relations is neutral
The head of investments is resistant, while the head of customer relations is neutral

A

They are both resistantThe head of investments is unaware, while the head of customer relations is resistantThe head of investments is unaware, while the head of customer relations is neutralCorrect answerThe head of investments is resistant, while the head of customer relations is neutralOverall explanationThe head of investments is clearly unwilling to help, which means that they are a resistant stakeholder. They can’t be considered unaware because they are just pretending to be unaware in order to avoid collaborating with or supporting the project manager. The head of customer relations, on the other hand, is responsive whenever the project manager meets them in the hallway, so they can’t be considered resistant. However, this does not mean they are supportive since they never reply to the project manager’s emails. Hence, the head of customer relations is showing neutral behavior; they are too busy to collaborate and don’t seem to care a lot about helping the project manager. In addition to being unaware, resistant, and neutral, the stakeholder engagement assessment matrix also includes supportive and leading classifications.

355
Q

Question 19:
A data science project manager is used to implement projects with the hybrid approach. Their organization owns two servers for manipulating big data, with one server being more performant than the other. After a meeting with a potential client, the project manager informed their superior that if this project is approved, they would like to use the organization’s performant server and have the senior developer, Adam, as part of their team. Does the project manager have the right to make such a request?
Yes, project managers can pre-assign resources if they need to
Yes, competition over resources is common so project managers should be proactive in reserving them
No, project managers cannot pre-assign resources before conducting the resource planning
No, in hybrid projects it’s the product owner’s responsibility to acquire and develop resources

A

Correct answerYes, project managers can pre-assign resources if they need toYes, competition over resources is common so project managers should be proactive in reserving themNo, project managers cannot pre-assign resources before conducting the resource planningNo, in hybrid projects it’s the product owner’s responsibility to acquire and develop resourcesOverall explanationPre-assignment is one of the techniques that project managers can use to ensure project success when certain resources are considered important or essential for the project. Consequently, resource pre-assignment should be employed for a good reason, not just because there is competition over these resources. Pre-assignment can take place before the initial resource management planning is complete. It’s the project manager’s responsibility to acquire resources in a predictive and hybrid work environment.

356
Q

Question 20:
A project manager is leading a project using an adaptive approach. Halfway through the iteration, they realize that some user stories are unexpectedly delayed. Along with identifying any potential impediments, the project manager works on helping their team ______________ Work In Progress (WIP).
Increase
Limit
Compress
Skip

A

IncreaseCorrect answerLimitCompressSkipOverall explanationTo improve productivity and efficiency, an agile team needs to limit Work In Progress (WIP). Limiting work in progress is a technique to troubleshoot unexpected or unforeseen delays (Agile Practice Guide, page 59).

357
Q

Question 21:
A project manager was asked to manage an ongoing project that operates using a predictive approach. While reviewing the project status, the project manager discovered that some of the deliverables that were noted as finished are actually still in progress. Moreover, and contrary to what the sponsor thinks, the project is in fact over budget and behind schedule. What should the project manager do next?
Politely decline to manage such a messy project
Notify the sponsor of their findings
Submit a change request to fix the identified issues
Study the option of crashing the schedule in order to bring the project back on track

A

Politely decline to manage such a messy projectCorrect answerNotify the sponsor of their findingsSubmit a change request to fix the identified issuesStudy the option of crashing the schedule in order to bring the project back on trackOverall explanationIn such a situation, the project manager should first report back to the sponsor about their findings and the project’s actual status. According to the PMI’s Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, when the project manager discovers errors or omissions caused by others, they should communicate them to the appropriate body as soon as they are discovered. Project managers should provide accurate information in a timely manner (pages 3, 6). After notifying the sponsor, the project manager should study with the project team the different solutions to bring the project back on track. Process improvement and waste removal might sometimes end up being sufficient to reduce costs and deliver results as quickly as possible, without resorting to a change request. If this is not possible, then they can consider fast-tracking or crashing the project schedule. On the other hand, they cannot simply refuse to manage the project due to its current status and the fact that it is behind schedule and over budget.

358
Q

Question 22:
A project manager is assigned to a predictive marketing project. The client claims that the project manager should take charge of the billboards’ rental cost since billboard advertising is included in the scope section of the contract. However, the project manager argues that it’s out of scope because the renting costs were not mentioned in the pricing section of the contract. After a long discussion without coming to an agreement, what should be the project manager’s next step?
Try direct negotiation
Attempt Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)
Set a claims resolution guideline
Resort to litigation

A

Try direct negotiationCorrect answerAttempt Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)Set a claims resolution guidelineResort to litigationOverall explanationSince the project manager had already tried direct negotiations and failed to reach an agreement, Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) such as arbitration and mediation, is the best next step. Setting a claims resolution guideline should be done beforehand during the elaboration of the contract. Litigation should be their last resort.

359
Q

Question 23:
While a project manager was meeting with the organization’s CEO, they got a call from one of their project team members, asking for a four-day leave to attend a religious celebration. The project manager immediately refused the team member’s request since the project is already behind schedule and it was approaching its deadline. The CEO, who was listening to the conversation, intervened to discuss the matter with the team member. After a long call, the CEO decided to allow the team member to only get a two-day leave. What type of conflict management technique did the project manager use in this situation?
Smoothing
Compromising
Forcing
Collaborating

A

SmoothingCompromisingCorrect answerForcingCollaboratingOverall explanationThe project manager used the forcing resolution technique since they firmly refused the project member’s request. This is a win-lose situation. On the other hand, the CEO used the compromising technique since they tried to partially satisfy the two parties which usually results in a lose-lose situation (PMBOK 7th edition, pages 168-169).

360
Q

Question 24:
At the beginning of the first sprint of their new project, the scrum master had an important business meeting at the same time as the daily standup meeting. What should the scrum master do in this situation?
Skip the standup meeting and attend their business meeting instead
Ask the cross-functional team to postpone the standup meeting
Cancel the standup meeting
Ask the cross-functional team to record the standup meeting, so they can watch it later

A

Correct answerSkip the standup meeting and attend their business meeting insteadAsk the cross-functional team to postpone the standup meetingCancel the standup meetingAsk the cross-functional team to record the standup meeting, so they can watch it laterOverall explanationThe Scrum Master should ensure that the cross-functional team holds the standup meeting every day as planned, but they are not required to attend it. The development team is responsible for conducting the standup meeting. Recording implies that the Scrum Master can’t miss any standup meeting which suggests controlling the team rather than empowering them to take responsibility and ownership.

361
Q

Question 25:
Before a demonstration meeting with the client, a team member discovered a defective component that could be either repaired or replaced. The cost of both options is negligible, they’re both risk-free, and the whole operation will require less than 1 hour. However, the team spent 15 minutes discussing the two options without reaching an agreement. What should the project manager do in this case?
Allow the discussion to continue until the team agrees on a solution
Set up and facilitate a formal meeting with their team members
Escalate the issue to the project sponsor
Call for a vote in order to reach a decision

A

Allow the discussion to continue until the team agrees on a solutionSet up and facilitate a formal meeting with their team membersEscalate the issue to the project sponsorCorrect answerCall for a vote in order to reach a decisionOverall explanationVoting is used to reach a consensus decision by selecting the option which gets more votes from the team members. This technique is simple, intuitive, and both time and cost-efficient. Since both options have a negligible cost, no risk, and a short implementation period, it wouldn’t be adequate to allow the discussion to take more time, nor to set up a formal meeting or escalate the matter to the project sponsor.

362
Q

Question 26:
After a discussion with the development team, the scrum master decided to label backlog items as short-term, mid-term, and long-term. Soon after, the scrum master got an email from the product owner asking them to remove those labels, without giving any clear explanation. What should the scrum master do next?
Ask for an explanation
Call for a meeting to address this issue
Wait until the next sprint planning meeting to update the labels as per the product owner’s request
Remove the labels

A

Ask for an explanationCall for a meeting to address this issueWait until the next sprint planning meeting to update the labels as per the product owner’s requestCorrect answerRemove the labelsOverall explanationThe product owner is responsible for the product backlog. Consequently, the scrum master should remove the labels as per the product owner’s request, even if they didn’t get any clear explanation for this decision.

363
Q

Question 27:
The critical path method is a schedule network analysis technique. Which of the following statements is true regarding the critical path?
All of the tasks on the critical path should be critical themselves
If a task in the critical path is delayed, it will result in delaying the whole project completion date
A change request does not have any impact on the critical path
The critical path can be used in both predictive and adaptive life cycles

A

All of the tasks on the critical path should be critical themselvesCorrect answerIf a task in the critical path is delayed, it will result in delaying the whole project completion dateA change request does not have any impact on the critical pathThe critical path can be used in both predictive and adaptive life cycles Overall explanationThe critical path comprises tasks that must be completed as scheduled in order for the project to be finished on time. If a task is delayed, it may cause a delay in the project’s completion date. Some tasks on the critical path may not be critical themselves, but they need to be accomplished on time in order for the critical task(s) to be completed (Fundamentals of Technology Project Management by Colleen Garton, Erika McCulloch, pages 238-239). The critical path method is used in projects following a predictive life cycle where change requests could have a direct impact on the project.

364
Q

Question 28:
During the sprint planning, the development team estimated a task to be worth “8” story points, while the product owner’s estimation for the same task was “3” story points. Therefore, the scrum master decided to assign this task “5” story points to bridge the gap between the two estimations. What did the scrum master do wrong in this scenario?
They should provide their estimate before making a final decision since estimates should be assigned by the entire Scrum team
They should assign “5.5” story points to the task as an average of both estimates
They should assign “3” story points to the task since the product owner is the one responsible for assigning estimates
They should assign “8” story points to the task since the development team is responsible for assigning estimates

A

They should provide their estimate before making a final decision since estimates should be assigned by the entire Scrum teamThey should assign “5.5” story points to the task as an average of both estimatesThey should assign “3” story points to the task since the product owner is the one responsible for assigning estimatesCorrect answerThey should assign “8” story points to the task since the development team is responsible for assigning estimatesOverall explanationAssigning estimates is the responsibility of the development team who is going to execute the task. Since the team’s estimation was “8”, then the task should be assigned “8” story points.

365
Q

Question 29:
A project manager is leading a 3D modeling project of a castle that will be built near a river. Halfway through execution, the sponsor requests the termination of the project since a dam will be built nearby, making the castle’s location not appealing anymore. What should the project manager do?
Terminate the project as per the sponsor’s request
Proceed with claims administration
Try to directly negotiate the matter with the sponsor in order to convince them to allow the project continuation
Insist on delivering the project since the dam has no association or impact on it

A

Correct answerTerminate the project as per the sponsor’s requestProceed with claims administrationTry to directly negotiate the matter with the sponsor in order to convince them to allow the project continuationInsist on delivering the project since the dam has no association or impact on itOverall explanationWhen the project sponsor decides to terminate the project for any reason, the project manager should follow their instructions and terminate the project. In this case, they should immediately start the “close project” process. This scenario doesn’t describe any disputes between the project manager and the sponsor concerning contracts’ terms, consequently claims administration is not the right answer.

366
Q

Question 30:
A project manager attended a leadership training workshop. The trainer listed the characteristics of servant leaders, then mentioned some examples of a servant leader’s behavioral traits, such as: (Select two)
Helping a team member write a professional email to a stakeholder in order to get key information
Rewarding high-performing employees in order to motivate them
Checking up on a team member to find out why they’ve suddenly become an introvert
Inspiring their team with success stories

A

Correct selectionHelping a team member write a professional email to a stakeholder in order to get key informationRewarding high-performing employees in order to motivate themCorrect selectionChecking up on a team member to find out why they’ve suddenly become an introvertInspiring their team with success storiesOverall explanationHelping someone do a task properly and focusing on people’s well-being are the main behavioral aspects and characteristics of servant leaders. However, rewarding high-performing employees is considered transactional leadership, whereas inspiring people fall under the charismatic leadership style.

367
Q

Question 31:
A project manager is managing an agile project in which the product owner has a relatively low involvement. The project manager continuously reminds the product owner of their responsibilities and that they should, for instance, take care of sorting the product backlog items by placing:
The easiest items at the top
The less valuable items at the bottom
The most recent items at the top
The less clear items at the top

A

The easiest items at the topCorrect answerThe less valuable items at the bottomThe most recent items at the topThe less clear items at the topOverall explanationThe product owner is responsible for placing the clearest and most valuable items at the top of the product backlog. Consequently, less valuable items will be dragged to the bottom. Product backlog items should not be organized chronologically or according to their difficulty level.

368
Q

Question 32:
A project manager is leading a software project using a predictive approach. During execution, a team member developed a new feature that caused regressions on the other features already used by the client. What should the project manager do? (Select three)
Submit a change request to fix the resulting regressions
Inform the concerned stakeholders about the regressions, their impact, and the proposed solutions
Set up a lessons learned meeting to avoid similar issues in the future
Since it’s an internal problem, try to fix it without the customer’s notice

A

Correct selectionSubmit a change request to fix the resulting regressionsCorrect selectionInform the concerned stakeholders about the regressions, their impact, and the proposed solutionsCorrect selectionSet up a lessons learned meeting to avoid similar issues in the futureSince it’s an internal problem, try to fix it without the customer’s noticeOverall explanationWhen issues occur, the right course of action implies informing the client of what happened, suggesting potential solutions for the issue, and then submitting a change request. This is aligned with the philosophy stating “don’t bring me problems, bring me solutions” (PMBOK 7th edition, page 28). Later on, when the issue is fixed, a lessons-learned meeting should be conducted to avoid similar problems in the future. Holding the information and not updating the customer on what’s going on with the project can have a bad impact, both on the project and its manager’s transparency.

369
Q

Question 33:
A project manager is responsible for leading a hybrid project with remote team members dispersed across four continents. As a result, the team has experienced communication issues. What can the project manager do to alleviate the team’s communication challenges? (Select two)
Set up remote pairing
Use an agile approach for the project
Colocate the team
Create fishbowl windows

A

Correct selectionSet up remote pairingUse an agile approach for the projectColocate the teamCorrect selectionCreate fishbowl windowsOverall explanationFishbowl windows and remote pairing are two techniques used to manage communication in remote teams. The project manager can create fishbowl windows by initiating long-lived video conferences, where team members join in at the beginning of the workday and leave at the end. Remote pairing, on the other hand, is when two or more people join an online event at a specific time to discuss and share screens when needed (Agile Practice Guide, page 46). Colocating the team is not always feasible due to many considerations such as cost, talent availability, regulations, etc. However, when possible, getting the team together in person on a regular basis is a good practice. Changing the project life cycle from hybrid to agile won’t have any significant impact on communication if team members don’t take any specific measures or techniques to improve the way they interact with each other.

370
Q

Question 34:
A project manager developed the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) by decomposing the work into three levels. The supportive PMO points out that three levels are not enough and recommends breaking down project work into five levels instead. What should the project manager do?
Take into consideration the PMO’s recommendation and decompose work as needed
Establish common ground by decomposing the WBS into four levels instead
Since the PMO has a high level of control, the project manager should decompose the WBS into five levels as recommended
Since the PMO has a low level of control, the project manager should ignore their request and keep the WBS decomposition levels at three

A

Correct answerTake into consideration the PMO’s recommendation and decompose work as neededEstablish common ground by decomposing the WBS into four levels insteadSince the PMO has a high level of control, the project manager should decompose the WBS into five levels as recommendedSince the PMO has a low level of control, the project manager should ignore their request and keep the WBS decomposition levels at threeOverall explanationThe details and level of decomposition of the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) depend on the project size, complexity, and level of control needed to effectively manage the project. There’s no standard or a predefined number of decomposition levels. A supportive PMO has low control over the project. Therefore, even though the project manager should listen to their advice and consider their recommendations, they are not obliged to follow them.

371
Q

Question 35:
A project manager used the Expected Monetary Value method to determine the contingency reserve for the new industrial project. During the execution phase, the project manager updated the probability of occurrence in the risk register as follows:
According to the project manager’s updates, how much is left in the contingency reserve?
$6,000
$5,000
$2,000
$1,000

A

$6,000$5,000$2,000Correct answer$1,000Overall explanationAccording to the risk register table, the project’s contingency reserve is $6,000 (the sum of all risks’ Expected Monetary Values). During the execution phase, this reserve will be used when the identified risks occur. Risk 1 has already taken place, so $5,000 has been already spent (risk impact). Therefore, only $1,000 is left in the contingency reserve ($6,000 - $5,000).

372
Q

Question 36:
A project manager is in charge of a two-hour concert where a playlist of 20 songs will be performed. One hour into the concert, they find out that the band has only played 8 songs. What should the project managery do next?
Ask the band to hurry up so that they can finish performing all 20 songs before the concert ends
Ask the band to only play 8 more songs
Perform all 20 songs even if it takes longer than expected
Gather more data before making any decision

A

Ask the band to hurry up so that they can finish performing all 20 songs before the concert endsAsk the band to only play 8 more songsPerform all 20 songs even if it takes longer than expectedCorrect answerGather more data before making any decisionOverall explanationThe project manager needs to gather more data before making any decisions. The fact that only 8 songs were performed doesn’t mean that they are behind schedule since song durations may differ. The project manager is in the process of monitoring and controlling the project work, so they need to deploy the data analysis technique to the gathered data. In this scenario, they should first check the list of remaining songs and their durations in order to verify whether or not the project is on schedule.

373
Q

Question 37:
A project manager is managing a project that consists in manufacturing a Wi-Fi-enabled device that alerts house owners when packages are delivered in their absence. The project manager figured out that they need a visual representation of the manufacturing process flow, which can also be used to determine when quality checks should be conducted. Which diagramming technique would be most useful for the project manager’s needs?
Flowchart
Pareto chart
Context diagram
Scatter diagram

A

Correct answerFlowchartPareto chartContext diagramScatter diagramOverall explanationA flowchart (also referred to as process maps, progress flows, and progress flow diagrams) graphically displays the logical order of the project’s progress flow. Flowcharts can be used for process improvement as well as identifying where quality defects can occur or where to incorporate quality checks. A Pareto chart is displayed as a histogram, illustrating the most serious causes of an error, while a scatter diagram is used to determine the correlation between two variables. Both diagrams don’t show the manufacturing process flow. Context diagrams, on the other hand, are used to visually demonstrate how a business process, other systems, and people, all interact. So, context diagrams can include a business process as one of its components, but they can’t give you an inside look at how the process flows.

374
Q

Question 38:
During work execution, a project manager faced an issue that requires a deviation from the scope. The project manager discussed the matter with the rest of the team and provided the Change Control Board (CCB) with a plan on how to approach the alteration. The CCB recognized the need for the change, but they approved a different implementation method. Knowing that the project manager doesn’t agree with the approved method, what should they do?
Resign from their position and quit the project
Refrain from implementing the change
Implement the change using the approved method
Create a prototype using the rejected method to convince the CCB of its efficiency

A

Resign from their position and quit the projectRefrain from implementing the changeCorrect answerImplement the change using the approved methodCreate a prototype using the rejected method to convince the CCB of its efficiencyOverall explanationThe CCB’s decision should be respected and the project manager has to comply with it by implementing the change using the approved method. Since the project manager wasn’t able to convince the CCB through the elaborated and submitted plan, they can’t refrain from implementing the change. The project manager has to follow the integrated change control processes and should not take the matter personally. Therefore, resigning or quitting the project would be unprofessional. Creating a prototype using the rejected implementation method is considered scope creep since this work was neither requested by the client nor included in the scope statement.

375
Q

Question 39:
During a daily stand-up meeting, the scrum master of an eCommerce website project overheard one of their team members saying that they worked on additional functionality that was not described in the user story. The team member went on about how the client will appreciate the extra feature. What should the scrum master do?
Thank the team member for their initiative and inform the client of the newly added functionality
Ask the team member to add the extra feature to the sprint backlog as a separate item and mark it as done
Ask the team member to remove the functionality and recommend the project team to stick to requirements
Nothing, since their role as a scrum master is to remove impediments rather than direct the team

A

Thank the team member for their initiative and inform the client of the newly added functionalityAsk the team member to add the extra feature to the sprint backlog as a separate item and mark it as doneCorrect answerAsk the team member to remove the functionality and recommend the project team to stick to requirementsNothing, since their role as a scrum master is to remove impediments rather than direct the teamOverall explanationRegardless of the team member’s intentions, adding a functionality that was not included in the initial website design requirements is considered scope creep. Consequently, the scrum master should ask him to remove the added functionality and make sure that their team is creating the website as per the requirements described in the user stories. Scope creep is not always caused by the client, it can also originate from the team itself, similarly to this case, where a task beyond what is required is added because the developer believes it would bring value. In addition to removing impediments, the scrum master has to coach their team and guide them through the right processes and practices. In this case, the team member can create a new item in the product backlog (not sprint backlog) and the product owner can prioritize it in the upcoming sprints if they approve that it has indeed an added value.

376
Q

Question 40:
A project manager is facilitating a sprint review meeting. At the end of the meeting, the product owner approved the release of the working increments. However, a key stakeholder attending the meeting expressed their dissatisfaction with the deliverables and disapproval of their release. What should the project manager do first?
Consult the cross-functional team and consider their decision
Ask meeting attendees to vote on either option and adopt the decision of the majority
Align the product owner and the key stakeholder on a common decision
Support the product owner’s decision

A

Consult the cross-functional team and consider their decisionAsk meeting attendees to vote on either option and adopt the decision of the majorityCorrect answerAlign the product owner and the key stakeholder on a common decisionSupport the product owner’s decisionOverall explanationAs a facilitator, the project manager should first align the product owner and the key stakeholder on a common decision. If this doesn’t work, the project manager should support the product owner’s decision as they are the one responsible for approving deliverables and deciding whether they meet the acceptance criteria. It’s not up to the cross-functional team members to decide whether a product increment should be released or not. Therefore, voting is not the right course of action in this case.

377
Q

Question 41:
When they facilitate the sprint planning, the scrum master ensures that every story has a checklist that includes the testing activities. However, after a few iterations, the scrum master notices that most of the time, the development team does not conduct any testing, causing stories to remain open for a long time. What should the scrum master do?
Separate the testing activities from the user stories
Have a separate QA team perform the testing at the end of each iteration
Discuss the issue with the team during the sprint retrospective meeting
Schedule training for the team on how to perform testing activities

A

Separate the testing activities from the user storiesHave a separate QA team perform the testing at the end of each iterationCorrect answerDiscuss the issue with the team during the sprint retrospective meetingSchedule training for the team on how to perform testing activitiesOverall explanationDuring the sprint retrospective, the project manager goes over what went well during the sprint and what should be improved. It’s best to address any problems during this meeting to identify the root causes and come up with the right action plan. Separating testing activities from user stories is not correct because the “definition of done” could include testing. Having a separate QA team contradicts the fact that the Agile team should be cross-functional. Finally, scheduling training could be an option if the team lacks testing knowledge; however, this should be confirmed after discussing the issue with the team during the retrospective since the problem could have other reasons, such as inaccurate estimations.

378
Q

Question 42:
A project manager is assigned to lead a marketing project for a political party. During a phone call with the party representative, the latter requested adding social media advertisements to the project. The project manager informed the representative that they were willing to include the service for an additional $8,000, to which the representative agreed. However, when the project manager sent the invoice including the requested service fees, the representative refused to pay the additional cost. What could have been done differently to avoid this situation?
The project manager should have chosen a more appropriate communication channel
The scope could have been cut to balance the cost of the additional service
The project manager should have requested a lower price for the additional service
Nothing could have been done differently

A

Correct answerThe project manager should have chosen a more appropriate communication channelThe scope could have been cut to balance the cost of the additional serviceThe project manager should have requested a lower price for the additional serviceNothing could have been done differentlyOverall explanationThis situation could have been avoided if the project manager had used formal communication when discussing and approving changes to the contract terms. A phone call is considered informal communication, which means that any decisions made over the phone mainly rely on mutual trust since there is no written record of the discussion or any ensuing decisions. Formal communication, on the other hand, provides a record of any terms, conditions, dates, etc. that have been discussed and approved, binding both parties to comply with any decisions made. In this scenario, the project manager should have used a formal communication channel, such as emails, to keep a formal record of the contract changes requested and approved by the client.

379
Q

Question 43:
A project manager is leading a project using an agile approach. Their main focus is to respond to their team members’ needs, remove any progress impediments they might face, and promote support tasks to maximize the team’s productivity. This project manager is a(n) _______________ leader.
Adaptive
Servant
Supportive
Collaborative

A

AdaptiveCorrect answerServantSupportiveCollaborativeOverall explanationServant leadership is an actively used leadership model in Agile projects. A servant leader’s primary focus is to serve their teams by enabling and encouraging them to continuously improve their performance. Servant leaders provide what their team members need, work on removing any progress impediments they might face, and establish supporting tasks to maximize productivity. Adaptive leadership exists in complex networks (Desai, 2010) and complex dynamics of interdependency relationships, which leads to emergent creativity and adaptability (Uhl-Bien et al, 2007). Supportive is a PMO type. Collaborative leadership is a made-up term.

380
Q

Question 44:
Due to a lack of knowledge of the involved technology, an agile team was unable to estimate the number of user stories needed in the subsequent iteration. What tool or technique can the project manager recommend to overcome such a problem?
Value stream
Progressive elaboration
Spike
Refactoring

A

Value streamProgressive elaborationCorrect answerSpikeRefactoringOverall explanationThe project manager should recommend using Spike. As a research story, a spike represents a time-boxed effort that is dedicated to learning, architecture & design, prototypes, etc. to better understand critical technical or functional details and thus make accurate estimations. Progressive elaboration can be a solution if the used technology could be understood over time. But, since the user stories are going to be implemented during the subsequent iteration, then progressive elaboration is not feasible in this scenario. Refactoring is a technique for enhancing product quality. A value stream is used to determine which actions bring more value to customers.

381
Q

Question 45:
Senior management is inspecting two potential projects to pick the one that best meets the organization’s strategic objectives. Taking into consideration time constraints and limited resources, they ended up choosing Project X, which was estimated to generate $100,000 in profit over Project Y, which was expected to generate $150,000 in profit. What is the opportunity cost of the choice made by the senior management?
$100,000
$150,000
$50,000
–$150,000

A

$100,000Correct answer$150,000$50,000–$150,000Overall explanationThe opportunity cost is the value of the non-selected or missed-out projects or opportunities. Therefore, the opportunity cost of selecting Project X over Project Y is $150,000.

382
Q

Question 46:
During the sprint planning meeting, the product owner discovered that only a few user stories were ready for the upcoming sprint, while the rest still needed refinement. The product owner got nervous because the meeting will not be long enough to finish planning the new sprint, which starts the following day. How could the product owner have avoided such a situation?
Through setting up backlog refinement meetings with the development team throughout the sprint
By requesting the development team to take responsibility for refining user stories before the planning session
By requesting the scrum master to take responsibility for refining user stories before the planning session
The product owner did nothing wrong in this situation. They should just include user stories that are ready, and complete refining the remaining stories during the sprint

A

Correct answerThrough setting up backlog refinement meetings with the development team throughout the sprintBy requesting the development team to take responsibility for refining user stories before the planning sessionBy requesting the scrum master to take responsibility for refining user stories before the planning sessionThe product owner did nothing wrong in this situation. They should just include user stories that are ready, and complete refining the remaining stories during the sprintOverall explanationIt’s the responsibility of the product owner to lead backlog refinement meetings. During one or more mid-sprint sessions, the product owner should collaborate with the team in order to prepare the user stories for the upcoming sprints (Agile Practice Guide, page 52).

383
Q

Question 47:
A project manager is leading a four-year project using a predictive approach. The initial budget of the project is $1,000,000. At the end of the first year, the steering committee asked the project manager to share a diagram showing how much funding was spent each month. Which data representation technique should the project manager use?
Burndown chart
Burnup chart
Histogram
Gantt chart

A

Burndown chartBurnup chartCorrect answerHistogramGantt chartOverall explanationThe project manager can use a histogram as a graphical representation of numerical data. The steering committee asked for the amounts spent each month rather than the total spending or the monthly remaining funds. Thus, neither burnup nor burndown charts can be used. Gantt charts, on the other hand, are used to illustrate the project schedule and not the budget.

384
Q

Question 48:
An agile project manager is leading a cultural project. After reviewing and tracking the team’s velocity, the agile project manager decides:
To set a goal for the team to reach a higher velocity than the industry’s average
That the team’s velocity should increase by 10% each iteration
That tracking the team’s velocity is unnecessary since they are self-managed
That the team’s velocity should be more consistent

A

To set a goal for the team to reach a higher velocity than the industry’s averageThat the team’s velocity should increase by 10% each iterationThat tracking the team’s velocity is unnecessary since they are self-managedCorrect answerThat the team’s velocity should be more consistentOverall explanationTeam velocity is a key metric since it represents the average rate at which the team accomplishes work. However, the project manager should not compare their team’s velocity to that of other teams because each has its own work specifications and requirements. Besides, it is unreasonable to expect their team’s velocity to continuously increase. It’s more practical and realistic to seek consistency when it comes to the team’s delivery potential.

385
Q

Question 49:
A kill board composed of 9 members is discussing a project that has just concluded its first phase. Three focal opinions emerged during the meeting: 4 members suggested carrying on with the project while keeping the same scope, 3 other members suggested continuing the project while reducing the scope, and the 2 remaining members suggested discontinuing the project. Knowing that the kill board follows a “majority” decision-making technique, what will be the final output of this meeting?
Continuing the project and keeping the same scope
Continuing the project and reducing the scope
Discontinuing the project
None of the above

A

Continuing the project and keeping the same scopeContinuing the project and reducing the scopeDiscontinuing the projectCorrect answerNone of the aboveOverall explanationNo majority was reached in any of the three opinions since only 4 out of the 9 members were proponents of continuing the project with the same scope. If the kill board had followed “plurality” as a decision-making technique instead, the four members’ suggestion would have been endorsed. Now, the kill board should continue discussing the matter and maybe use other decision-making techniques to reach a consensus.

386
Q

Question 50:
A project manager is managing an industrial project using a hybrid approach. The project team has estimated that a work package will most likely require 5 days to complete. But, if everything goes well, it could take only 3 days. However, in the worst-case scenario, it might take up to 13 days to complete. So, the team has decided to opt for the PERT method to set a final estimation. What is the expected duration of the work package?
5 days
6 days
7 days
8 days

A

5 daysCorrect answer6 days7 days8 daysOverall explanationThe PERT estimation formula is: (Optimistic + Pessimistic + (4 × Most likely)) ÷ 6. Applying the given numbers, you will get the following result: 13 + 3 + (4 x 5) ÷ 6 = 36 ÷ 6 = 6 days.

387
Q

Question 51:
An organization is used to following the scrum framework where sprints are 4 weeks long. One day, the organization’s Chief Technology Officer (CTO) approached the scrum master and argued that a 4-week sprint is too long and should be reduced to 2 weeks. Convinced by the CTO’s suggestion, how could the Scrum Master make this change?
Announce to the team that the CTO, who has formal power, has decided that the sprint should only last 2 weeks
Let team members know about their intention to reduce the sprint length and involve them in the decision
Inform the team of the sprint length change during the sprint retrospective and provide them with arguments
Engage an agile coach to assist in this transition since having someone external to the team will most likely reduce any resistance

A

Announce to the team that the CTO, who has formal power, has decided that the sprint should only last 2 weeksCorrect answerLet team members know about their intention to reduce the sprint length and involve them in the decisionInform the team of the sprint length change during the sprint retrospective and provide them with argumentsEngage an agile coach to assist in this transition since having someone external to the team will most likely reduce any resistanceOverall explanationThe scrum master needs to make sure to involve the entire team or whoever the change is likely to impact when tailoring a process (Agile Practice Guide, page 120). The buy-in from the team will suffer significantly if one person defines the process especially if they are from outside the team such as an agile coach. The organization’s CTO gave a personal suggestion and not a formal order.

388
Q

Question 52:
After taking over a project, the project manager noticed that team members are not interacting and collaborating with each other as they are supposed to. What team-building activities could the project manager opt for? (Select two)
Purchase gym memberships for all team members and let them choose the gym and training hours that work best for them
Buy a ping pong table and allow the team to use it during breaks
Go hiking with the project team
Offer them tickets to watch new movies

A

Purchase gym memberships for all team members and let them choose the gym and training hours that work best for themCorrect selectionBuy a ping pong table and allow the team to use it during breaksCorrect selectionGo hiking with the project teamOffer them tickets to watch new moviesOverall explanationBuying a ping pong table or going on a hike are both considered team-building activities. Team building enhances the team’s social relations and builds a collaborative and cooperative working environment. If team members go separately to the gym or to the movies, there will be no interaction between them, thus interpersonal relationships will not be improved. These activities are just considered motivational factors, not team-building activities.

389
Q

Question 53:
During a retrospective meeting, two team members disagree about their involvement in a recent work incident, accusing each other of dodging responsibility. To avoid such an issue in the future, the project manager decides to create a RACI matrix. RACI is an acronym for:
Responsible, Accountable, Confirm, Inform
Recommended, Accountable, Consulted, Inform
Responsible, Accountant, Consulted, Inform
Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, Inform

A

Responsible, Accountable, Confirm, InformRecommended, Accountable, Consulted, InformResponsible, Accountant, Consulted, InformCorrect answerResponsible, Accountable, Consulted, InformOverall explanationRACI stands for Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, Inform. The RACI chart or matrix is an example of the Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM), which shows the relationship between activities and team members as it defines team members’ roles and responsibilities. It’s an efficient tool to make sure everyone is on the same page and understands what they are supposed to do.

390
Q

Question 54:
The following illustration involves a project network activity node. Based on the provided data, if work starts on day 1, what is the duration and the Early Start (ES) of activity A?
Duration = 2 and ES = 5
Duration = 2 and ES = 6
Duration = 3 and ES = 5
Duration = 3 and ES = 6

A

Duration = 2 and ES = 5Duration = 2 and ES = 6Duration = 3 and ES = 5Correct answerDuration = 3 and ES = 6Overall explanationDuration = 3 and ES = 6.
The activity duration is calculated by using the following formula: LF - LS + 1 = 9 - 7 +1 = 3.
Early Start can be calculated in two ways:
1) Using this formula: EF - ES + 1 = Duration, which gives
ES = EF - Duration + 1 = 8 - 3 + 1 = 6.
2) Calculating the total float (slack); LF - EF = Slack = 1, then applying this formula:
LS - ES = Slack, which gives: ES = LS - Slack = 7 - 1 = 6.

391
Q

Question 55:
During project execution, a team member who was assigned to handle a critical task, informed the project manager that they won’t be able to meet the deadline and that they will need two more days. Knowing that the new estimation will have no impact on the critical path or the project duration, what should the project manager do?
Transfer the task to another team member who can complete it within the allocated time
Inform the team member that since the project schedule has already been approved, it won’t be possible to change it
Ask the team member to take care of updating the project schedule whenever any inaccuracy in activities’ estimates is identified
Approve the team member’s new estimate of the activity and update the project schedule and any other relevant plans accordingly

A

Transfer the task to another team member who can complete it within the allocated timeInform the team member that since the project schedule has already been approved, it won’t be possible to change itAsk the team member to take care of updating the project schedule whenever any inaccuracy in activities’ estimates is identifiedCorrect answerApprove the team member’s new estimate of the activity and update the project schedule and any other relevant plans accordinglyOverall explanationSince the new activity’s activity estimate has no significant impact on the project, the best course of action in this situation is to approve it and update the project schedule and all relevant plans accordingly. The project manager won’t have to transfer the task to another team member due to missing the activity’s deadline. During the planning phase, estimations might be sometimes inaccurate for a variety of reasons. Thus, updates and adjustments are necessary during execution. If the new estimations have a significant impact on the project, a change request should be issued. Under a predictive approach, the project manager is responsible for managing and controlling the schedule. So, the project manager should not ask the team member to update the schedule without referring back to them, since they should be aware of all schedule updates.

392
Q

Question 56:
A servant leader has recently been assigned to a new project. After checking the requirements, they decide that Kanban is the ideal Agile framework to use. However, their team is unfamiliar with kanban. What should the servant leader do?
Refrain from using Kanban since their team is not familiar with it
Explain Kanban during the first iteration planning meeting
Assign training sessions for the team to learn about Kanban in practice
Ask team members to learn Kanban practices using their own means

A

Refrain from using Kanban since their team is not familiar with itExplain Kanban during the first iteration planning meetingCorrect answerAssign training sessions for the team to learn about Kanban in practiceAsk team members to learn Kanban practices using their own meansOverall explanationThis situation implies that the servant leader has chosen the Kanban framework for their project, which happens to be unfamiliar to their team. If they believe that this particular approach is the best fit for the project, they must ensure that the development team receives the necessary training to properly execute the project. Of the suggested scenarios, setting up training sessions would be the most consistent with servant leadership as well as agile best practices, as it will provide team members with the needed knowledge and mastery to carry out the project.

393
Q

Question 57:
Upon reviewing user stories, the agile coach finds out that a few ones are not following the common template format. Which of the following formats should the agile coach instruct the development team to follow for user stories?
As a , I want to develop
As a , I want to , so that
As a , I want to achieve
As a , I want to

A

As a , I want to develop Correct answerAs a , I want to , so that As a , I want to achieve As a , I want to Overall explanationA predefined template format is usually followed when developing user stories in order to indicate the user’s class (their role), what this class wants to realize (their goal), and why they want to achieve this goal (the benefit) (Cohn 2004). Using the term “so that” in a user story is not mandatory if the purpose is clear enough to everyone; otherwise, “so that” should definitely be used when writing each user story (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 83).

394
Q

Question 58:
During the project charter development phase, the project manager discovers a gap in the business case; some key regulatory requirements were missing. Non-compliance with these regulations could result in legal issues. Complying with these regulations, on the other hand, could result in drastic scope changes and budget overruns. What should the project manager do?
Issue a change request to implement the needed changes for meeting regulations
Consider these findings a risk and plan a response
Start implementing the project and decide later on how to address these requirements when a better solution can be established
Inform the project sponsor of their findings

A

Issue a change request to implement the needed changes for meeting regulationsConsider these findings a risk and plan a responseStart implementing the project and decide later on how to address these requirements when a better solution can be establishedCorrect answerInform the project sponsor of their findingsOverall explanationThe project manager should immediately inform the project sponsor of their findings. The PMI’s Code of Ethics requires project managers to comply with all laws and regulations. Concealing such information can lead the organization to face legal issues. In the case of a predictive project, change requests can be only issued after setting the project baseline. In the described scenario, the project is neither authorized nor baselined since it’s still in the project charter development phase.

395
Q

Question 59:
A project manager is leading a project that involves installing 120 air conditioners in a corporate building. The project includes too many stakeholders because every office has at least one air conditioner. What is the best course of action for the project manager to deal with the situation?
Ask the project sponsor to represent all of the stakeholders
Set up an effective way to define the needs of each stakeholder
Classify stakeholders and only work with those who have high power and interest
Inform their senior management that the project should be divided into sub-projects so that it will be managed as a program instead

A

Ask the project sponsor to represent all of the stakeholdersCorrect answerSet up an effective way to define the needs of each stakeholderClassify stakeholders and only work with those who have high power and interestInform their senior management that the project should be divided into sub-projects so that it will be managed as a program insteadOverall explanationThe project manager needs to implement an efficient approach to identify the needs of all project stakeholders in order to minimize any disturbing changes later during the project execution. No matter how many stakeholders a project has, they should all be identified and analyzed, along with their needs, as early as possible. This might be a complicated process due to the large number of stakeholders involved in this project. However, this does not mean that the project manager should request breaking down the project into sub-projects or assigning a representative for all stakeholders.

396
Q

Question 60:
Since its foundation, an organization has always used the predictive life cycle to implement its projects. However, executives have recently decided to experiment with adaptive approaches. The project manager suggested using the Kanban method since it respects the company’s current work enrollment state, processes, roles, and titles. What other principles and characteristics of the Kanban method could the project manager communicate to their executives? (Select three)
Osmotic communication
Visualize the workflow
Limit work in progress
Implement feedback loops

A

Osmotic communicationCorrect selectionVisualize the workflowCorrect selectionLimit work in progressCorrect selectionImplement feedback loopsOverall explanationThe main aspects of the Kanban method are: visualizing the workflow, limiting work in progress, managing flow, making process policies explicit, implementing feedback loops, and improving collaboratively. Close or osmotic communication is one of the crystal methodology’s characteristics (Agile Practice guide, pages 104, 107).

397
Q

Question 61:
A project manager is leading a team of 6 members in an open space work environment. While working on an offer, the potential client called the project manager to ask for the cost estimate. The project manager informed them that it is around $600,000. A team member immediately corrected the project manager by saying “it’s actually around $700,000”. The project manager didn’t even notice that the team member was overhearing the discussion. What kind of communication is being used here?
Open space communication
Distracting communication
Indirect communication
Osmotic communication

A

Open space communicationDistracting communicationIndirect communicationCorrect answerOsmotic communicationOverall explanationOsmotic communication is when team members are in the same room and one person asks a question, others in the room can either contribute to the discussion or continue working (PMBOK 7th edition, page 243).

398
Q

Question 62:
An organization decided to conduct an MBTI (Myers–Briggs Type Indicator) Personality Test. The project manager is confident that the quiz results will reveal their pragmatic personality as they only believe in facts and never rely on intuition. Among the following options, what should the project manager’s personality type be?
ISTJ
INTP
ENTJ
ENTP

A

Correct answerISTJINTPENTJENTPOverall explanationSince the project manager never relies on Intuition (N), their style should be Sensing (S). The only option that involves sensing is ISTJ. Sensing is when you pay close attention to reality, concentrate on facts and details, and take advantage of practical experience.

399
Q

Question 63:
A project manager works for an organization that is used to the predictive approach. The organization’s decision-makers attended a conference about Agile and decided to adopt this approach in their upcoming projects. The project manager got worried about losing their job because as far as they know, an Agile team is composed of team members, a scrum master, and a product owner. Thus, the organization will not need a project manager anymore. Is the project manager’s concern justified?
Yes, the agile team doesn’t include a project manager
Yes, the project manager should either convert to a scrum master role or look for a new opportunity in an organization following the predictive approach
No, the project manager can work as a product owner since both roles are similar
No, they can continue working as a project manager but they will be more of a facilitator

A

Yes, the agile team doesn’t include a project managerYes, the project manager should either convert to a scrum master role or look for a new opportunity in an organization following the predictive approachNo, the project manager can work as a product owner since both roles are similarCorrect answerNo, they can continue working as a project manager but they will be more of a facilitatorOverall explanationIn Agile, there are three common roles: cross-functional team members, product owner, and team facilitator. The team facilitator can also be called project manager, scrum master, project team lead, or team coach. A team facilitator’s role is to remove impediments, facilitate, and coach the team. In other terms, the team facilitator should have strong servant leadership skills (Agile Practice Guide, pages 40-41).

400
Q

Question 64:
After running a three-week sprint, an agile team examines their burndown chart. In which area did the team progress suffer the most?
A
B
C
D

A

ACorrect answerBCDOverall explanationAt phase B, the team started with 27 story points as planned and finished with only 22 story points. They are behind by 7 story points since the forecasted progress at the end of phase B is 15 story points. Throughout this phase, the team is behind schedule and progress is trending out. In all of the other phases, the team’s progress is either ahead of the forecasted progress or very close to the trending line.
Please note that in the real exam, such a question usually comes in the form of “click the area where…”.

401
Q

Question 65:
To keep up with everything going on with their project, a project manager relies on emails as a medium to communicate with the project team and stakeholders. To write efficient emails, the project manager uses all of the following techniques, except:
Brief, right-to-the-point expressions
Consideration of the reader’s needs
Words and ideas fluency
Tone variation

A

Brief, right-to-the-point expressionsConsideration of the reader’s needsWords and ideas fluencyCorrect answerTone variationOverall explanationIn order to reduce misunderstandings when using written communication mediums, the project manager can rely on the 5 techniques or the 5Cs of written communication, which represent: Correct grammar and spelling, Concise expression and elimination of excess words, Clear purpose and expression directed to the needs of the reader, Coherent, logical flow of ideas, and Controlled flow of words and ideas. Tone variation is a verbal communication technique.

402
Q

Question 66:
A project manager is managing a project using the predictive approach. A Change Control Board (CCB) is formed, in which the project sponsor is a member, to review all change requests. One month after the project launch, the CCB received three change requests; the first was by the sponsor, the second was by a low-power stakeholder, and the third one was issued by a senior team member. Which of these individuals is not allowed to submit a change request?
The sponsor since they are a member of the CCB
The stakeholder since they have low power
The senior team member since they are part of the project team
All of the above are allowed to submit a change request

A

The sponsor since they are a member of the CCBThe stakeholder since they have low powerThe senior team member since they are part of the project teamCorrect answerAll of the above are allowed to submit a change requestOverall explanationChange requests may be submitted by any stakeholder involved with the project. The project sponsor(s), stakeholders, and the project team are all considered project stakeholders, therefore, they can all make change requests. CCB membership, power level, or involvement in project execution should not be restrictions for someone to request changes.

403
Q

Question 67:
Working in a risk-averse organization, the project manager suggested using the agile approach for a new project that has a high level of uncertainty. How should risk management be conducted in this case? (Select two)
The project manager will own the risk management
Both the project manager and the project team conduct risk analysis, determine risk responses, and update the Risk Register
The project team analyzes and addresses risks in all planning meetings, with a focus on qualitative rather than quantitative analysis
Risks are monitored through the use of information radiators, stand-up meetings, iteration reviews, and retrospectives

A

The project manager will own the risk managementBoth the project manager and the project team conduct risk analysis, determine risk responses, and update the Risk RegisterCorrect selectionThe project team analyzes and addresses risks in all planning meetings, with a focus on qualitative rather than quantitative analysisCorrect selectionRisks are monitored through the use of information radiators, stand-up meetings, iteration reviews, and retrospectivesOverall explanationWhen managing an Agile project, risk identification occurs in all types of planning meetings, such as daily stand-ups, release meetings, iteration reviews, and retrospectives. The project team analyzes and addresses risks during planning meetings through qualitative analysis rather than quantitative analysis. In Agile projects, the project team owns Risk management, while the project manager is only responsible for facilitating the process.

404
Q

Question 68:
A sales representative of a luxurious hotel chain asked a local carpenter, who owns a small workshop specialized in designing and manufacturing outdoor furniture, to produce a single unit of a new concept of egg chairs as quickly and inexpensively as possible. What is this product called?
Pre-production version
Product increment
Minimum viable product
Sample

A

Pre-production versionProduct incrementCorrect answerMinimum viable productSampleOverall explanationA Minimum Viable Product (MVP) is a prototype with just enough features to be presented to early users, who can then provide feedback for future product development (PMBOK 7th edition, page 243). An MVP could be subject to many changes and subsequent prototypes, thus it can’t be considered a pre-production version. A sample is a small part of a product intended to demonstrate the characteristics of the whole product. Product increment involves a workable increment delivered at the end of each iteration.

405
Q

Question 69:
A project manager is facilitating a planning session to define and estimate the duration of a number of activities. 7 members attended the meeting and Katherine was the most experienced one among them. Upon a disagreement about the duration of one of the activities, the project manager decided to hold a vote and adopt the decision of the majority. The voting results were as follows:
What should the project manager do next?
Assign the activity a “5 days” estimation since it was the decision of the majority
Assign the activity a “4 days” estimation as an average of all estimates
Assign the activity a “3 days” estimation as suggested by Kathrine
Discuss the different estimations and do another round of voting

A

Assign the activity a “5 days” estimation since it was the decision of the majorityAssign the activity a “4 days” estimation as an average of all estimatesAssign the activity a “3 days” estimation as suggested by KathrineCorrect answerDiscuss the different estimations and do another round of votingOverall explanationSince only three out of seven members voted for the “5 days” estimation, the majority was not reached. Therefore, the facilitator should discuss the estimations and do another round of voting if they want to stick with the majority as a decision-making method. If plurality was adopted instead, the “5 days” estimation would have been selected as a final decision. If the average was adopted, “4 days” would have been selected as the activity’s estimated duration. If it was an autocratic decision, the estimation of Katherine, for instance, would have been endorsed.

406
Q

Question 70:
A project is 50% complete. During its planning phase, the project manager divided the project into 4 consecutive phases. Now that phase 2 is completed, they’re moving on to phase 3. Based on the following table, how much is this project’s Earned Value (EV)?
$4,000
$5,000
$6,000
$10,000

A

$4,000Correct answer$5,000$6,000$10,000Overall explanationThe project is 50% complete, so in order to calculate its EV, the following formula must be applied:
EV = (BAC x % complete).
The project’s BAC is calculated by adding up all of the PVs of the project phases:
BAC = $2,000 + $2,000 + $3,000 + $3,000 = $10,000.
Therefore, the project’s EV = ($10,000 x %50) = $5,000.

407
Q

Question 71:
During the sprint retrospective meeting, team members complained that they were always wasting time going back and forth with the product owner to schedule the backlog refinement meeting. The project manager suggested creating a recurring event to fix the issue. When should this event take place?
Right after the sprint retrospective
Right before the sprint planning
Right after the sprint planning
At any time during the sprint

A

Right after the sprint retrospectiveRight before the sprint planningRight after the sprint planningCorrect answerAt any time during the sprintOverall explanationIn an iteration-based agile project, the product owner works with the team to refine the backlog and prepare user stories for the next iterations throughout one or multiple sessions, in the middle of the iteration (Agile Practice Guide, page 67).

408
Q

Question 72:
A project manager is conducting stakeholder analysis using the power/interest grid below. What actions correspond to the quadrants A, B, C, D respectively?
Keep Satisfied, Monitor, Keep Informed, Manage Closely
Keep Satisfied, Manage Closely, Monitor, Keep Informed
Keep Satisfied, Manage Closely, Keep Informed, Monitor
Manage Closely, Keep Satisfied, Monitor, Keep Informed

A

Keep Satisfied, Monitor, Keep Informed, Manage CloselyCorrect answerKeep Satisfied, Manage Closely, Monitor, Keep InformedKeep Satisfied, Manage Closely, Keep Informed, MonitorManage Closely, Keep Satisfied, Monitor, Keep InformedOverall explanationA = Keep Satisfied. Due to their influence, stakeholders with high power and low interest should be kept satisfied. But, because they don’t have a high interest in your project, they can get bored if you over-communicate with them.
B = Manage Closely. Stakeholders with high power and high interest are the most important to your project, and you should make sure to keep them happy by managing them closely.
C = Monitor. Stakeholders with low power and low interest should be kept informed periodically without overdoing it.
D = Keep Informed. You’ll want to keep stakeholders with low power and high interest informed by checking in with them regularly to make sure they are not experiencing any issues or problems.
Please note that in the real exam such a question usually comes in the form of “drag & drop”.

409
Q

Question 73:
During the sprint planning session, a scrum team came across a disputable user story for which everyone had a different story point estimation. The product owner, being the most acquainted with the business case, weighed in with a “2” story point estimation. However, the scrum master thinks it should be “3”, comparing it to similar previously completed stories. The cross-functional team thinks it should be assigned “5” story points. Which estimate should be applied?
2, because the product owner is the most aware of the business
3, because the project manager has past experience that allows them to use the analogous estimation technique
5, because the team members are the ones who will be working on the story
3, as an average of all estimates

A

2, because the product owner is the most aware of the business3, because the project manager has past experience that allows them to use the analogous estimation techniqueCorrect answer5, because the team members are the ones who will be working on the story3, as an average of all estimatesOverall explanationEstimates should be provided by individuals who are assigned to do the work, such as the development team, and not by the product owner or the Scrum Master. (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 123).

410
Q

Question 74:
A project manager is leading a project using an iteration-based Agile approach. During the retrospective meeting, one of their team members stated that the sprint planning meeting always takes too long because tasks were not detailed enough in the first place. What should the project manager do to fix this issue?
Establish a rule that prohibits the creation of non-detailed tasks
Encourage the team to hold one or more backlog refinement sessions with the product owner during iterations
Ignore the team member’s feedback unless other members agree with them
Split the planning meeting into two or three sessions so attendees don’t feel bored

A

Establish a rule that prohibits the creation of non-detailed tasksCorrect answerEncourage the team to hold one or more backlog refinement sessions with the product owner during iterationsIgnore the team member’s feedback unless other members agree with themSplit the planning meeting into two or three sessions so attendees don’t feel boredOverall explanationBacklog refinement is used to prepare tasks and user stories for the upcoming iteration (Agile Practice Guide, page 52). The team member’s declaration indicates that the team is not holding backlog refinement sessions at all, or they need to have more sessions. Hence, such feedback shouldn’t be ignored. Dividing the planning meeting into shorter sessions is not going to solve the root cause of this issue. Similarly, setting a restrictive rule for creating tasks will only prevent team members from adding tasks to the backlog.

411
Q

Question 75:
A project manager asked a team member to prepare a presentation for an important prospect. After checking it, the project manager found the presentation comprehensive and engaging, but the outline was missing. The outline of the presentation is a list of:
Major headings or topics to be covered in the presentation
References and bibliography at the end of the presentation
The presentation requirements and purpose
External sources used in the presentation

A

Correct answerMajor headings or topics to be covered in the presentationReferences and bibliography at the end of the presentationThe presentation requirements and purposeExternal sources used in the presentationOverall explanationThe presentation outline represents a guide to the key elements covered in the presentation. It includes a comprehensive list that sums up what will be demonstrated to prospective customers, clients, or investors. It allows the pitcher to organize their thoughts, highlight fundamental points, and logically elucidate their ideas.

412
Q

Question 76:
A project manager is planning for a project consisting of manufacturing a drone for wildlife protection purposes. The project is challenging because the drone is supposed to be able to identify and keep count of a wide range of wild animals. Since they have previously dealt with drones in the military field, the project manager thinks that using analogous estimating will be of great help for their current project. This estimation technique is best known as:
Three-point estimating
Expert judgment estimating
Bottom-up estimating
Parametric estimating

A

Three-point estimatingCorrect answerExpert judgment estimatingBottom-up estimatingParametric estimatingOverall explanationExpert judgment is the use of specialized knowledge of an industry or previous similar experience in estimations. Likewise, analogous estimating uses parameters from similar previous projects. Since the project manager worked with drones before, they have gained enough experience to make them an expert and enable them to use analogous estimation.

413
Q

Question 77:
Wanting to have their own home, a couple decided to avoid getting a mortgage and build a tiny house instead. After watching some videos and reading many tutorials, they started planning for the project. However, when it came to interior design, they seemed to disagree on many details. Since they wanted to get their house ready by the end of the year, they decided to launch the construction work first and decide about the interior design details later on. What technique are they using?
Rolling wave
Fast-tracking
Crashing
Decomposition

A

Correct answerRolling waveFast-trackingCrashingDecompositionOverall explanationThe Rolling wave method is used to address uncertainty by planning near-term work in detail while planning future tasks in a more broad manner (PMBOK Guide 7th edition, page 249). It’s a form of progressive elaboration that sets up near-term plans and “rolls” into the longer term as more details become available. In this way, rolling wave planning allows work to progress in current and near-term deliverables while planning for potential work packages continues.

414
Q

Question 78:
A project manager is approached by an organization to develop the resource planning for their new innovative project. Even though the project manager has worked with many similar organizations in the past, this time, they are skeptical about the project’s business model. Should the project manager use historical information in this case?
No, since every project is unique, there is rarely any correlation between different projects’ resource expectations
No, since historical information is usually not applicable for innovative and rapidly changing projects
Yes, since historical information can provide insight when making comparisons to resources used on previous similar projects
Yes, since an accurate estimation of resources cannot be performed without referring to historical information

A

No, since every project is unique, there is rarely any correlation between different projects’ resource expectationsNo, since historical information is usually not applicable for innovative and rapidly changing projectsCorrect answerYes, since historical information can provide insight when making comparisons to resources used on previous similar projectsYes, since an accurate estimation of resources cannot be performed without referring to historical informationOverall explanationHistorical information can be helpful when developing analogous estimates or parametric estimates. Analogous estimating is usually less time-consuming and less costly than other techniques, such as bottom-up estimating, but it also tends to be less accurate.

415
Q

Question 79:
A project manager has joined a new organization that adopts the Agile approach. Their team is using “ideal hours” to size tasks during sprint planning. However, the project manager gets a bit confused when team members use other terms to refer to “ideal hours”. Which of the following terms are used to refer to “ideal hours”? (Select three)
Effort hours
Business hours
Man hours
Person hours

A

Correct selectionEffort hoursBusiness hoursCorrect selectionMan hoursCorrect selectionPerson hoursOverall explanationIdeal hours are also referred to as effort hours, man-hours, or person-hours (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 122). Business hours are daily hours in which business is commonly carried out. When estimating tasks, we don’t use business hours, because interruptions are common in an eight-hour workday. As a result, you may spend only 6 hours working on your tasks while dispersing the other 2 hours on meetings, phone calls, emails, client support, etc.

416
Q

Question 80:
During a sprint review meeting, a team member demonstrated a new feature and pointed out that it took longer than expected due to missing technical documentation. Then, they asked a senior team member how they could avoid this in the future. What should the meeting facilitator do?
Let the discussion flow naturally since it’s important and only intervene if the side discussion continues for too long
Ask the team member to reflect on how to make such improvements at another meeting
Interrupt the team member because the product owner is not supposed to know that documentation is missing
Let the discussion continue and then ask the product owner to give feedback on potential improvements

A

Let the discussion flow naturally since it’s important and only intervene if the side discussion continues for too longCorrect answerAsk the team member to reflect on how to make such improvements at another meetingInterrupt the team member because the product owner is not supposed to know that documentation is missingLet the discussion continue and then ask the product owner to give feedback on potential improvementsOverall explanationThe retrospective meeting is the right meeting to reflect on what happened during the sprint and how to improve the implemented processes. Therefore, rather than discussing how to improve future work efficiency, the meeting facilitator should steer back the discussion to only focus on the demonstrated feature and get the product owner’s feedback on what has been produced. This being said, if the documentation needs improvement, team members should create a technical task for it and demonstrate its importance to the product owner during Sprint Planning.

417
Q

Question 81:
A project manager is assigned to lead their first project. When discussing how they plan to develop their team, the project manager shares with their superiors that they intend to focus on developing team members’ loyalty to the organization by promoting their well-being both at work and outside of work. Which of the following motivational theories is the project manager planning to adopt?
Expectancy theory
Theory X
Theory Y
Theory Z

A

Expectancy theoryTheory XTheory YCorrect answerTheory ZOverall explanationThe motivational theory the project manager describes is William Ouchi’s version of Theory Z. This theory mainly focuses on increasing employee loyalty to the organization by emphasizing their well-being both at work and outside of work. Opting for this motivational theory often leads to high employee satisfaction and morale, resulting in increased productivity (PMBOK 7th edition, page 160). Theory X, on the other hand, implies that employees are generally incompetent, have limited ambitions, avoid any kind of responsibility, and dislike work. Hence, authoritarian managers motivate their employees either by rewarding or punishing them. Contrarily, Theory Y managers have a positive, optimistic view of their employees, considering them creative and committed to the organization’s objectives and vision. The Expectancy theory implies that employees’ performance depends on their expectations that a definite outcome will follow their performance. This outcome will be a reward for their accomplishments, thus they remain productive as long as the rewards meet their expectations.

418
Q

Question 82:
An organization puts too much emphasis on continuous improvement. They even have a policy that entails holding a meeting after each checkpoint in order to capture patterns of success or failure. In which of the following meetings can they discuss why things went wrong and what could be improved? (Select three)
Retrospective meeting
Lessons learned meeting
Status meeting
Post-mortem meeting

A

Correct selectionRetrospective meetingCorrect selectionLessons learned meetingStatus meetingCorrect selectionPost-mortem meetingOverall explanationLessons learned are sometimes morbidly referred to as “postmortems” (Fundamentals of Technology Project Management by Colleen Garton, Erika McCulloch, page 47). They are also known as retrospectives (PMBOK 7th edition, page 71). A status meeting is held to review the actual status as well as risks. Status meetings could be eventually followed by preventive or corrective actions, change requests, or lessons learned meetings.

419
Q

Question 83:
After checking the burndown chart in their Agile project management tool, a project manager finds out that there is a lot of work left to be done that will be difficult to complete by the end of the sprint. What should the project manager do next?
Request an urgent meeting with the team and inform them that they will need to work overtime to meet the sprint deadline and keep the client satisfied
Send an email to the team informing them of the situation and encouraging them to do more effort
Wait for the next standup meeting to find out the reason behind the team’s slow pace
Wait until the next retrospective meeting to reflect on what is happening

A

Request an urgent meeting with the team and inform them that they will need to work overtime to meet the sprint deadline and keep the client satisfiedSend an email to the team informing them of the situation and encouraging them to do more effortCorrect answerWait for the next standup meeting to find out the reason behind the team’s slow paceWait until the next retrospective meeting to reflect on what is happeningOverall explanationAs a servant leader, the project manager should remove any impediments facing their team. Listening to their updates and trying to detect if there are any blockers causing their slow work pace is the best course of action amidst an ongoing sprint. As a second step, the project manager can raise the issue during the retrospective meeting in order to improve processes; this could involve improving estimations, performance, documentation, etc. The project manager shouldn’t ask the team to work overtime or send them an email as a formal way of putting them under pressure (Agile Practice Guide, page 35).

420
Q

Question 84:
A project manager sits with a key team member to understand why they’ve been frustrated lately. The team member explains that mistakes made by a certain coworker impacted their work, making them unprecedentedly fall behind schedule. The project manager explains to the team member that they’re aware of the situation and that all of their hard work is noticed and appreciated. What conflict resolution technique did the project manager use?
Smoothing
Compromising
Collaborating
Forcing

A

Correct answerSmoothingCompromisingCollaboratingForcingOverall explanationThe project manager used the smoothing technique. This method is characterized by giving more consideration to one side of the conflict over the other in an attempt to smooth out the situation and avoid making the conflict more intense. The project manager is downplaying the seriousness of the issue by reassuring the key team member. This technique often leads to establishing harmony and prevents any amplification of non-critical issues. This does not imply any compromise since the other side of the conflict was not involved nor partially satisfied. It is not a collaboration either since the project manager didn’t incorporate different views nor did they reach a consensus. This can’t be considered forcing since no decisions or solutions were enforced.

421
Q

Question 85:
A sponsor submitted a change request to the Change Control Board (CCB) of which the project manager is a member. The Board counts five members, and their opinions diverged concerning whether to accept or reject the change request. What is the best course of action in order to make a decision?
Try to reach a consensus
Call for voting and let the majority decide
Let the most experienced member of the board decide
Let the board director decide

A

Correct answerTry to reach a consensusCall for voting and let the majority decideLet the most experienced member of the board decideLet the board director decideOverall explanationCollaboration is the best approach to resolving a conflict between members. This would involve an open dialogue where differing viewpoints and insights are exhibited and discussed to eventually reach a consensus and commit to the final decision (PMBOK 7th edition, page 168).

422
Q

Question 86:
A Scrum team is using the Fibonacci sequence to estimate user stories. The scrum master assigned one of the stories an estimation of “5”, while the team thinks that a “3” estimation is more accurate. What should the final estimate of this user story be?
3
4
5
They should discuss it further in order to reach a consensus

A

Correct answer345They should discuss it further in order to reach a consensusOverall explanationIn Scrum, the scrum master (aka team lead or project manager) should not estimate user stories. Hence, the cross-functional team’s estimation of “3” should be the one considered.

423
Q

Question 87:
A project manager has experience managing projects in different fields. However, this is their first time managing an IT project. The project manager often hears the product owner mentioning that technical debt should be avoided at all costs. What is technical debt?
Bugs caused by omission or mistakes
Code Refactoring
The cost of rework due to missed features
The cost of rework due to degraded code quality

A

Bugs caused by omission or mistakesCode RefactoringThe cost of rework due to missed featuresCorrect answerThe cost of rework due to degraded code qualityOverall explanationTechnical debt (aka design debt or code debt) implies the cost of rework incurred as a result of choosing a quick solution over a more time-consuming solution that would, however, ensure better quality. This behavior makes the product less stable over time and the involved maintenance cost ends up being very high. Code refactoring is one of the solutions for technical debt.

424
Q

Question 88:
A project manager is managing a national book fair. Early in the planning phase, they identified some low-impact risks. What should the project manager do next?
Ignore the risks since their impact is fairly low
Add the risks to the risk register and keep monitoring them
Develop a detailed risk response
Report the risks to the fair sponsor(s)

A

Ignore the risks since their impact is fairly lowCorrect answerAdd the risks to the risk register and keep monitoring themDevelop a detailed risk responseReport the risks to the fair sponsor(s)Overall explanationPassive risk acceptance is an appropriate approach for low-impact risks. No proactive action is needed for passive acceptance other than periodically reviewing the threat to ensure that it is not significantly changing. On the other hand, active risk acceptance entails developing a detailed risk response or a contingency plan that would be implemented if the event occurred (PMBOK 7th edition, page 123).

425
Q

Question 89:
One month into execution, a project’s cost variance reached $0.90. What is the project’s status?
The project is under budget
The project is over budget
The project will end up costing more than initially forecasted
The project will end up costing less than initially forecasted

A

Correct answerThe project is under budgetThe project is over budgetThe project will end up costing more than initially forecastedThe project will end up costing less than initially forecastedOverall explanationThe cost variance is the difference between the earned value (EV), i.e., the budgeted cost of work performed, and actual costs (AC). CV = EV – AC.
If the variance is negative, the project is over budget and if the variance is positive, it is under budget. In the question, the cost variance is barely above 0, so the project is under budget. Since the variance is very close to 0 (90 cents), we can also consider the project to be on budget, but this was not included as an option. Cost variance helps to determine the project’s current status, but it cannot determine or predict if the project will end up costing less or more than anticipated. For instance, when the CV is negative, the project manager could take preventive or corrective actions in order to steer the project back on track within the defined budget.

426
Q

Question 90:
A project manager is managing a project using an iterative approach. During the iteration planning, one of the team members insists that a user story should not be brought into the upcoming sprint since many use cases are still missing. What is the most likely reason for the team member to push out this user story?
The user story doesn’t meet the Definition of Done
The user story doesn’t meet the Definition of Ready
The user story involves an impossible stakeholder demand
The user story might result in wasted time and effort

A

The user story doesn’t meet the Definition of DoneCorrect answerThe user story doesn’t meet the Definition of ReadyThe user story involves an impossible stakeholder demandThe user story might result in wasted time and effortOverall explanationThe team member tried to push out the user story because it wasn’t ready yet as it doesn’t involve a comprehensive description of its different use cases. The Definition of Ready (DoR) is a checklist of all the criteria that must be met before a user story can be considered ready for the team to include in the sprint and start working on it (Agile Practice Guide, page 151).

427
Q

Question 91:
A project manager was recently hired by an organization. In their previous position, the project manager used to have wide-ranging authority. Wondering if things will be different for them in the new organization, the project manager asked their mentor what type of organization it is. Which of the following options is not an organizational structure type?
Projectized
Matrix
Functional
Technical

A

ProjectizedMatrixFunctionalCorrect answerTechnicalOverall explanationTechnical is not an organizational structure. There are multiple types of organizational structures including functional or centralized, matrix, and projectized or project-oriented.

428
Q

Question 92:
During a prospect meeting, the client insisted that the new website they want to develop must meet some crucial conditions: it must be SEO (Search Engine Optimization) friendly, with a score of 80% or above, and all of its pages must be responsive on all devices and screen sizes. The client is setting the website’s __________________.
Definition of Done
Quality Assurance
Functional Requirements
Fit for Use

A

Correct answerDefinition of DoneQuality AssuranceFunctional RequirementsFit for UseOverall explanationA Definition of Done is a checklist of required criteria in order to consider a product ready for delivery (Agile Practice Guide, page 151). Functional requirements describe the product requirements, e.g., website menus, functionalities, services, etc. Fit for Use is when a product serves its purpose as it is usable in its current state.

429
Q

Question 93:
While inspecting the construction work progress, a project manager discovered that their team had forgotten to install the solar panel on the roof, which had already been completed. The house was expected to be delivered by the end of the month, but this error will result in a delay of one to two days. What should the project manager do first?
Notify the house owner of the omission and the expected delay
Find out how the omission occurred in the first place to avoid having similar issues in the future
Submit a change request to the house owner
Study alternatives with the project team to deliver the house on time

A

Notify the house owner of the omission and the expected delayFind out how the omission occurred in the first place to avoid having similar issues in the futureSubmit a change request to the house ownerCorrect answerStudy alternatives with the project team to deliver the house on timeOverall explanationThe project manager should confront the issue and try to resolve it with their team in order to deliver the project on time. This should not involve a change request since it includes an omission caused by the project team and not an omission of requirements. Next, and after things settle down, the project manager should capture lessons learned in order to avoid such problems in the future.

430
Q

Question 94:
A senior manager has informed the project manager that they will be in charge of leading a Fintech (Financial Technology) project. The project manager is excited about this project since it’s big and innovative, and it will present a great accomplishment in their career. However, after a few weeks, the project manager starts to feel worried because every time they inquire about the project’s start date, the senior manager says that they are waiting for an official document to be issued in order to start working on the project. Which document is the senior manager referring to?
Project charter
Project management plan
Scope statement
Enterprise resource planning

A

Correct answerProject charterProject management planScope statementEnterprise resource planningOverall explanationThe project charter is the document that authorizes the project manager to launch the project execution (PMBOK 7th edition, page 184). It also includes a brief description of the project and its requirements. Both the scope statement and the project management plan contain a detailed version of these requirements.

431
Q

Question 95:
Which of the following estimation techniques is not usually used in Agile?
Planning poker
Affinity estimating
Bottom-up estimating
Expert judgment

A

Planning pokerAffinity estimatingCorrect answerBottom-up estimatingExpert judgmentOverall explanationBottom-up is used in predictive life cycles to estimate a project cost or duration by aggregating the estimates of the lower-level components of the WBS. All of the other estimation techniques could be used in Agile.

432
Q

Question 96:
After completing all requirements, the project manager sits with the product manager to go over each item of the deliverable acceptance criteria. The product manager found that among thirty deliverables, two did not meet requirements, so they asked the project manager to make the necessary changes before signing off the final delivery document. Which process are they both currently performing?
Control quality
Control scope
Validate scope
Close project

A

Control qualityControl scopeCorrect answerValidate scopeClose projectOverall explanationDuring the “Validate scope” process, deliverables are compared against the acceptance criteria and requirements in order to formally sign off the completed deliverables. “Control quality” and “Control scope” should be carried out before the “Validate scope” process. “Validate Scope” consists in formalizing the approval and acceptance of the completed project deliverables. The verified deliverables obtained upon conducting the “Control Quality” process are the input of the “Validate Scope” process. One of the outputs of the “Validate Scope” process is the accepted deliverables that were formally signed off and approved by the authorized stakeholder.

433
Q

Question 97:
A project manager has just started a two-year project with team members from different locations and cultures. After attending a webinar about the power of motivation, the project manager decided to set a reward strategy for their project team. Which of the following reward strategies would be the most convenient for their project? (Select two)
Set a reward for the project team every 6 months
Set a reward for the project team at the end of the project
Consider cultural differences when determining rewards
Cultural differences should not be considered when setting up a reward strategy as they have no substantial impact

A

Correct selectionSet a reward for the project team every 6 monthsSet a reward for the project team at the end of the projectCorrect selectionConsider cultural differences when determining rewardsCultural differences should not be considered when setting up a reward strategy as they have no substantial impactOverall explanationProject managers should demonstrate their acknowledgment and recognition to their team members throughout the project life cycle rather than waiting till its end to do so. Moreover, cultural differences should be taken into consideration when determining rewards since recognition and rewards can be perceived differently based on various cultural factors.

434
Q

Question 98:
Which factor should be considered during Sprint Planning?
Number of stories in the product backlog
Number of stories completed in the last sprint
Team velocity
Team size

A

Number of stories in the product backlogNumber of stories completed in the last sprintCorrect answerTeam velocityTeam sizeOverall explanationTeam velocity, i.e., the sum of story points’ sizes of the completed features in the current iteration, allows the team to plan its next iteration more accurately by taking into consideration their historical performance (Agile Practice Guide, page 64).

435
Q

Question 99:
A project manager is assigned to an amusement park project. The project comprises two phases: the first phase involves importing attractions like games and rides, and the second entails setting up and installing everything. What should the project manager do after completing the first phase?
Validate scope
Identify risks
Identify stakeholders
Define activities

A

Validate scopeIdentify risksCorrect answerIdentify stakeholdersDefine activitiesOverall explanationThe “Identify stakeholders” process should take place either before or concurrently while creating and approving the project charter. Stakeholders’ identification should be carried out as many times as needed. However, it should always be executed at the beginning of each project phase and whenever a significant change occurs on both the project and the organization level. Since the first phase was complete, this means the scope has already been validated. Risks, on the other hand, are identified early on in the project. Nonetheless, you should keep monitoring and identifying new risks throughout the project execution. Likewise, activities are determined during the planning stage of each project phase, unless you’re employing the rolling wave technique or adopting other life cycles rather than the traditional approach, which is not the case in this situation.

436
Q

Question 100:
Two sales representatives of a wholesale business refuse to share with the business owner the contact information of some of the company’s retailers. Possessing this sensitive data, they use it to blackmail the business owner on multiple occasions. For this reason, the business owner wants to set up a CRM (Customer Relationship Management) to ensure that all explicit information concerning retailers will be recorded. Knowing that this project might face resistance from these two sales representatives, what should the project manager’s first step be?
Use the why-why method to understand the root of the sales representatives’ behavior
Use the what-if scenario analysis to evaluate the sales representatives’ attitude and its potential impact on the project
Meet with the two sales representatives and try to win their support
Hire another trusted sales representative to secretly get the retailers’ contact info

A

Use the why-why method to understand the root of the sales representatives’ behaviorUse the what-if scenario analysis to evaluate the sales representatives’ attitude and its potential impact on the projectCorrect answerMeet with the two sales representatives and try to win their supportHire another trusted sales representative to secretly get the retailers’ contact infoOverall explanationThe project manager’s first step should be to include the two sales representatives in question as project stakeholders. Meeting them and trying to win their support should be a key priority. A logical next step could be to use the why-why method or the what-if scenario analysis. If the project manager fails to win their support, they should consider other alternatives for obtaining the retailers’ contact info.

437
Q

Question 101:
A company has been awarded a contract in one of the Scandinavian countries. Before moving along with the team to the project site, which proactive measure should the project manager take?
Educate the project team about the country’s laws
Teach the project team the country’s common slang terms
Raise the project team’s awareness of the cultural differences
Develop a communication management plan

A

Educate the project team about the country’s lawsTeach the project team the country’s common slang termsCorrect answerRaise the project team’s awareness of the cultural differencesDevelop a communication management planOverall explanationUnderstanding cultural differences is the first step toward effective communication, which entails reducing misunderstandings and enhancing communication skills. A communication management plan could be developed later on when you’re more acquainted with the aspects and characteristics of this culture.

438
Q

Question 102:
A company provides an open workspace as a way of fostering team collaboration. However, while managing an agile software project, the senior developer approached the project manager to request a separate office where they can better focus on their work since they were unable to carry out some critical tasks in the common team area. What should the project manager do in such a situation?
Convince the senior developer of the advantages of working in the same space as their colleagues
Move the senior developer to a separate cubicle
Allow the senior developer to work in a separate area until their complex tasks are solved
Ask the whole team not to make noise as it might disturb others

A

Convince the senior developer of the advantages of working in the same space as their colleaguesMove the senior developer to a separate cubicleCorrect answerAllow the senior developer to work in a separate area until their complex tasks are solvedAsk the whole team not to make noise as it might disturb othersOverall explanationCompanies that go for a “Caves and Common” office design (“Caves” refers to private spaces such as separate offices or cubicles and “Common” refers to common work areas) allow their agile team members to temporarily work in quiet separate areas if they are unable to concentrate in the common open area. However, once they have finished the work at hand, they should return to the common team space (Agile Practice Guide, page 46).

439
Q

Question 103:
A project manager is leading a business transformation project. As part of the project scope, a survey with 10 experts has to be conducted. During project execution, the project sponsor asked to raise the number of experts to 20, explaining that 10 experts might not provide enough input and insight. The sponsor also requested making this adjustment without issuing a change request. What should the project manager do?
Accommodate the change
Refuse to make the change
Negotiate the number to reach a consensus
Inform the sponsor that they need to follow the change management process

A

Accommodate the changeRefuse to make the changeNegotiate the number to reach a consensusCorrect answerInform the sponsor that they need to follow the change management processOverall explanationAny change to the project management plan should go through the organization’s change control process by issuing a change request.

440
Q

Question 104:
A project manager of a distressed project had been replaced by a new one. While the new project manager was examining the network diagram, they found five critical paths and two near-critical paths. What does this indicate about the project?
The project is at a high-risk
The project requires more financial or human resources
The project will be completed on time and within budget
The project should be terminated

A

Correct answerThe project is at a high-riskThe project requires more financial or human resourcesThe project will be completed on time and within budgetThe project should be terminatedOverall explanationAccording to the network diagram, the project is at high risk. With five critical paths and two near-critical paths, any delay of any activity belonging to these paths will result in the whole project’s delay. Having more than one critical and near-critical path does not mean that the project requires more resources and an increase in the allocated budget. On the other hand, just because the project is at high risk of schedule delay does not mean it should be terminated.

441
Q

Question 105:
An organization has recently converted to Agile for its projects’ execution. After a few months, the project manager’s superiors approached them to complain that Team A was performing poorly in comparison to Team B, which always had a higher velocity than Team A. What should the project manager do?
Move some of Team B’s best performers to Team A
Set up a reward program to motivate Team A
Encourage Team A to increase their velocity in the upcoming sprints
Inform their superiors that they can’t compare the performance of different teams based on their velocity

A

Move some of Team B’s best performers to Team ASet up a reward program to motivate Team AEncourage Team A to increase their velocity in the upcoming sprintsCorrect answerInform their superiors that they can’t compare the performance of different teams based on their velocityOverall explanationAn agile team decides how many story points to tackle based on their own estimations, which can be different across teams. Thus, velocity can’t be used to compare the performance of different teams.

442
Q

Question 106:
A remote-first company is holding an annual one-week retreat in an exotic country. For this year’s retreat, the project manager has been asked to take charge of the program planning. In order to quickly generate ideas, the project manager sends a form to all attendees asking for suggestions before holding a group creativity session to further discuss ideas. What technique is the project manager using?
Brainwriting
Brainstorming
Survey
Mind mapping

A

Correct answerBrainwritingBrainstormingSurveyMind mappingOverall explanationBrainwriting (aka individual brainstorming) is a refinement of the brainstorming technique that grants participants time to reflect on the questions individually, either on paper or online, before the whole group participates in a creativity session. This technique allows the participants to be better prepared, making the meeting or the creativity session more effective than a traditional brainstorming session would be.

443
Q

Question 107:
During a standup meeting, a team member raises an impediment they’re facing. In order to address the impediment, the project manager invites the project team to collaborate with the team member using the following techniques:
Pairing, swarming, and mobbing
Pairing, swarming, and brainstorming
Pairing, mobbing, and refactoring
Pairing, brainstorming, and refactoring

A

Correct answerPairing, swarming, and mobbingPairing, swarming, and brainstormingPairing, mobbing, and refactoringPairing, brainstorming, and refactoringOverall explanationPairing, swarming and mobbing are collaboration techniques used by the Agile team (Agile Practice Guide, page 39). In swarming and mobbing, multiple team members or the entire team focus collectively on resolving a specific impediment. While in pairing, only two team members work together to resolve an issue.

444
Q

Question 108:
A project manager is mentoring a team member to become a project manager themselves in the future. Before having a meeting with a prospective seller, the project manager asked the team member to facilitate the meeting. What should the team member do to appropriately play the facilitator role?
Take the project manager’s side in whatever decisions they make
Ensure the proper running of the meeting while remaining neutral
Get involved in the negotiations with the seller to help the project manager get a good deal
Ignore team members who are texting during the meeting

A

Take the project manager’s side in whatever decisions they makeCorrect answerEnsure the proper running of the meeting while remaining neutralGet involved in the negotiations with the seller to help the project manager get a good dealIgnore team members who are texting during the meetingOverall explanationProperly facilitating the meeting entails remaining neutral. A facilitator should also help attendees collaborate and reach a consensus regarding decisions without taking sides. Therefore, they should not participate in negotiations with the potential provider. While facilitating a meeting, the team member should also make sure everyone stays on topic and participates in the conversation.

445
Q

Question 109:
A project manager is leading a dispersed team using the Scrum framework. During the sprint retrospective, their team suggested improving communication and collaboration by using fishbowl windows and remote pairing. Despite their concerns that this might negatively impact the team’s productivity, the project manager agrees to implement both tools in order to promote self-organization within the team. What should the project manager’s next step be?
At the end of the upcoming sprint, the project manager and the cross-functional team should evaluate the impact of the new practices
The project manager should frequently join the remote conferencing rooms to ensure that the project team is actually working and not wasting time chit-chatting
The project manager should measure their team’s velocity during the following sprint, and if they notice any decrease, they should discontinue the use of the new practices
The project manager should ask for the product owner’s approval to deploy the use of these two practices

A

Correct answerAt the end of the upcoming sprint, the project manager and the cross-functional team should evaluate the impact of the new practicesThe project manager should frequently join the remote conferencing rooms to ensure that the project team is actually working and not wasting time chit-chattingThe project manager should measure their team’s velocity during the following sprint, and if they notice any decrease, they should discontinue the use of the new practicesThe project manager should ask for the product owner’s approval to deploy the use of these two practicesOverall explanationFollowing the new practices’ implementation, the project manager and their team need to verify any performance improvements or deteriorations during the next sprint retrospective so the team can further adjust and reflect on the process. Evaluating the impact could be done by checking the burndown or burnup charts, measuring velocity, comparing the sprint performance to previous sprints, etc. The project manager should act as a servant leader, which means they shouldn’t control their team by frequently joining the conferencing rooms or making unilateral decisions. On the other hand, the product owner should respect the self-organizing nature of the Agile team and not intervene in their work processes.

446
Q

Question 110:
A project manager is in charge of holding a conference about entrepreneurship. In order to be up-to-date with the current trends and understand what participants and potential attendees might look for, the project manager asked their team to perform benchmarking, brainstorming sessions, focus groups, interviews, and questionnaires. What are these tools and techniques used for?
Data analysis
Data gathering
Data representation
Decision making

A

Data analysisCorrect answerData gatheringData representationDecision makingOverall explanationIn this case, the project is currently in the Collect Requirements process, which involves identifying and documenting the needs and requirements of stakeholders. Data gathering takes part in the Collect Requirements process to obtain stakeholders’ requirements. It puts in use tools and techniques like benchmarking, brainstorming, focus groups, interviews, questionnaires, and surveys.

447
Q

Question 111:
During a meeting with the sponsor of a new project, the project manager suggested opting for an incremental delivery to benefit from the following advantages: (Select two)
Reduce customer uncertainty
Allow early feedback
Eliminate change requests
Simplify work for the team

A

Correct selectionReduce customer uncertaintyCorrect selectionAllow early feedbackEliminate change requestsSimplify work for the teamOverall explanationAt the end of every increment, the customer reviews a subset of deliverables to provide feedback. Thus, their uncertainty about the final result will decrease over time. Change requests cannot be eliminated by following an incremental delivery, if anything you will actually become more receptive to change. Incremental delivery doesn’t simplify work for your team either, since splitting work to demonstrate an increment every time to the customer may result in some overheads.

448
Q

Question 112:
A project manager is leading an Agile project through two-week sprints. One week into the first sprint, they got a request from the product owner to immediately cancel the sprint. What should the project manager do?
Inform the product owner that the sprint is time-boxed and should continue till its predefined end date
Ask their team to just finish the work in progress and then terminate the sprint
Immediately cancel the sprint
Ask the product owner to provide a clear explanation of their decision in order to cancel the sprint

A

Inform the product owner that the sprint is time-boxed and should continue till its predefined end dateAsk their team to just finish the work in progress and then terminate the sprintCorrect answerImmediately cancel the sprintAsk the product owner to provide a clear explanation of their decision in order to cancel the sprintOverall explanationThe product owner has the authority to cancel an ongoing sprint for any reason they think is valid. There is no sense to continue working on something that is not needed anymore. The project manager should terminate the sprint immediately, but they need to do their best to understand what caused this extreme decision; dissatisfaction, obsolete sprint backlog items, canceled project, etc.

449
Q

Question 113:
A project manager is developing a software project using an iterative and incremental approach. During a retrospective meeting, and while the cross-functional team was discussing several potential improvements, the scrum master was taking note of the associated action items. What should the cross-functional team do next?
Ask the product owner to approve the action items
Ask the scrum master to prioritize the action items
Prioritize the previous iteration’s unfinished user stories
Decide which action items should be prioritized for the next iteration

A

Ask the product owner to approve the action itemsAsk the scrum master to prioritize the action itemsPrioritize the previous iteration’s unfinished user storiesCorrect answerDecide which action items should be prioritized for the next iterationOverall explanationThe keyword in the question is “several”. Ideally, the team should identify a limited list of improvement action items and focus on addressing and prioritizing them, rather than considering too many improvements and eventually losing focus. In a retrospective meeting, feedback concerning ways to improve work processes should be provided by the team, neither by the scrum master nor the product owner. The retrospective is a meeting intended to address lessons learned rather than plan for the next sprint or prioritize pending user stories.

450
Q

Question 114:
A project manager had a major dispute with one of the project suppliers. The project manager claims that the vendor has failed to provide raw materials that conform to the agreed-upon quality requirements, while the vendor complains that payments were late, failing to meet contractual obligations. What should the project manager do?
Not waste more time and simply replace the vendor
Involve a third party for arbitration or mediation
Collaborate directly with the vendor to resolve the issue
Conduct a procurement audit

A

Not waste more time and simply replace the vendorInvolve a third party for arbitration or mediationCorrect answerCollaborate directly with the vendor to resolve the issueConduct a procurement auditOverall explanationWorking with the vendor to reach an agreement is a more direct problem-solving approach, and therefore should be the project manager’s first choice. If direct negotiation fails, then the project manager and the vendor can involve a third party for mediation and arbitration. Obviously, this will be more costly, risky, and time-consuming. The procurement audit was most probably carried out before the issue occurred. Besides, it doesn’t address the vendor’s complaints about payment delays.

451
Q

Question 115:
The following statements concern some tasks of a hybrid project:
Task A is not yet complete
Task B is not accepted because of a security issue
Task C had a huge impact on the burndown chart
Task D is added to the product backlog based on customer feedback
The above statements concerning tasks A, B, C, D should be respectively classified as:
Data, Information, Report, Practice
Information, Data, Report, Practice
Information, Report, Data, Practice
Data, Information, Practice, Report

A

Correct answerData, Information, Report, PracticeInformation, Data, Report, PracticeInformation, Report, Data, PracticeData, Information, Practice, ReportOverall explanationTask A is not yet complete: Data. Work performance data is the raw measurements and observations made during project execution (PMBOK 6th edition, page 26).
Task B is not accepted because of a security issue: Information. When data is analyzed, it becomes information.
Task C had a huge impact on the burndown chart: Report. Examining the whole picture in a burndown chart is a form of reporting.
Task D is added to the product backlog based on customer feedback: Practice. The activity of creating, refining, estimating, and prioritizing product backlog items is one of the agile practices.
Please note that in the real exam such a question usually comes in the form of “matching”.

452
Q

Question 116:
During the project’s planning, the project manager noticed that a number of stakeholders are unsupportive because they think that they will lose their jobs due to the project. What should the project manager do to overcome this problem?
Disregard the project’s unsupportive stakeholders
Use the autocratic leadership style to be able to lead the project
Create an effective communication management plan and stakeholder engagement plan
Refuse to work on a project that might lead to job losses

A

Disregard the project’s unsupportive stakeholdersUse the autocratic leadership style to be able to lead the projectCorrect answerCreate an effective communication management plan and stakeholder engagement planRefuse to work on a project that might lead to job lossesOverall explanationThe best course of action for the project manager to handle unsupportive stakeholders is to create an efficient communication plan as well as a stakeholder engagement plan. As a project manager, you can’t disregard or ignore any stakeholders regardless of their attitude towards your project. If anything, you should give more attention and put more effort into engaging unsupportive ones in case they have a key role or big influence on your project. An efficient communication management plan and stakeholder engagement plan will help you identify these unsupportive stakeholders’ level of interest and power and plan your communication and the way you’re going to engage them accordingly, making it easier to ensure their collaboration and even possible to win their support. Refusing to manage the project doesn’t mean the project will be canceled, thus it won’t change the fact that certain stakeholders will still lose their jobs. Moreover, since the project was chosen for execution, it’s intended to bring added value in spite of its downside for some involved stakeholders.

453
Q

Question 117:
When a dispute arose between two important stakeholders, the project manager intervened and successfully handled it, preventing further escalation. Where should the project manager take note of the arising issue?
Risk register
Issue log
Change log
Stakeholder register

A

Risk registerCorrect answerIssue logChange logStakeholder registerOverall explanationThe issue log is the right document to note all issues and the way they were resolved (PMBOK 7th edition, page 185).

454
Q

Question 118:
In which activity do the product owner and the cross-functional team discuss possible approaches to implement user stories as well as provide some initial size estimations?
Brainstorming
Story mapping
Backlog refinement
Iteration planning

A

BrainstormingStory mappingCorrect answerBacklog refinementIteration planningOverall explanationBacklog refinement provides a chance for the product owner along with the team to discuss and address anything associated with the stories’ requirements. This can involve discussing requirements, potential approaches, and even some estimations in order to eventually build a clear idea of how to approach stories.

455
Q

Question 119:
A project manager has been invited to a monthly executive meeting within their manufacturing organization. After reviewing monthly KPIs, the CEO encouraged all attending managers to foster a more lean way of thinking. Which of the following is not among the principles of lean practices?
Eliminating waste
Seeing the whole
Deciding promptly
Delivering fastly

A

Eliminating wasteSeeing the wholeCorrect answerDeciding promptlyDelivering fastlyOverall explanationLean advocates making decisions as late as possible. Decisions should be made based on as much information as can reasonably be gathered. Keep all your options open until you must make a decision. There are seven guiding principles of lean practices: Eliminate waste, Amplify learning, Decide as late as possible, Deliver as fast as possible, Empower the team, Build integrity in, and See the whole. Reference: Effective Project Management Traditional, Agile, Extreme, Hybrid by Robert K. Wysocki, pages 360-361.

456
Q

Question 120:
A project manager is leading a manufacturing project to create a new gaming console. While testing the product, the project team discovers that one of the controller buttons is not functioning properly. To replace the button, a change request was submitted and approved. This change request represents:
Corrective action
Preventive action
Defect repair
Gold plating

A

Corrective actionPreventive actionCorrect answerDefect repairGold platingOverall explanationChange requests that get approved involve either a defect repair or a corrective or preventive action. The situation implies that some of the buttons on the wireless controller developed by the project team are not functioning as required. This is considered a defect repair since the team has taken immediate action to correct the defective product components due to their non-conformance with requirements. This is neither a preventive nor a corrective action since it’s not tackling an inconsistency with the agreed-upon project baseline. It’s not a case of gold plating either, as changing non-functioning buttons was carried on to meet the product’s initial specifications, not to enhance it or satisfy the customer.

457
Q

Question 121:
Since the project stakeholders’ needs were quite vague and imprecise, the project manager was worried about the occurrence of multiple change requests as well as excessive rework during the execution phase. What can the project manager do in this case?
Create the project scope and break it down into work packages during the project planning phase
Opt for an iterative and incremental approach for the project execution
Set up a firm change control system that will only approve critical changes to be implemented
Create an activity list using the currently known information and opt for a Kanban board to convert those activities into tasks

A

Create the project scope and break it down into work packages during the project planning phaseCorrect answerOpt for an iterative and incremental approach for the project executionSet up a firm change control system that will only approve critical changes to be implementedCreate an activity list using the currently known information and opt for a Kanban board to convert those activities into tasksOverall explanationThe requirements, in this case, were vague due to the project’s nature. Thus, they can only be expressed at a high broad level. This can present a challenge when collecting requirements and, more importantly, when decomposing work during the project planning phase. Iterative and incremental approaches are quite suitable for projects with a high level of uncertainty, as they allow the scope to develop along the course of the project. In order to ensure that the product will be aligned with stakeholders’ requirements, the incremental approach permits the delivery and demonstration of partial increments, thus allowing for continuous feedback. All of the other suggested actions are not suitable for a project with ambiguous requirements and a high degree of uncertainty.

458
Q

Question 122:
A project manager decided to issue a Request For Proposal (RFP) to acquire new equipment and assigned the associated tasks to their team as shown in the following RACI chart:
When the RFP was released, the project manager received a lot of complaints from different suppliers claiming that the procurement document is not clear as it includes some contradictory requirements. Who should the project manager refer to in order to address this issue?
Stefania
Michelle
Tushar
Samarth

A

Correct answerStefaniaMichelleTusharSamarthOverall explanationAccording to the RACI chart, Stefania is accountable for the activity of writing the RFP. Therefore, the project manager needs to talk to Stefania in order to investigate the issue. Michelle is the one responsible for writing the RFP, but she should not be held accountable if something goes wrong, as this situation implies.

459
Q

Question 123:
A project manager is leading a project using the Scrum framework. During sprint planning, the cross-functional team realized that they had selected more items than they could realistically complete during a sprint. What should they do?
Ask the scrum master to allocate more resources to the team
Discuss the issue in the next sprint retrospective
Make more effort and even consider working overtime to finish the selected tasks
Inform the product owner that some items should be removed from the sprint

A

Ask the scrum master to allocate more resources to the teamDiscuss the issue in the next sprint retrospectiveMake more effort and even consider working overtime to finish the selected tasksCorrect answerInform the product owner that some items should be removed from the sprintOverall explanationSince the Sprint hasn’t yet started, the cross-functional team can still make changes to the Sprint Backlog items. During sprint planning, if the team realizes that they might not be able to accomplish the selected items, they can decide to remove some of them in consensus with the Product Owner, since they’re the only person in charge of approving the sprint backlog items.

460
Q

Question 124:
A project manager is leading the construction of a data center. The project management plan states that the air conditioning system should be set up according to a thorough study carried out by a specialized company. However, after getting their quote, the sponsor refused to spend such a high price even though it is within the project budget. What should the project manager do first to resolve this issue?
Ask the sponsor to issue a change request involving their decision not to hire the company
Hire the company anyway in order to achieve the project goal
Evaluate the consequences of the sponsor’s decision and discuss with them the other possible solutions
Train the project team to internally perform the air conditioning study

A

Ask the sponsor to issue a change request involving their decision not to hire the companyHire the company anyway in order to achieve the project goalCorrect answerEvaluate the consequences of the sponsor’s decision and discuss with them the other possible solutionsTrain the project team to internally perform the air conditioning studyOverall explanationThe best course of action would be to have a meeting with the sponsor to further discuss the different options, such as finding another company, negotiating the price, reducing the study scope of the study, etc., as well as the consequences of skipping the study. If the sponsor is still determined on skipping the study, a change request should be issued. Likewise, if it’s feasible to train the project team to carry out the study, formal approval should be acquired in order to go with this option. The project manager should not ignore the sponsor’s request and hire the company: the sponsor is a key stakeholder and their feedback should be highly considered.

461
Q

Question 125:
After defining the project’s high-level requirements, the agile team along with the product owner begin writing down a list of the product features, including short descriptions of all the functionalities they’re going to deliver. Next, they’re going to prioritize the product backlog based on:
The value of the items
The complexity of the items
The size of the items
The risk associated with the items

A

Correct answerThe value of the itemsThe complexity of the itemsThe size of the itemsThe risk associated with the itemsOverall explanationThe product backlog should be prioritized and organized based on the value that each item brings to the product and project. This value depends on several factors such as the item’s complexity, criticality, and the risk associated with it. However, these factors are not the basis to determine the items’ value. Each item’s value is dictated by the Product Owner as well as the items’ sequence in the product backlog.

462
Q

Question 126:
Throughout their entire career, a project manager has always followed a servant leadership style, particularly with agile teams. All of the following imply servant leadership characteristics, except:
Promoting team members’ professional growth
Prioritizing the team needs ahead of everything else
Succession planning by developing future servant leaders
Taking instructions from the team concerning project work

A

Promoting team members’ professional growthPrioritizing the team needs ahead of everything elseSuccession planning by developing future servant leadersCorrect answerTaking instructions from the team concerning project workOverall explanationA servant leader promotes team growth, prioritizes their needs, and plans for successors by developing future servant leaders. This leadership style, however, does not entail that the project manager has to take instructions from their team.

463
Q

Question 127:
A project manager was brought on board to take charge of an agile project that was already mid-execution. To learn about the high-level description of the project scope, what should the project manager refer to?
Project charter
Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
User stories
Epics

A

Correct answerProject charterWork Breakdown Structure (WBS)User storiesEpicsOverall explanationThe project manager should refer to the project charter to find a ‘high-level description‘ of the project. The project charter is a formal document that describes the project in its entirety, including its objectives, involved stakeholders, and the way its work will be carried out. This is a project planning document that can be used throughout the whole project’s lifecycle. User stories and epics only represent the detailed requirements, not the entire high-level description of the project scope. The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) also outlines the detailed requirements of projects that follow a predictive life cycle.

464
Q

Question 128:
Maria is supervising three projects within her organization: two are of a similar type, while the third is entirely different. What is Maria’s role in the organization?
Project coordinator
Project manager
Program manager
Portfolio manager

A

Project coordinatorProject managerProgram managerCorrect answerPortfolio managerOverall explanationA portfolio manager coordinates and manages a group of related or non-related projects and programs.

465
Q

Question 129:
A project manager is working for a large accounting firm and has been asked to perform a study on the launch of a new offshore site for one of the firm’s clients. They have met with all stakeholders, noted down their requirements, and are now deciding what their study should cover. The process the project manager is currently undertaking depicts:
Plan scope management
Collect requirements
Define scope
Define requirements

A

Plan scope managementCollect requirementsCorrect answerDefine scopeDefine requirementsOverall explanationIn the “Define scope” process, the project manager decides what should be included in the study and what should not. The “Plan scope management” process, on the other hand, describes how the offshore study will be defined, validated, and controlled. The “Collect requirements” process is already done since the project manager noted down the stakeholders’ requirements earlier. The process of “Define requirements” is a made-up term.

466
Q

Question 130:
In order to effectively manage their stakeholders, a project manager decides to conduct an engagement assessment matrix. What engagement levels does this technique use for classification?
Power and interest
Power, urgency, and legitimacy
Unaware, resistant, neutral, supportive, leading
Upward, downward, outward, and sideward

A

Power and interestPower, urgency, and legitimacyCorrect answerUnaware, resistant, neutral, supportive, leadingUpward, downward, outward, and sidewardOverall explanationThe engagement assessment matrix classifies stakeholders into five groups based on their engagement level: unaware, resistant, neutral, supportive, and leading. The power/interest grid classifies stakeholders according to their levels of power and interest. The salience model, however, classifies stakeholders based on their power, urgency, and legitimacy. Directions of influence, on the other hand, classifies stakeholders according to their type of influence on the project: upward, downward, outward, and sideward.

467
Q

Question 131:
A project manager is conducting a risk analysis on an olive oil extraction project. They identified several risks with varying degrees of probability and impact. One of the risks concerns the high customs fees of importing press machines, which can reach $10,000. If this particular risk event has a 70% chance of occurring, what does $7,000 represent?
Risk impact
Present value
Expected monetary value
Contingency reserve

A

Risk impactPresent valueCorrect answerExpected monetary valueContingency reserveOverall explanationThe Expected Monetary Value is calculated by multiplying the risk probability by the risk impact (PMBOK 7th edition, page 176): EMV = 0.7 X $10,000 = $7,000. In this question, the risk impact is $10,000. The contingency reserve comprises the sum of all the EMVs. Present value is rather used in the cost-benefit analysis.

468
Q

Question 132:
A project manager is in charge of conducting an efficiency study concerning the development of a recruitment application. They find out that the project will require an initial investment of $50,000 and can generate $15,000 in revenue during its first year. The project manager expects that the operational cost and tax liability will amount to $5,000 each. How much is this project’s return on the invested capital?
10%
20%
25%
30%

A

Correct answer10%20%25%30%Overall explanationThe project profit = Revenue - Operational cost - Tax liability = $15,000 - $5,000 - $5,000 = $5,000.
Return on the invested capital = Project profit / Invested capital = $5,000 / $50,000 = 10%

469
Q

Question 133:
To avoid the frustration of wasted time and resources, a project manager relies on the project management plan before the project gets off the ground. Which of the following statements is true regarding the project management plan?
It identifies and authorizes the Project Manager to launch the project
It is a detailed project schedule defining the tasks and their dependencies, as well as key milestones
It is a formal document that defines how the project will be managed
It is part of the “Executing” process group

A

It identifies and authorizes the Project Manager to launch the projectIt is a detailed project schedule defining the tasks and their dependencies, as well as key milestonesCorrect answerIt is a formal document that defines how the project will be managedIt is part of the “Executing” process groupOverall explanationA project management plan is a formal document that defines how a project is going to be carried out (PMBOK 7th edition, page 186). The project plan is created during the planning phase of the project life cycle, and it must be approved by stakeholders before the project can move on to execution. The project charter is a document that is meant to identify and authorize the Project Manager to start the project. The project management plan is created as part of the planning process group.

470
Q

Question 134:
The agile team along with the product owner decided to create a big user story depicting a new requirement. The team needed some time to dissect this user story in order to be able to implement it over multiple upcoming iterations. This big user story is commonly known as:
Feature
Epic
Release
Milestone

A

FeatureCorrect answerEpicReleaseMilestoneOverall explanationBig user stories or large-scale features are known as Epics. Epics usually involve a high-level feature, requirement, or customer request with a few lines of description, as they might only depict the final desired output. Epics could expand over months and even take over an entire release or several releases (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth, page 86).

471
Q

Question 135:
During a bidder conference, a supplier brought to the project manager’s attention a missing requirement in the request for quotation (RFQ). When checking the RFQ, the project manager realized that the supplier was right. Therefore, they made sure to talk about this particular requirement and its acceptance criteria for 15 minutes to ensure that all attending suppliers were fully aware of it. When sellers’ responses were received, only one prospective supplier addressed the missing requirement. What should the project manager do next?
Retain the supplier who noticed the missing requirement
Retain the supplier who addressed the missing requirement in their response
Extend the deadline to receive more proposals and have more choices
Send an adjusted RFQ comprising the missing requirement to all suppliers and give them the opportunity to resubmit their proposals

A

Retain the supplier who noticed the missing requirementRetain the supplier who addressed the missing requirement in their responseExtend the deadline to receive more proposals and have more choicesCorrect answerSend an adjusted RFQ comprising the missing requirement to all suppliers and give them the opportunity to resubmit their proposalsOverall explanationSending the altered RFQ to all suppliers, highlighting the requirement that was previously missing, and allowing them to send updated responses to the RFQ would be fair to all suppliers. Moreover, in this situation, formal written communication is highly recommended as verbal communication might be misunderstood or forgotten. Extending the deadline without re-issuing the RFQ will not address the issue.

472
Q

Question 136:
A project manager is managing a hostel redevelopment project. During a status meeting, one stakeholder asked the project manager why wallpaper was chosen over paint. Since the project manager had only joined the project during the execution phase, they were unable to answer the question. What should the project manager do? (Select two)
Inquire whether any other meeting attendees could answer the stakeholder’s question
Change the subject to avoid responding
Confess that they don’t know the answer, claiming that the question was irrelevant to the meeting’s topic
Admit that they don’t know the answer and promise to get back to the stakeholder after checking with the project team

A

Correct selectionInquire whether any other meeting attendees could answer the stakeholder’s questionChange the subject to avoid respondingConfess that they don’t know the answer, claiming that the question was irrelevant to the meeting’s topicCorrect selectionAdmit that they don’t know the answer and promise to get back to the stakeholder after checking with the project teamOverall explanationIt is important not to immediately respond to a difficult question without first taking some time to think about the answer. Repeating the question and asking for clarification will help the project manager take enough time to consider their response. It would be impolite to claim that the question was irrelevant to the meeting’s topic. If the meeting is running late, the project manager could ask the stakeholder to discuss the topic after the meeting. Escaping the question is not a good idea either.

473
Q

Question 137:
The table below presents some Scrum activities. To which Scrum events do activities A, B, C, and D belong respectively?
Sprint execution, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planning, Sprint review
Sprint execution, Sprint review, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planning
Sprint review, Sprint execution, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planning
Sprint execution, Sprint review, Sprint planning, Sprint retrospective

A

Sprint execution, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planning, Sprint reviewCorrect answerSprint execution, Sprint review, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planningSprint review, Sprint execution, Sprint retrospective, Sprint planningSprint execution, Sprint review, Sprint planning, Sprint retrospectiveOverall explanationA. Inspects progress towards the sprint goal = Sprint executionB. Presents the project’s performance to the stakeholders = Sprint reviewC. Discusses the improvements that can be applied in the upcoming sprints = Sprint retrospectiveD. Provides estimates of the required effort to complete user stories = Sprint planningPlease note that in the real exam such a question usually comes in the form of “drag & drop”.

474
Q

Question 138:
An agile team finished 5 sprints. Their velocity was as follows: 30, 34, 30, 26, 30. Why should a velocity of 30 points be assigned when planning for the next sprint?
It’s the first value
It’s the last value
It’s the most repetitive value
It’s the average value

A

It’s the first valueIt’s the last valueIt’s the most repetitive valueCorrect answerIt’s the average valueOverall explanationFor sprint planning, and in order to estimate how much work the team can accomplish, you should measure the work that has been previously done, meaning you should rely on the team’s average velocity: (30 + 34 + 30 + 26 + 30) / 5 = 30. By evaluating the velocity in the past sprints, you will be able to estimate how much work can be delivered in a particular duration or by a particular date and how many story points can your team commit to finishing in a sprint. Using the first or the last velocity is meaningless since one value is not enough to represent a team’s velocity. Using the most repetitive value isn’t accurate either since the repetitive pattern does not represent the average (for example, this series 30, 35, 30, 35, 30 has an average of 32 points even though 30 is the most repetitive value).

475
Q

Question 139:
What is the Scrum Master’s role during the daily stand-up?
Congratulate the team when they do a good job
Listen to the team for any faced impediments
Ask each team member what they accomplished since the last daily standup
This meeting is for team members only, the Scrum Master should not attend

A

Congratulate the team when they do a good jobCorrect answerListen to the team for any faced impedimentsAsk each team member what they accomplished since the last daily standupThis meeting is for team members only, the Scrum Master should not attendOverall explanationDuring the daily standup, the scrum master listens to the team members for any faced impediments and provides support in case of need. It’s recommended that the standup meeting is facilitated by any team member rather than the project manager to ensure it does not turn into a status meeting. Ideally, it is a time for the team to self-organize and make commitments to each other (Agile Practice Guide, page 54).

476
Q

Question 140:
A project manager is working in an organization that provides products on the cloud. After a 6-month study, the organization’s R&D department approved a project which will permit internet navigators to create cartoon videos using stock images, gifs, and short video clips. There will be only a $20/Month pricing plan. What type of project does this describe?
Large project
Internal project
Agile project
Traditional project

A

Large projectCorrect answerInternal projectAgile projectTraditional projectOverall explanationAn internal project is a project in which the customer is a person or department within your company. An external project, however, is a project in which the customer is an external party, whether it is a person or an organization. The customer or the client is the person, department, or organization that is supporting the project’s development financially. The end-user of a product is not necessarily the project client or customer. Some corporations focus almost entirely on internal projects. Internet and software companies, for instance, primarily create internal projects in which they are their own client and their end-user is the general public (Fundamentals of Technology Project Management by Colleen Garton, Erika McCulloch, page 84). There is no indication in the question that the project is large or that it adheres to a traditional or agile approach.

477
Q

Question 141:
During a planning meeting of an agile project, a stakeholder asked the team members why there is no formal documentation involved in this project, to which they replied that:
The documentation is kept to a bare minimum to only respond to regulatory requirements
Agile projects do not require any documentation as they only focus on delivering added value
Documentation in agile projects is only carried out for completed functionalities
Agile requires sophisticated documentation that they are lagging behind to produce

A

Correct answerThe documentation is kept to a bare minimum to only respond to regulatory requirementsAgile projects do not require any documentation as they only focus on delivering added valueDocumentation in agile projects is only carried out for completed functionalitiesAgile requires sophisticated documentation that they are lagging behind to produceOverall explanationCreating exhaustively detailed formal documentation is considered a waste of time and effort in projects following the agile approach. According to the Agile Manifesto, delivering software that conveys the required value is prioritized over creating documentation. However, documentation is still necessary, thus, it should be created within the limits of fulfilling regulatory requirements or conformance checks when dealing with safety-critical products.

478
Q

Question 142:
In a predictive work environment, project managers are primarily responsible for Integration Management by controlling the project’s detailed planning and delivery. In an Agile setting, who is responsible for managing integration?
Scrum master
Team members
Product owner
Project sponsor

A

Scrum masterCorrect answerTeam membersProduct ownerProject sponsorOverall explanationIn Agile, team members determine how plans and components should be integrated in order to deliver the final work (Agile Practice Guide, page 91).

479
Q

Question 143:
A project is behind schedule since the functional manager reassigned three team members to other projects. After negotiating with the functional manager, the project manager agreed to a temporary solution that would enable them to get one team member back for the time being, with a follow-up discussion after two weeks to re-address the issue. What conflict resolution technique did the project manager employ in this situation?
Compromise
Force
Collaborate
Smooth

A

Correct answerCompromiseForceCollaborateSmoothOverall explanationThe compromise approach to conflict resolution is characterized by searching for solutions that bring a certain level of satisfaction to all parties involved in order to temporarily or partially resolve the conflict (PMBOK 7th edition, page 168). In the question, a temporary solution was suggested to ensure some degree of satisfaction for both the project manager and the functional manager (a lose-lose situation). On the other hand, smoothing emphasizes areas of agreement rather than areas of difference, leading to a yield-lose situation.

480
Q

Question 144:
The project sponsor attended the sprint review meeting and appreciated the demonstration. Then, they requested a new feature to improve product competitiveness. How should the project manager respond to this request?
Welcome the change by creating a user story and adding it to the ongoing sprint
Create the user story, but add it to the next sprint to protect the team from disruptions
Create the user story and let the product owner decide its priority
Not create the user story since the request should come from the product owner, not the sponsor

A

Welcome the change by creating a user story and adding it to the ongoing sprintCreate the user story, but add it to the next sprint to protect the team from disruptionsCorrect answerCreate the user story and let the product owner decide its priorityNot create the user story since the request should come from the product owner, not the sponsorOverall explanationIt is the responsibility of the Product Owner to maintain and refine the backlog. Upon receiving a new requirement, it should be added to the backlog and then prioritized for implementation. Any stakeholder, not just the product owner, can submit a request.

481
Q

Question 145:
During the sprint retrospective, the development team discussed how they want to improve testing delays in the next sprint. After examining different ideas, they decided to install and configure a built-in application that sends a notification as soon as a new feature is ready for testing. Where should this task be placed?
In the next sprint backlog
In the Product Backlog
In the Retrospective Improvement Backlog
None of the above. The team should just carry on this work in the next sprint

A

Correct answerIn the next sprint backlogIn the Product BacklogIn the Retrospective Improvement BacklogNone of the above. The team should just carry on this work in the next sprintOverall explanationIn order to implement the determined improvement actions in the upcoming sprint, they should be placed in the next sprint backlog. This step requires the consent of the Product owner, who should allow some work related to process improvements within the sprint. If not, they should be persuaded of the importance of continuous improvement as a crucial part of the Agile approach.

482
Q

Question 146:
A project manager is leading an iteration-based project that uses story points for effort estimation. While checking the burndown chart of the current iteration, the project manager found that the trend line is above the projected line. What does that mean?
The iteration is behind schedule
The iteration is on schedule
The iteration is ahead of schedule
None of the above. The schedule should not be controlled in Agile

A

Correct answerThe iteration is behind scheduleThe iteration is on scheduleThe iteration is ahead of scheduleNone of the above. The schedule should not be controlled in AgileOverall explanationIn the burndown chart, the trend line shows how much work is pending. When the actual progress line is above the projected line, it indicates that there is more work pending than initially planned. Agile self-organized teams use empirical and value-based measurements, such as the burndown chart, to monitor the iteration status. Controlling the schedule when following an agile approach is different than when using the predictive approach; the team is responsible for completing iterations on time. Besides, if the iteration ends without completing all the work, no change requests can be issued since the schedule is fixed and the scope is variable in Agile.

483
Q

Question 147:
After acquiring resources for a new hybrid project, the project manager decided to develop a training plan to improve their competencies. Which of the following tools can the project manager use to assess the team members’ skills? (Select two)
Brainstorming
Ability tests
Focus groups
Team-building

A

BrainstormingCorrect selectionAbility testsCorrect selectionFocus groupsTeam-buildingOverall explanationIndividual and team assessment tools include attitudinal surveys, specific assessments, structured interviews, ability tests, and focus groups. Team-building is used for team development, while brainstorming is mostly used for collecting project requirements.

484
Q

Question 148:
To collect more funding, a project manager sends their project’s business case to an investor who happens to be quite demanding, as they might reject a project because its goal is not SMART. What does “S” stand for?
Specific
Simple
Smart
Safe

A

Correct answerSpecificSimpleSmartSafeOverall explanationSMART is an acronym that stands for Specific, Meaningful, Achievable, Relevant, and Timely (PMBOK 7th edition, page 97). Each letter in SMART can have other alternatives, except the “S” which commonly refers to “Specific” or “Strategic and Specific”.

485
Q

Question 149:
The cross-functional team is complaining that their work is moving slowly because the project sponsor is constantly inquiring about the implementation details and technical choices. What should the scrum master do?
Assign one team member to answer all of the sponsor’s questions
Inform the sponsor that any future questions should be brought to them being the scrum master
Ask the product owner to help the team deal with the sponsor’s questions
Inform the team that they should ask for permission before discussing any details with the sponsor

A

Assign one team member to answer all of the sponsor’s questionsCorrect answerInform the sponsor that any future questions should be brought to them being the scrum masterAsk the product owner to help the team deal with the sponsor’s questionsInform the team that they should ask for permission before discussing any details with the sponsorOverall explanationApart from being responsible for guiding the team, the Scrum Master is also responsible for protecting the development team from any interruptions or distractions. This situation requires the Scrum Master’s intervention on behalf of the team to ask the sponsor subtly to stop interrupting the team’s work.

486
Q

Question 150:
To obtain the human resource requirements of their new project, the project manager published a job offer on a well-known recruitment platform. Days later, over 300 applications were submitted. Going through all of them will take a lot of time and effort, so what’s the best next course of action?
Using a weighting system to select the best applicants
Adding a section for minimum qualifications in the job description
Creating a screening system to reduce the number of applications to treat
Randomly selecting a few candidates and picking the best of them

A

Using a weighting system to select the best applicantsAdding a section for minimum qualifications in the job descriptionCorrect answerCreating a screening system to reduce the number of applications to treatRandomly selecting a few candidates and picking the best of themOverall explanationA screening system could be used to short-list applicants based on predefined criteria, such as technical capabilities, years of experience, location, etc. Since the number of applications is high, it would be better to resort to screening. By defining go/no-go criteria, the project manager will be able to reduce the number of applications to treat. Random selection is not a suitable option because it does not ensure the selection of eligible resources. On the other hand, using a weighting system requires a thorough examination of each application since a score will be attributed according to a set of predefined criteria. Hence, this option would be time-consuming. It could, however, be used after applying the screening system. Altering the job description is not the right action since the job offer had already been published, and applications had been received. Thus, the question addresses the resource selection phase.

487
Q

Question 151:
A scrum master noticed that team members are dedicating too much time to refining the product backlog, which is impacting their commitment to the sprint work. How should the scrum master approach this problem?
Ask the product owner to assume the responsibility of refining the product backlog so that the development team can concentrate on their sprint work
Do nothing since refining the product backlog is quite important
Constrain the team to their sprint work by canceling product backlog refinement meetings
Coach the team to better manage their time through refining the product backlog for the next sprint while remaining committed to their current sprint

A

Ask the product owner to assume the responsibility of refining the product backlog so that the development team can concentrate on their sprint workDo nothing since refining the product backlog is quite importantConstrain the team to their sprint work by canceling product backlog refinement meetingsCorrect answerCoach the team to better manage their time through refining the product backlog for the next sprint while remaining committed to their current sprintOverall explanationIn agile projects, the scrum team opts for a gradual method of work elaboration, in which they only refine the product backlog items that they intend to implement in the next sprint or in the near future. However, it’s important for the team to strike the right balance between product backlog refinement tasks and their sprint work.

488
Q

Question 152:
A project manager sets up a demonstration meeting with a group of end-users. Despite the fact that this is the fifth demonstration meeting, users still asked for other changes. Thus, the project team will be now implementing the requested alterations and another demonstration session will be scheduled. Which of the following statements best describes this situation?
Better change control and requirements management practices should be implemented
The project team is not well acquainted with the project requirements
The project team is delivering value in a timely consistent manner
The end users are indecisive about what they want

A

Better change control and requirements management practices should be implementedThe project team is not well acquainted with the project requirementsCorrect answerThe project team is delivering value in a timely consistent mannerThe end users are indecisive about what they wantOverall explanationEarly delivery allows the team to obtain feedback in order to implement the necessary improvements accordingly.

489
Q

Question 153:
A project manager is managing two agile teams. The organization set a $5,000 bonus for the best-performing team and asked the project manager to determine the reward criteria. The project manager decided to use velocity as a performance metric and announced that the team with the highest velocity will get the bonus. Is velocity a suitable criterion in this case?
No, velocity should not be used as a performance metric for rewards and recognitions
No, velocity is only used for planning purposes
No, velocity is only used as a team diagnostic metric
Yes, velocity indicates which team gets more work done on each sprint

A

Correct answerNo, velocity should not be used as a performance metric for rewards and recognitionsNo, velocity is only used for planning purposesNo, velocity is only used as a team diagnostic metricYes, velocity indicates which team gets more work done on each sprintOverall explanationVelocity should not be used as a performance metric for assessing the team’s productivity. When misused in such a scenario, velocity can result in imprudent and misleading behavior; team members might start to manipulate the system to show higher velocity numbers. They may also undermine quality to get more work “done” which will lead to increasing levels of technical debt (Essential Scrum by Rubin, Kenneth S, page 137). Velocity is used as a planning tool; for example, if your team’s velocity is 20 story points and you intend to achieve user stories of 100 story points, you’ll need 5 sprints to get all the work done. Velocity is also used as a team diagnostic metric since a consistent velocity is the hallmark of a healthy agile team.

490
Q

Question 154:
A project manager is assigned to lead an external software development project under a T&M contract. After coming up with a way to automate the testing activities, the project manager finds out that this will lead to finishing the project ahead of schedule and under budget. What should they do next?
Inform the customer of the potential cost and time changes
Hold this information since all cost savings are considered as an additional profit
Do nothing since the customer will have access to all of these details at the end of the project and savings will be split according to the contract terms
Use the saved time and money to add more features

A

Correct answerInform the customer of the potential cost and time changesHold this information since all cost savings are considered as an additional profitDo nothing since the customer will have access to all of these details at the end of the project and savings will be split according to the contract termsUse the saved time and money to add more features Overall explanationSince a Time and Material contract consists of quoting the spent and used labor and materials instead of determining a fixed price for the provided service and/or product, the customer should be informed of the schedule and budget changes in order to issue a correct invoice. Withholding similar information is considered unethical. On the other hand, adding more features requires the approval of the customer. Otherwise, this behavior will be considered Gold Plating. In T&M contracts, there are no incentive fees, unlike the Cost Plus Incentive Fee contract (CPIF) where savings are split between the two parties according to a pre-negotiated formula.